A320 AMM - ATA 70 (PW11) - Standard Practices - Engine (P 226)

CONTENTS
ATA – 70 – (PW11) – STANDARD PRACTICES – ENGINE
ATA No. Sub - Chapter Page

70-00 (PW11) – STANDARD PRACTICES – ENGINE – GENERAL ................... 1
70-10 (PW11) – SAFETY PRECAUTIONS........................................................ 2
70-24 (PW11) – REMOVAL / INSTALLATION................................................. 4
70-25 (PW11) – NON-DESTRUCTIVE TESTING .............................................. 81
70-26 (PW11) – INSPECTION / CHECK.......................................................... 84
70-27 (PW11) – CLEANING .......................................................................... 91
70-28 (PW11) – REPAIR .............................................................................. 110
70-30 (PW11) – LIST OF CONSUMABLE MATERIALS ..................................... 120
70-40 (PW11) – IDENTIFICATION ................................................................. 208
70-50 (PW11) – MISCELLANEOUS................................................................ 214
70-70 (PW11) – WIRING.............................................................................. 220
Use Hyperlink to Navigate

NKA / April 2018
Customer : IGO Manual : AMM
Type : A318/A319/A320/A321 Selected applicability : ALL
Rev. Date : Feb 01, 2018
70 - (PW11) - STANDARD PRACTICES - ENGINE
NKA - Reference Copy
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-353, 356-400

70-00 - (PW11) - STANDARD PRACTICES - ENGINE - GENERAL
70-00-00 - (PW11) - STANDARD PRACTICES - ENGINE - GENERAL
70-00-00 PB 201 CONF 21 - STANDARD PRACTICES

- ENGINE - GENERAL - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
TASK 70-00-00-910-802-A
Standard Practices - General
1. Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2 Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
(Ref. 70-30-00-918-802-A). Consumable Materials Index for the Engine (Pratt & Whitney)
(Ref. 70-30-00-918-803-A). Consumable Materials Index for the Nacelle (UTC Aerospace Sys-
tems)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 70-00-00-860-051-A
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
Subtask 70-00-00-910-052-A
A. General
(1) For information on the materials specified in this Standard Practices section, refer to the List of
Materials (Consumable Materials) (Ref. AMM TASK 70-30-00-918-802) or (Ref. AMM TASK 70-30-
00-918-803) .
Subtask 70-00-00-910-053-A
B. Definitions
(1) WARNING: A WARNING tells the operator that injury or death is possible if the operator does not
obey the specified instruction.
(a) WARNING statements that are applicable to an instruction will precede (come before) the
instruction and all CAUTION statements that are also applicable to that instruction.
(b) WARNING statements that are applicable to an entire (full) procedure will follow the procedure
title, and will precede all CAUTION or NOTE statements that are also applicable to the entire
procedure.
Print Date: February 15, 2018 Page 1 of 225

© AIRBUS S.A.S. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY DOCUMENT.
A320 AMM / Rev 48 P-1

(2) CAUTION: A CAUTION statement tells the operator that damage to the part, engine or equipment is
possible if the operator does not obey the specified instruction.
(a) CAUTION statements that are applicable to an instruction will precede the instruction and will
follow all WARNING statements that are also applicable to that instruction.
(b) CAUTION statements that are applicable to an entire procedure will follow the procedure title and
all WARNING statements that are also applicable to the entire procedure, and will precede all
NOTE statements that are also applicable to the entire procedure.
(3) NOTE: A NOTE statement gives explanations and added information (data) that help the operator to
do the specified instruction.
(a) NOTE statements that are applicable to an instruction will follow the instruction.
(b) NOTE statements that are applicable to an entire procedure will follow the procedure title and all
WARNING and CAUTION statements that are applicable to the entire procedure.
(c) In some procedures that are not new, it is possible that a NOTE statement will include
instructions or dimensional limits (for example, feature controls). If a NOTE statement includes
instructions or dimensional limits, then it is necessary to obey this information because it is
necessary to complete the procedure.
70-10 - (PW11) - SAFETY PRACTICES
70-10-00 - (PW11) - SAFETY PRACTICES
70-10-00 PB 201 CONF 21 - SAFETY PRACTICES - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
TASK 70-10-00-910-801-A
Standard Precautions for Maintenance Procedures

Self explanatory
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

No specific AR CAP - BLANKING
No specific 1 MAGNET
No specific AR PLUG - BLANKING
No specific 1 VACUUM CLEANER
B. Consumable Materials
(Material No. P05-012) Double Sided Adhesive Tape
(Material No. P05-255) Masking Tape
(Material No. P06-038) Antigallant Compound
(Material No. 14QEB1) Wire-Locking Dia: 0.6 mm CRES Nickel Alloy -
C. Referenced Information

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P-2

(Ref. 70-24-00-910-807-A). PWA 318 - Key Washer (Tab-Type) Installation
(Ref. 70-24-00-910-808-A). Installation of the Packings and Seals
(Ref. 70-24-00-910-809-A). PWA 316 - Cotter Pin Installation
(Ref. 70-24-00-910-811-A). Assembly - PWA 316 - Safety Wire (Lockwire) Installation
(Ref. 70-24-00-910-813-A). Assembly - PWA 316 - Safety Cable Installation
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 70-10-00-860-050-A
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
Subtask 70-10-00-910-050-A
WARNING: REFER TO THE MANUFACTURER'S MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS FOR CON-
SUMABLE MATERIAL INFORMATION SUCH AS: HAZARDOUS INGREDIENTS, PHYSIC-
AL/CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS, FIRE, EXPLOSION, REACTIVITY, HEALTH HAZARD
DATA, PRECAUTIONS FOR SAFE HANDLING, USE AND CONTROL MEASURES.
A. General Instructions for Removal of Parts
NOTE: Always obey the specific procedures and limits in the specific AMM maintenance tasks.
(1) Put tags and marks on all the parts with their engine locations at the time of removal. This makes sure
that the subsequent installation will be correct.
(2) Examine all the parts for indications of cracking, scoring, burning or other damage at the time of
removal.
(a) Put a tag on any unserviceable parts for subsequent investigation and possible repair.
(3) Do not let dust, dirt, safety wire, safety cable, nuts, washers or other unwanted material (Foreign
Object Damage (FOD)) go into the engine.
CAUTION: WHEN DUST CAPS ARE USED FOR THE PROTECTION OF OPEN LINES AGAINST
CONTAMINATION, ALWAYS BE SURE TO INSTALL THE CAPS AROUND THE
TUBE ENDS AND NOT IN THE TUBE ENDS. THERE CAN BE BLOCKAGE OF THE
FLOW THROUGH THE TUBES IF THESE TUBES ARE INSTALLED ACCIDENTALLY
WITH DUST CAPS IN THE TUBE ENDS.
CAUTION: DO NOT PUT TOOLS, FASTENERS, OR OTHER SMALL OBJECTS IN THE AREA
BETWEEN THE INNER FAN-EXIT-CASE STRUTS. THESE OBJECTS CAN FALL
THROUGH THE BLEED VALVE PORTS, INTO THE ENGINE, AND CAUSE DAMAGE.
(a) Put the applicable PLUG - BLANKING, CAP - BLANKING and other covers on all the openings
as soon as possible during the disassembly process to prevent contamination.
(4) Foreign objects
(a) If a part, tool or object falls into the engine, the assembly process must stop until the fallen
articles are found. Before you assemble or install any part, make sure that it is fully clean.
(b) It is possible to find and remove a fallen object with a fiber optic scope. Attach a small plastic
tube (approximately 0.375 in. (9.52 mm) and 0.500 in. (12.70 mm) diameter) to the side of the
fiber optic scope with Masking Tape (Material No. P05-255) at several locations. Make sure that

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P-3

the end of the tube is aligned with the end of the fiber optic scope and that it does not prevent the
movement of the scope. Attach other end of the plastic tube to a VACUUM CLEANER hose. Hold
the object for removal by the suction of the plastic tube.
(c) If the above equipment is not available, it is possible to use a MAGNET to remove objects if they
are magnetic. Attach the MAGNET to a flexible cable with Masking Tape (Material No. P05-255)
so that it is possible to move it across a larger area. You can also use Double Sided Adhesive
Tape (Material No. P05-012) attached to the end of a flexible cable.
(5) Do not use safety wire, lockwashers, tablocks, key washers (tab type) or cotter pins again after they
are removed. All safety wire and cotter pins must have a tight fit in their holes. Refer to Installation
of Safety Wire (Ref. AMM TASK 70-24-00-910-811) , (Ref. AMM TASK 70-24-00-910-813) ,
Installation of Key Washers (Ref. AMM TASK 70-24-00-910-807) , and Installation of Cotter Pins
(Ref. AMM TASK 70-24-00-910-809) .
WARNING: USE PROTECTIVE GOGGLES AND GLOVES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL
LOCKWIRE. EACH TIME YOU CUT LOCKWIRE, REMOVE AND DISCARD IT IMME-
DIATELY. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT YOU OR MAKE YOU BLIND, AND/OR CAN
CAUSE DAMAGE.
(a) Safety the bushing plugs with Wire-Locking Dia: 0.6 mm CRES Nickel Alloy
- (Material No. 14QEB1) to the assembly boss or case. Do not safety the plug to the bushing with
lockwire.
(6) Discard all gaskets, packings and rubber parts at each removal. Replace all gaskets, packings and
rubber parts with new ones at each installation. Make sure that the new non-metal parts (such as oil
seals) show no signs of deterioration from storage. Refer to Installation of Installation of Packing and
Seals (Ref. AMM TASK 70-24-00-910-808) .
(7) If necessary, apply the applicable gasket lubricant to the gasket surfaces to prevent a bond of the
gasket to the surfaces of the mating part as specified in the installation task.
CAUTION: BEFORE YOU USE TOOLS WITH A LAYER OF PROTECTIVE MATERIAL, MAKE SURE
THAT THERE IS SUFFICIENT PROTECTIVE MATERIAL TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO EN-
GINE PARTS.
(8) To give protection to the critical areas of engine parts (such as compressor and turbine disks) against
scratches and nicks, tool surfaces which touch these areas must have a protective material cover.
(9) If parts have a layer of corrosion preventive compounds, remove all of this compound and all other
unwanted material before installation.
(10) For bolts, brackets, nuts and nut plates that are treated with molybdenum disulfide type dry film
lubricants, such as Antigallant Compound (Material No. P06-038), it is possible that the parts may
show yellowish-white residue after a thermal exposure. This occurs because the molybdenum
disulfide lubricant in the antigallant oxidizes to a molybdenum trioxide compound. The molybdenum
trioxide is not harmful to the structural integrity or functionality of the parts. Pratt & Whitney laboratory
analysis has also demonstrated that this compound is not corrosive.
70-24 - (PW11) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
70-24-00 - (PW11) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
70-24-00 PB 201 CONF 21 - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P-4

TASK 70-24-00-910-801-A
SPOP 427 - Application of Penetrating Oils for Disassembly
WARNING: REFER TO THE MANUFACTURER'S MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS FOR CONSUMABLE
MATERIAL INFORMATION SUCH AS: HAZARDOUS INGREDIENTS, PHYSICAL/CHEMICAL
CHARACTERISTICS, FIRE, EXPLOSION, REACTIVITY, HEALTH HAZARD DATA, PRECAU-
TIONS FOR SAFE HANDLING, USE AND CONTROL MEASURES.

A. Consumable Materials
(Material No. P03-007) PMC 9534 gage lubricant oil
(Material No. P03-015) PMC 9545 penetrating fluid (oil type)
(Material No. P03-016) PMC 9503 penetrating fluid (oil type)
(Material No. P03-017) penetrating oil (SPMC 188)
B. Referenced Information
(Ref. 70-27-00-910-804-A). SPOP 208 - Degreasing of Parts by Solvent Wiping
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 70-24-00-860-053-A
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
Subtask 70-24-00-911-050-A
A. SPOP 427 - Application of Penetrating Oils for Disassembly
(1) Apply one of these oils or fluids to the necessary area(s):
NOTE: These oils and fluids are specifically for aluminum, magnesium, titanium, steel, nickel, single
crystal and cobalt alloy parts.
· PMC 9534 gage lubricant oil (Material No. P03-007)

· PMC 9545 penetrating fluid (oil type) (Material No. P03-015)
· PMC 9503 penetrating fluid (oil type) (Material No. P03-016)
· penetrating oil (SPMC 188) (Material No. P03-017)
(2) After the disassembly, remove the remaining penetrating oil or fluid. Refer to Degreasing of Parts by
Solvent Wiping (SPOP 208) (Ref. AMM TASK 70-27-00-910-804) .
TASK 70-24-00-910-802-A
PWA 357 - Removal of Rivets

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P-5


This procedure gives general instructions for the removal of rivets from engine parts.
NOTE: Always obey the specific procedures and limits in the maintenance manual maintenance task.

Rivet Removal SHEET 1

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P-6

MANUFACTURED HEAD
(INDENTURED - CENTER)
A DRILL
(SLIGHTLY SMALLER
THAN SHANK)
B
PUNCH
(TO FIT
DRILL HOLE)
ICN-PW1000G-1000-704300-P-77445-05518-A-001-01
PROTECTION
C
H-05518 (0813)
PW V
N_MM_702400_2_QCF0_01_00
Figure 70(PW11)-24-00-991-01200-21-A / SHEET 1/1 - Rivet Removal

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-353, 356-400

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P-7

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 70-24-00-860-061-A
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Rivet Removal SHEET 1)
Subtask 70-24-00-910-062-A
A. Instructions for the Removal of Rivets
(1) Make sure that you remove and install protection covers as necessary:
· To prevent damage to the adjacent surfaces, and
· To make sure that no rivet part goes into the open areas, cavities, holes and ports.
(2) Remove the rivets carefully to prevent damage to the detail parts.
(3) Drill out the rivets.
CAUTION: DO NOT GRIND THE RIVETS. IF YOU DO, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE DE-
TAIL PARTS.
(a) Unless specified differently in the repair, you must carefully drill out rivets. Do not grind. Typical
tools include center-punch, drill and blind rivet removal tool available from Avery Tool, Grangier
and Starrett.
NOTE: The tools are available from: Avery Tools 111 Aviator Drive www.averytools.com Tel: 1-
800-OK-AVERY or 1-800-652-8379 (for orders) Tel: 1-817-439-8400 (general office) Fax:
1-817-439-8402 Grainger Industrial Supply 100 Grainger Parkway Lake Forest, IL 60045
USA www.grainger.com Tel: 1-800-468-8326 Fax: 1-877-994-1969 Starrett LOCAL PUR-
CHASE (for center punch) - or - www.amazon.com/ Starrett - 18B - Automatic - Center -
Adjustable/dp/B0006J4QN2
1 If there is no center indentation, use the blind rivet removal tool and obey the manufacturer's
instructions or do the subsequent procedure:
a Center-punch the rivet for the start of drilling in the manufactured head (View A).
b Use a drill size slightly smaller than the rivet shank diameter. Keep the drill
perpendicular to the surface and drill through the head and slightly into the rivet shank.
Do not drill into the rivet base structure. Do not oversize the rivet hole (View B).
c Put a protection pad under the rivet to help catch the rivet head. Use a punch, the same
size as the drill (or slightly smaller), to punch out the upset head (View C).
d Remove the rivet heads and all the remaining unwanted material.
TASK 70-24-00-910-803-A
SPOP 415 - Installation of Helical Coil Threaded Inserts

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P-8

Use this procedure to replace helical coil threaded inserts (tanged or Tangless (R)) or to repair damage to
threads unless specified differently.
NOTE: Always obey the specific procedures and limits in the specific maintenance manual maintenance tasks.

(Ref. 70-28-00-910-803-A). SPOP 42 - Chromate Conversion Coating of Aluminum
Helical Coil Threaded Insert SHEET 1
Double Helical Coil Threaded Insert for Oversized Holes SHEET 1
Helical Coil Threaded Insert in Through-Hole SHEET 1
Determination of Sufficient Wall Thickness for Parts which Use Helical Coil Inserts for Thread Damage
Repair SHEET 1
Determination of Sufficient Wall Thickness for Parts which Use R Double Helical Coil Threaded Inserts for
Thread Damage Repair SHEET 1

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P-9

A
ICN-PW1000G-1000-704500-P-77445-05520-A-001-01
NOTCH
TANG
NOTE: RETAIN AND REMOVE TANG

AFTER IT HAS BROKEN OFF
OF THE HELICAL COIL
A
H-05520 (0813)
PW V
N_MM_702400_2_QCG0_01_00
Figure 70(PW11)-24-00-991-01300-21-A / SHEET 1/1 - Helical Coil Threaded Insert

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-353, 356-400

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 10

ENDS MUST BE
ADJACENT AS SHOWN
ICN-PW1000G-1000-704500-P-77445-05521-A-001-01
INNER
OUTER INSERT
INSERT
A
H-05521 (0813)
PW V
N_MM_702400_2_QCH0_01_00
Figure 70(PW11)-24-00-991-01400-21-A / SHEET 1/

1 - Double Helical Coil Threaded Insert for Oversized Holes
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-353, 356-400

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 11

POSSIBLE LEAK
PATH
ICN-PW1000G-1000-704500-P-77445-05522-A-001-01
H-05221 (0813)
PW V
N_MM_702400_2_QCJ0_01_00
Figure 70(PW11)-24-00-991-01500-21-A / SHEET 1/1 - Helical Coil Threaded Insert in Through-Hole

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-353, 356-400

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 12

C ( ALUMINUM,MAGNESIUM )
.090 INCH (2.29mm) MIN. (STEEL,NICKEL)
.100 INCH (2.54mm) MIN. (TITANIUM)
C ( ALUMINUM,MAGNESIUM )
1 - 1.5 PITCH
DO NOT THREAD
FOR THROUGH HOLE
FOR THIS DISTANCE
C C
INCH INCH
THREAD SIZE MIN THREAD SIZE MIN
.112-40 .090 .500-13 .155
.125-40 .090 .500-20 .155
.164-32 .090 .5625-12 .175
.164-36 .090 .5626-18 .175
.190-24 .090 .6250-11 .195
ICN-PW1000G-1000-704500-P-77445-05523-A-001-01
.190-32 .090 .6250-18 .195

.250-20 .090 .7500-10 .225
.250-28 .090 .7500-16 .225
.3125-18 .110 .8750-9 .255
.3125-24 .110 .8750-14 .255
.375-16 .125 1.0000-8 .290
.375-24 .125 1.0000-12 .290
.4375-14 .140 1.0000-14 .290
.4375-20 .140 1.125-12 .325
H-05523 (0813)
PW V
N_MM_702400_2_QCK0_01_00
Figure 70(PW11)-24-00-991-01600-21-A / SHEET 1/1 - Determination of Sufficient

Wall Thickness for Parts which Use Helical Coil Inserts for Thread Damage Repair
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-353, 356-400

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 13

A ( ALUMINUM,MAGNESIUM )
1 - 1.5 PITCH
DO NOT THREAD
FOR THIS DISTANCE
1/2 PITCH
FOR THROUGH HOLE
A A
INCH INCH
THREAD SIZE MIN THREAD SIZE MIN
.112-40 .090 .500-13 .155
.125-40 .090 .500-20 .155
.164-32 .090 .5625-12 .175
.164-36 .090 .5626-18 .175
.190-24 .090 .6250-11 .195
ICN-PW1000G-1000-704500-P-77445-05524-A-001-01
.190-32 .090 .6250-18 .195

.250-20 .090 .7500-10 .225
.250-28 .090 .7500-16 .225
.3125-18 .110 .8750-9 .255
.3125-24 .110 .8750-14 .255
.375-16 .125 1.0000-8 .290
.375-24 .125 1.0000-12 .290
.4375-14 .140 1.0000-14 .290
.4375-20 .140 1.125-12 .325
H-05524 (0813)
PW V
N_MM_702400_2_QCL0_01_00
Figure 70(PW11)-24-00-991-01700-21-A / SHEET 1/1 - Determination of Sufficient Wall

Thickness for Parts which Use R Double Helical Coil Threaded Inserts for Thread Damage Repair
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-353, 356-400

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 14

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 70-24-00-860-062-A
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Helical Coil Threaded Insert SHEET 1) (Ref. Fig. Double Helical Coil Threaded Insert for Oversized
Holes SHEET 1) (Ref. Fig. Helical Coil Threaded Insert in Through-Hole SHEET 1) (Ref. Fig. Determination
of Sufficient Wall Thickness for Parts which Use Helical Coil Inserts for Thread Damage
Repair SHEET 1) (Ref. Fig. Determination of Sufficient Wall Thickness for Parts which Use R Double Helical
Coil Threaded Inserts for Thread Damage Repair SHEET 1)
Subtask 70-24-00-911-059-A
A. General Information
NOTE: Tangless (R) is a registered trademark of ADVANEX, Inc. for helical coil threaded inserts that do
not have tangs.
(1) Helical coil threaded inserts are used in initial part manufacture, which is typical for parts made of
aluminum, and to repair damage to threads.
(2) Double helical coil threaded inserts are available for threads that have damage more than the limits of
standard helical coil threaded insert specifications.
(3) Helical coil threaded inserts are available in all standard sizes in National Fine and National Course
Series up to 1.50 in. (38.10 mm) size, as well as eight pitch threads, metric threads and tapered pipe
threads.
(4) Oversized helical coil threaded inserts can be used if the minimum wall thickness is kept.
(5) Tangless inserts have advantages when compared to tanged inserts.
(a) Tangless inserts do not have tangs to remove and discard, and this helps prevent possible
Foreign Object Damage (FOD).
(b) Tangless inserts can decrease the time necessary for installation of threaded inserts.
(6) Equipment and materials
NOTE: Other sources are permitted.
Emhart Teknologies, Industrial Div.

50 Shelton Technology Center
P. O. Box 859
Shelton, CT 06484 USA
www.helicoil.com or www.emhart.com
Tel: 1-203-924-9341
Fax: 1-203-925-3109
KATO Fastening Systems, Inc.
Subsidiary of ADVANEX, Inc.
11836 Fishing Point Drive - Suite 400
Newport News, VA 23606 USA
www.katonet.com
Tel: 1-757-783-8980
Fax: 1-757-873-4920
(7) The sources listed above make available these items:
(a) Standard tools to use for helical coil removal and installation
(b) Operation instructions and procedures for the above tools

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 15

(c) Installation instructions that give part numbers for the applicable helical coil threaded inserts.
Subtask 70-24-00-910-063-A
B. Installation of Helical Coil Threaded Inserts
(1) To replace helical coil threaded inserts that were installed during the initial manufacture of the part, do
the steps that follow:
(a) Remove the helical coil threaded insert. Refer to the manufacturer's instructions.
(b) To find the correct size of the new insert, compare the new insert specifications with the initial
finished thread hole size. Use the manufacturer's installation instructions as an aid in the correct
insert selection.
1 For applications up to 800 deg.F (427 deg.C), use stainless steel (AMS 7245) inserts.
2 For applications 800 deg.F (427 deg.C) - 1000 deg.F (538 deg.C), use INCONEL X-750
(AMS 7246) inserts.
3 For aluminum parts, apply a protective coat to the insert hole and other areas where
it is possible that the coat was removed. Refer to Anodize Touch-Up (SPOP 42)
(Ref. AMM TASK 70-28-00-910-803) .
4 Install the new helical coil threaded insert 0.75 - 1.5 pitch below the top surface. Refer to the
manufacturer's instructions.
5 Break off the installation tang at the notch.
NOTE: If a tangless insert is used, this step is not applicable.
6 Collect and remove all broken tangs so that there are none remaining with the part.
(2) To replace helical coil threaded inserts that were installed to repair damage to threads, do the
subsequent steps:
(a) To find the correct size of the new insert, compare the new insert specifications with the initial
insert selection.
(AMS 7246) inserts.
(b) Make sure that there is a sufficient wall thickness.
(c) A sufficient wall thickness is necessary for the repair of damage to thread holes with helical coil
inserts.
(d) Drill and tap hole to the correct size. Refer to the manufacturer's instructions.
(e) For aluminum parts, apply a protective coat to the insert hole and other areas where it is possible
that the coat was removed. Refer to Anodize Touch-Up (SPOP 42) (Ref. AMM TASK 70-28-00-
910-803) .
(f) Install the new helical coil threaded insert 0.75 - 1.5 pitch below the top surface. Refer to the
manufacturer's instructions.
(g) Break off the installation tang at the notch.
(h) Collect and remove all broken tangs so that there are none remaining with the part.

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 16

(3) When it is necessary to use a double helical coil threaded insert to repair threads that have damage
more than the limits of standard helical coil threaded insert specifications, do the subsequent steps:
(a) To find the correct size of the new insert, compare the new insert specifications with the initial
insert selection.
(AMS 7246) inserts.
(b) Make sure that there is a sufficient wall thickness.
(c) A sufficient wall thickness is necessary for the repair of damage to thread holes with double
threaded helical coil threaded inserts.
(d) Drill and tap hole to the correct size. Refer to the manufacturer's instructions.
(e) For aluminum parts, apply a protective coat to the insert hole and other areas where it is possible
that the coat was removed. Refer to Anodize Touch-Up (SPOP 42) (Ref. AMM TASK 70-28-00-
910-803) .
(f) Install the double helical coil threaded insert. Refer to the manufacturer's instructions.
1 Install the outer insert by the applicable subsequent step:
a For tapped holes without countersink, 0.25 - 0.5 pitch below the top surface
b For holes with a countersink, 1.0 - 1.5 pitch below the top surface.
2 Install the inner insert so that the end of the last coil is flush with the end of the outer insert.
(g) Break off the installation tang at the notch.
(h) Collect and remove all broken tangs so that there are none remaining with the part.
(4) It is recommended that inserts should not be used in through holes due to leak possibility. If an insert
is used in a through-hole, use an applicable sealant at the bolt head interface to block any possible
leak path.
TASK 70-24-00-910-804-A
SPOP 416 - Removal of Broken Bolts or Studs

This procedure gives general instructions to replace oversize studs.


A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 17

(Ref. 70-24-00-910-806-A). PWA 315 - Standard Torque Recommendations
Replacement Stud Types SHEET 1

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 18

STEPPED STUDS
PLAIN NECKED
STANDARD STUDS
ICN-PW1000G-1000-704500-P-77445-05525-A-001-01
PLAIN NECKED
H-05525 (0813)
PW V
N_MM_702400_2_QCP0_01_00
Figure 70(PW11)-24-00-991-00200-21-A / SHEET 1/1 - Replacement Stud Types

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-353, 356-400

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 19

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 70-24-00-860-055-A
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Replacement Stud Types SHEET 1)
Subtask 70-24-00-911-051-A
A. Removal of Broken Bolts or Studs
(1) Replace studs that are stretched, loose or have thread damage with oversize studs.
(2) It is permitted to replace an oversize stud to the next oversize one time. If more than the second
oversize replacement is necessary, get approval from:
Manager of Customer Technical Service (CTS)
400 Main Street - Mail Stop 163-20
East Hartford, CT 06108 USA
Fax: 1-860-565-9825
(3) Where the threads of a stud hole have become damaged or stripped, it is possible, if there is
sufficient material around the hole, to drill and tap the hole again for a special stepped stud.
(4) When you install a stud that incorporates a cotter pin or a safety wire hole, measure the projection
length from the bottom of the stud hole.
(5) See the specific repair chart applicable to the studs to be replaced.
(6) Stud torques
(a) For standard torques, refer to Standard Torques in (Ref. AMM TASK 70-24-00-910-806) .
(7) Stud lubrication
(a) For information on oil-lubricated studs, anti-gallant lubricated studs and studs in self-locking
helical coil inserts (Ref. AMM TASK 70-24-00-910-806) .
TASK 70-24-00-910-805-A
Replacement of Damaged Tube Nuts and Thrust Wires
NOTE: Always obey the specific procedures and limits given in the specific maintenance manual tasks.


No specific 1 LIGHT SOURCE - HIGHPOWER
No specific AR PLUG - BLANKING
(PWA21411) 1 ANVIL - TUBE NUT THRUST WIRE

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 20

(Material No. P03-001) lubricant, aircraft turbine engine
(Ref. 70-24-00-910-811-A). Assembly - PWA 316 - Safety Wire (Lockwire) Installation
(Ref. 70-24-00-910-813-A). Assembly - PWA 316 - Safety Cable Installation
Thrust Wire Replacement

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 21

THRUST WIRE
CUT
CUT
NUT
FERRULE
TYPE 1 TYPE 2
ASSEMBLED WITH THRUST WIRE INSTALLED
NUT
ICN-PW1000G-1000-704500-P-77445-05526-A-001-01
FERRULE
TYPE 1 TYPE 2
H-05526 (0813)
TYPICAL DETAILS BEFORE THRUST WIRE INSTALLATION

PW V
N_MM_702400_2_QCE0_01_00
Figure 70(PW11)-24-00-991-00100-21-A / SHEET 1/2 - Thrust Wire Replacement

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-353, 356-400

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 22

THRUST WIRE
WITH A LARGE
THRUST WIRE
RECTANGULAR
WITH A LARGE
END
CIRCULAR END
PLAIN OR
THRUST
WIRE
OR THRUST WIRE
INSTALLED
TYPE 2
TYPE 1
PWA 21411
ANVIL
ICN-PW1000G-1000-704500-P-77445-05527-A-001-01
ASSEMBLE THE PLAIN THRUST WIRE

FLUSH OR BELOW THE OUTSIDE
SURFACE OF THE NUT.
ASSEMBLE THE THRUST WIRE WITH A

LARGE RECTANGULAR OR CIRCULAR
END SO THAT THE SHOULDER TOUCHES BANTAM BULLY
H-05527 (0813)
THE TUBE NUT. (USE OF AIR HAMMER AIR HAMMER

AND ANVIL NOT REQUIRED)
PW V
N_MM_702400_2_QCE0_02_00

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-353, 356-400

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 23

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 70-24-00-860-054-A
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Thrust Wire Replacement)
Subtask 70-24-00-910-053-A
CAUTION: BE CAREFUL NOT TO CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE TUBE ATTACHED INSIDE THE ENGINE
CASES. IF YOU DO, IT WILL BE NECESSARY TO REMOVE THE ENGINE.
CAUTION: INSTALL PROTECTION COVERS ON ALL THE OPENINGS IMMEDIATELY TO PREVENT

DAMAGE TO THE ENGINE.
A. General Instructions for the Tubes Attached inside the Engine Cases
NOTE: The subsequent steps must only be done by an experienced operator.
(1) Disconnect the mating tube from the damaged tube nut.
(2) Cover all the openings to protect them from foreign objects.
(3) Put a temporary PLUG - BLANKING plug in the tube ferrule or fitting to keep machining chips and dirt
out of the tube.
(4) If you damage a tube which is captured in the engine cases, it will be necessary to remove the engine
for tube replacement.
(5) Follow the instructions in the subsequent paragraph for the removal of the thrust wire.
(6) Installation of the new thrust wire
CAUTION: BEFORE YOU INSTALL THE NEW THRUST WIRE INTO THE NEW TUBE NUT, YOU
MUST SUPPORT THE TUBE NUT WITH AN OPPOSITE FORCE. IF THE TUBE NUT
IS NOT SUPPORTED, DAMAGE TO THE TUBE CAN OCCUR.
(a) When you install the new thrust wire into the new tube nut, you must support the tube nut with an
opposite force.
Subtask 70-24-00-020-050-A
B. Removal of the Damaged Tube Nut and Thrust Wire
NOTE: The instructions in this paragraph apply to damaged tubes which have been removed from the en-
gine. If the tube being repaired is attached inside the engine cases, you must obey the precautions
in the previous paragraph.
(1) If possible, remove the damaged tube from the engine.

(2) Put a temporary PLUG - BLANKING in the tube ferrule or fitting to keep machining chips and dirt out
of the tube.
(3) To remove the thrust wire from the nut, hold the drilled end and pull the wire out of the nut.
NOTE: For tubes with a plain thrust wire, you can pull either end of the thrust wire out of the nut.
(4) Discard the thrust wire.

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 24

(5) If the thrust wire is damaged or too tight, it will be necessary to cut the nut off of the tube end as
follows:
CAUTION: WHEN YOU USE THE CUT-OFF WHEEL, BE CAREFUL NOT TO CAUSE DAMAGE
TO THE FERRULE OR FITTING ON THE TUBE.
(a) Support the tube nut on a hard work surface or in a soft-jawed vise.
(b) Use a high-speed cut-off wheel to cut around the nut a small distance outboard of the thrust wire,
until the wire area is open.
(c) Remove the thrust wire and nut from the tube.
(d) Discard the thrust wire.
(6) Examine the tube end for any damage.
Subtask 70-24-00-420-050-A
C. Installation of the New Tube Nut and the New Thrust Wire
(1) Always use a new thrust wire for each installation.
(2) Put the new nut in position on the end of the tube ferrule or fitting.
(3) Apply a small amount of lubricant, aircraft turbine engine (Material No. P03-001) to the new thrust
wire.
(4) While you install the new thrust wire, hold the tube nut as follows:
(a) For tubes removed from the engine, support the new tube nut on a bench or in a soft-jawed vise.
(b) For tubes captured inside the engine cases, support the tube nut with an opposite force.
(5) Before you push the thrust wire into position, make sure that the thrust wire is aligned with the rear
radius of the tube ferrule or fitting. Use a LIGHT SOURCE - HIGHPOWER or a small test wire to
make sure that the wire hole in the nut will let the thrust wire go against (but not into) the radius on the
ferrule or fitting.
(6) With the new tube nut in position on the end of the tube, put the new thrust wire into position.
(7) If the thrust wire goes into the hole easily, tap the thrust wire into position with a brass (or other non-
ferrous) mallet.
(8) If you cannot easily push the thrust wire into the hole, examine the alignment again.
(9) Push the thrust wire into position.
CAUTION: WHEN YOU USE AN AIR HAMMER, BE CAREFUL NOT TO BEND THE THRUST
WIRE AND NOT TO PUSH IT AGAINST THE TUBE FERRULE OR FITTING.
(a) If the alignment is good, use a Bantam Bully Air Hammer and a ANVIL - TUBE NUT THRUST
WIRE (PWA21411) to push the thrust wire into position.
(10) Make sure that the thrust wire comes out of the other side of the nut and is fully installed.
(11) Make sure the nut is held on the tube and can turn smoothly.
(12) Remove the plug from the tube.
(13) Examine the tube end for any damage or blockage.
(14) Safety the thrust wire.

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 25

WARNING: USE GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL LOCKWIRE. EACH TIME YOU
CUT LOCKWIRE, REMOVE AND DISCARD IT IMMEDIATELY. LOOSE LOCKWIRE
CAN CUT YOU OR MAKE YOU BLIND, AND/OR CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
(a) If applicable, safety the thrust wire with safety wire. Refer to the Installation of Safety Wire
(Ref. AMM TASK 70-24-00-910-811) or the Installation of Safety Cable (Ref. AMM TASK 70-
24-00-910-813) and the specific AMM maintenance task for safety procedures.
(15) Install or connect the tubes as necessary.
TASK 70-24-00-910-806-A
PWA 315 - Standard Torque Recommendations

This procedure contains standard practice procedures and specifications used for the correct torquing of jet
engine fasteners and hardware.
NOTE: Always obey the specific procedures and limits in the AMM maintenance task.

Torques and Torque Wrenches - (Torque Adapters and Method Calculation)
Torques and Torque Wrenches - (Nuts, Bolts, Screws) SHEET 1

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 26

INDICATOR (TYPICAL)
TORQUE ADAPTER
USE INDICATED TORQUE

CALCULATION METHOD A.
E L
INCREASED EFFECTIVE BEAM LENGTH
TORQUE ADAPTER
E
USE INDICATED TORQUE

CALCULATION METHOD B.
DECREASED EFFECTIVE BEAM LENGTH

ICN-PW1000G-1000-707000-P-77445-05528-A-001-01
NO TORQUE CALCULATION
IS NECESSARY. THE ADAPTER
HAS NO EFFECT ON INDICATED
TORQUE.
UNCHANGED BEAM LENGTH

H-05528 (0813)
PW V
N_MM_702400_2_QCM0_01_00
Figure 70(PW11)-24-00-991-00600-21-A / SHEET 1/3 - Torques

and Torque Wrenches - (Torque Adapters and Method Calculation)
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-353, 356-400

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 27

NOTE: USE THIS METHOD A

WHEN THE TORQUE
ADAPTER IS INSTALLED
AS TO INCREASE THE
TORQUE WRENCH EFFECTIVE LENGTH.
BEAM LENGTH (L)
(DIMENSION L)
SPECIFIED TORQUE (T)

(DIMENSION T)
CALCULATION (L x T)
TORQUE WRENCH
BEAM LENGTH (L)
(DIMENSION L)
TORQUE WRENCH
EXTENSION ADAPTER
LENGTH (E)
(DIMENSION E)
E
CALCULATION (L + E)
CALCULATED
ICN-PW1000G-1000-707000-P-77445-05529-A-001-01
TORQUE WRENCH
INDICATION
(L x T) (L + E) (I)
A TORQUE WRENCH INDICATION OF (I) WILL APPLY
(T)
THE SPECIFIED TORQUE OF
H-05529 (0813)
PW V
N_MM_702400_2_QCM0_02_00

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-353, 356-400

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 28

NOTE: USE THIS METHOD B

WHEN THE TORQUE
ADAPTER IS INSTALLED
AS TO DECREASE THE
TORQUE WRENCH EFFECTIVE LENGTH.
BEAM LENGTH (L)
(DIMENSION L)
SPECIFIED TORQUE (T)

(DIMENSION T)
CALCULATION (L x T)
L
TORQUE WRENCH
BEAM LENGTH (L)
(DIMENSION L)
TORQUE WRENCH
EXTENSION ADAPTER E
LENGTH (E)
(DIMENSION E)
CALCULATION (L - E)
CALCULATED
ICN-PW1000G-1000-707000-P-77445-05530-A-001-01
TORQUE WRENCH
INDICATION
(L x T) (L - E) (I)
A TORQUE WRENCH INDICATION OF (I) WILL APPLY
(T)
THE SPECIFIED TORQUE OF
H-05530 (0813)
PW V
N_MM_702400_2_QCM0_03_00

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-353, 356-400

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 29

TYPICAL
FREE-SPINNING
INSTALLATIONS
ICN-PW1000G-1000-703000-P-77445-05517-A-001-01
TYPICAL TYPICAL
SELF-LOCKING SELF-LOCKING
NUT ON STUD INSTALLATIONS
H-05517 (0813)
PW V
N_MM_702400_2_QCN0_01_00
Figure 70(PW11)-24-00-991-00700-21-A / SHEET 1/

1 - Torques and Torque Wrenches - (Nuts, Bolts, Screws)
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-353, 356-400

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 30

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 70-24-00-860-058-A
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Torques and Torque Wrenches - (Torque Adapters and Method Calculation)) (Ref. Fig. Torques and
Torque Wrenches - (Nuts, Bolts, Screws) SHEET 1)
Subtask 70-24-00-911-053-A
A. General - Definitions
NOTE: Always obey the procedures and limits in the specific maintenance tasks of this manual. The spe-
cific maintenance tasks and limits always supersede those in this standard practices section.
(1) Breakaway Torque - The initial amount of force necessary to turn a self-locking fastener with the self-
locking (friction) feature engaged. Breakaway torques can be measured with or without an axial force
(load) as specified by the specific instruction.
(2) Run-On Torque - The amount of force necessary to turn a self-locking fastener with the self-locking
(friction) feature engaged. Referred to as drag torque.
(3) Self-Locking Fastener - A nut or bolt that has a feature which causes a frictional resistance to turning.
The amount of force to overcome this friction is referred to as run-on torque.
(4) Standard Torque - The torque necessary for sufficient attachment and pre-load of parts without stress
to the parts.
(5) Torque Adapter - A device which is used to torque fasteners where straight access is not possible.
The use and orientation of a torque adapter can affect the torque indication and actual torque applied.
(6) Torque Wrench - A device which indicates the force applied to a fastener. There are three types of
torque wrenches (beam type, click type and digital type).
Subtask 70-24-00-911-054-A
B. General - Equipment Calibration
(1) Torque wrenches should be on a scheduled calibration program based on the frequency of use and
the user's own experience. Anytime that a torque wrench is dropped or damaged, the tool must be
inspected and calibrated.
(2) Inspect and calibrate all torque wrenches as follows:
(a) Do all torque wrench calibrations with a calibrated weight and measured lever arm device to
make sure you get the accurate calibration.
(b) Do not compare one torque wrench with another torque wrench for accurate calibration.
(c) Always hold and use a torque wrench as specified in the manufacturer's instructions for accurate
torque indications.
(d) Install a calibration label on the torque wrench with an expiration date.
Subtask 70-24-00-911-055-A
C. General - Equipment Requirements
(1) Always obey the procedures and limits in the specific procedures of this manual. The specific
procedures and limits in task specific page blocks always supersede those in this standard practices
page block.
(2) Use the correct size torque wrench as follows:

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 31

(a) Select the correct size torque wrench so that the specified torque is between 25 percent and 95
percent of the torque wrench maximum indication.
(b) Use the torque wrench that will have the best and most accurate indication graduations.
(3) Use a torque wrench and torque adapter (extension) as follows:
(a) There are many situations which require the use of a torque adapter. When you use a torque
adapter, you must calculate the torque wrench indication so that you apply the specified torque to
the fastener.
(b) When you install a torque adapter to a torque wrench, you can change the effective beam length
of the torque wrench. You can install the torque adapter in three ways. When you change the
effective beam length, you must calculate the torque wrench indication so that you apply the
specified torque to the fastener.
1 For the installation of a torque adapter which increases the effective beam length, calculate
the indicated torque value using Method A.
2 For the installation of a torque adapter which decreases the effective beam length, calculate
the indicated torque value using Method B.
3 For the installation of a torque adapter which does not have an effect on the beam length, no
calculation is necessary.
Subtask 70-24-00-910-058-A
D. Procedures
(1) Apply the correct lubricant, if necessary, to the fasteners as specified in this manual at specific engine
locations. Wipe to remove the unwanted lubricant.
(2) Free-spinning nuts, bolts, screws and self-locking nuts on studs (also free-spinning nuts that lock after
contact).
(a) When possible, turn the nut and hold the bolt.
NOTE: If it is necessary to turn the bolt, make sure that the bolt holes in the mating parts align,
and that the bolt shank is not tight in the bolt hole.
(b) When it is not necessary to align locking features (lockwire holes, cotter pin holes, etc.), torque
the fastener to approximately the middle of the torque range.
(c) When it is necessary to align locking features (lockwire holes, cotter pin holes, etc.), torque the
fastener to the minimum torque. Check the alignment of the locking features. If necessary, turn
the fastener further (within the torque limits) to align the holes. Never loosen or decrease the
torque for alignment. If you cannot get the correct alignment within the torque range, you must
replace the fastener with another.
CAUTION: WHEN IT IS NECESSARY TO INCREASE OR DECREASE THE TEMPERATURE OF EN-

GINE PARTS, DO NOT TORQUE THE FASTENERS TO THE FINAL TORQUE VALUE
UNTIL AFTER THE PARTS ARE BACK TO APPROXIMATELY ROOM TEMPERATURE.
IF THE PART TEMPERATURE WAS INCREASED, THE FASTENERS CAN BECOME
LOOSE AFTER THE PARTS GO BACK TO ROOM TEMPERATURE.
IF THE PART TEMPERATURE WAS DECREASED, THERE IS A RISK OF STRESS ON
THE FASTENERS AFTER THE PARTS GO BACK TO ROOM TEMPERATURE.
(3) When it is necessary to heat or cool engine parts, torque the fasteners to the final torque value only
after the parts return to approximately room temperature.

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 32

NOTE: If the parts were heated, the fasteners can become loose after the parts return to room tem-
perature. If the parts were chilled, the fasteners can become stressed after the parts return to
room temperature.
(4) Use caution when you join flanges or mating sections during assembly. When you join snap fits, it
is essential that mating parts be correctly seated prior to application of final torque. Unless specific
procedures are provided in assembly instructions, parts should be seated by installing several bolts
at regular intervals then applying uniform torque where required to seat the mating surfaces. Once
seating is assured, all bolts should be torqued to approximately 75 percent of final torque in a uniform
stagger (180-, 90-, and 45-degree intervals, etc.) to prevent local over-stressing of the bolts or flange.
Final torque should be applied in the same sequence.
(5) Torque applications should be done slowly and evenly for consistency and best possible accuracy.
(6) For crush or compression type gaskets and seals, torque the attaching fasteners as follows:
(a) With all the fasteners installed, torque the fasteners in an opposite torque pattern and in small
increments as not to exceed the torque limits.
(b) Continue to torque the fasteners to the specified limits until the same torque indication holds on
the torque wrench.
TASK 70-24-00-910-807-A
PWA 318 - Key Washer (Tab-Type) Installation

This procedure gives general instructions for the installation of tab-type key washers.
NOTE: Always obey the specific procedures and limits in the specific maintenance manual tasks.

(Material No. P05-018) Silver Pencil
(Ref. 70-40-00-910-801-A). Marking of Parts
Installation of Key Washers - (Tab-Type) SHEET 1
Installation of Key Washers - (Cup-Type) SHEET 1
Installation of Key Washers - (Cup-Type) SHEET 1

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 33

DIRECTION TO LOOSEN NUT
KEY A
DIMENSION A
GAP A
EDGE
EDGE
KEY B DIRECTION TO LOOSEN NUT
ANTIROTATION
HOLE
GAP B
KEY B
KEY B
GAP A KEY A
B
ICN-PW1000G-1000-707000-P-77445-05532-A-001-01
H-05532 (0813)
GAP A
C
PW V
N_MM_702400_2_QCA0_01_00
Figure 70(PW11)-24-00-991-00800-21-A / SHEET 1/1 - Installation of Key Washers - (Tab-Type)

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-353, 356-400

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 34

DIAPHRAGM
TAB OD
TYPICAL CUT-TYPE
KEYWASHER
A TAB
CRIMP
A A A
SLOTTED NUT CUP WASHER
CRIMP
SIX-INDENTATION
FOR NUTS WITH
EIGHT SLOTS
CRIMPING
B C
TAB
ICN-PW1000G-1000-707000-P-77445-05533-A-001-01
CRIMP CRIMP
TAB
B B B C C C
EXTERNAL CRIMP INTERNAL CRIMP

H-05533 (0813)
PW V
N_MM_702400_2_QCB0_01_00
Figure 70(PW11)-24-00-991-00900-21-A / SHEET 1/1 - Installation of Key Washers - (Cup-Type)

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-353, 356-400

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 35

STANDARD HEXAGON
BOLT OR NUT
CUP
WASHER
CRIMP. IDENTATION
REQUIRED ON TWO
ADJACENT FLATS
MULTI-HOLE CUP-TYPE CRIMP
CUP
A
WASHER CUP
WASHER
B
ICN-PW1000G-1000-707000-P-77445-05534-A-001-01
SPECIAL DOUBLE HEXAGON BOLT

OR NUT HAVING INDENTATIONS
FOR CUP WASHER LOCKING
CRIMP. REQUIRED SPACING A
BETWEEN INDENTATIONS
o o
IS 150 - 210
SINGLE TAB CUP-TYPE

H-05534 (0813)
DIMPLE ENGAGEMENT
PW V
N_MM_702400_2_QCC0_01_00

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-353, 356-400

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 36

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 70-24-00-860-059-A
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Installation of Key Washers - (Tab-Type) SHEET 1) (Ref. Fig. Installation of Key Washers - (Cup-
Type) SHEET 1) (Ref. Fig. Installation of Key Washers - (Cup-Type) SHEET 1)
Subtask 70-24-00-910-059-A
A. Installation of Key Washers (Tab-Type)
(1) General instructions
(a) Some key washers are pre-bent at manufacture.
(b) Use key washers only one time. Use a new key washer for each installation.
(c) Use the correct key washers as specified by the specific maintenance task.
(2) Install key washers as follows:
(a) Install the key washer so that the unbent keys are as far as possible from the axis of the part to
be locked.
(b) The pre-bent key (Key B) must be tight to the overhanging surface as shown, or put against the
side of the hole to prevent possible movement of the locked part.
(c) When you torque the fastener and bend the key washer, you must keep the key washer in the
same position.
(d) If necessary, use a Silver Pencil (Material No. P05-018) or any marker as specified in Marking
Parts (Ref. AMM TASK 70-40-00-910-801) . Mark the parts so that you can detect any turn of
the key washer during the torque of the nut.
(e) Hold the key washer against the anti-rotation surface in the loosening direction while you torque
the fastener to the torque specified by the AMM task.
(f) Examine the pre-bent key (Key B) to make sure that it is not damaged.
(g) For pre-bent keys (Key B) that use a surface edge for anti-rotation, make sure that the gap
between the key (Key B) and the surface is 0.020 in. (0.51 mm) or less.
1 You can bend the pre-bent key (Key B) at installation to meet the gap limits.
(h) Carefully bend all keys (Keys A) on the key washer so that it cannot be used again and that you
do not cause cracks, gouges or other damage.
(i) Bend at least one key (Key A) so that 75 percent or more of its width (as measured at the base of
the key) engages the flat of the fastener (Dimension A).
(j) Bend all the keys (Keys A) so that the gap is in the limits that follow:
1 For fastener threads 0.3125 in. (7.94 mm) or less, Gap A is 0.010 in. (0.25 mm) or less.
2 For fastener threads more than 0.3125 in. (7.94 mm), Gap A is 0.020 in. (0.51 mm) or less.
(3) Install elliptical key washers as follows:
(a) After you torque the fasteners, bend the washer up across one whole face of the hexagon.
1 For fastener threads 0.3125 in. (7.94 mm) or less, Gap A is 0.010 in. (0.25 mm) or less.
2 For fastener threads more than 0.3125 in. (7.94 mm), Gap A is 0.020 in. (0.51 mm) or less.
(4) The previous requirements for key washers and elliptical key washers are applicable to the keys for
each hole in a multiple-hole key washer.
(5) Key washers used with fuel nozzle nuts must not have the keys bent by impact.

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 37

(6) Examine the installed key washer as follows:

(a) Make sure that a new key washer was installed.
(b) Make sure that the keys are bent as previously specified.
(c) Make sure that the keys are bent so that the key washer and fastener cannot move or turn to
loosen.
(d) Scoring, gouging and smearing of the key washer or adjacent parts are not permitted.
(e) Small tool marks from usual forming and bending procedures are permitted.
Subtask 70-24-00-910-060-A
B. Installation of Key Washers (Cup-Type)
(1) General instructions
(a) Always obey the specific procedures and limits in the specific maintenance tasks.
(b) Some key washers are pre-bent at manufacture.
(c) Use key washers only one time. Use a new key washer for each installation.
(d) Use the correct key washers as specified by the specific AMM maintenance task.
(e) Crimping tools
1 Tool requirements
a The portion of the tool that forms the indentations must be spherically shaped and have
a spherical radius of not less than 0.050 in. (1.27 mm).
2 Squeeze action tool
a This tool forms indentations by pressing the cup-type key washer into slots in the nut or
bolt. This type of tool is recommended and must be used where possible.
3 Drift type tool
a This tool consists of a ring with prongs on the inside diameter. This tool, when put over
the cup-type key washer and moved in an axial direction, will form indentations on the
outside diameter of the cup-type key washer.
4 Punch
CAUTION: DO NOT USE A "PUNCH" TYPE TOOL TO INSTALL CUP-TYPE KEY WASH-
ERS ON FUEL NOZZLE NUTS. CUP-TYPE KEY WASHERS USED WITH
FUEL NOZZLE NUTS MUST NOT HAVE THE INDENTATIONS FORMED BY
IMPACT. IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS INSTRUCTION, DAMAGE TO THE
FUEL NOZZLE CAN OCCUR.
a This tool will form indentations on the outside diameter of the cup-type key washer by
the impact of the tool with a hammer.
(2) Install the key washers as follows:
(a) Marking
CAUTION: USE THE CORRECT MARKING PEN OR PENCIL. IF YOU DO NOT, THE MARK
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE MATERIALS.
1 To prevent broken or bent key washer tabs, you must mark the position of the cup-type key
washer to the adjacent surface before you tighten and torque the nut.

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 38

2 Use a Silver Pencil (Material No. P05-018) or any marker as specified in Marking Parts
(Ref. AMM TASK 70-40-00-910-801) . Mark the parts so that you can detect any turn of the
key washer during the torque of the nut.
(b) Required number of indentations
1 For the cup-type key washers, you must bend the key washer in two or more places to give
sufficient interference with the nut so that the nut will not turn. Refer to
(Ref. Fig. Installation of Key Washers - (Cup-Type) SHEET 1)
and
for requirements.
2 After you tighten and torque the nut, you must indent the cup-type key washer in the correct
number of places. Refer to Table 1 unless specified differently.
3 If the number of rounded slots in the nut or bolt is less than the necessary amount of
indentations, the requirements of Table 1 do not apply.
4 If the key washer is the type shown in
, the requirements of Table 1 do not apply.
a Table 1 - Required Number of Indentations
Thread Size Number of Indentations Spacing between

Indentations
Less than 1.500 in. (38.10 2 See Figure
mm) Installation of Key Washers -
(Cup-Type) SHEET 1
1.500 in. (38.10 mm) to less 4 60 degrees - 120 degrees
than 2.500 in. (63.50 mm)
2.500 in. (63.50 mm) to less 6 6 slot nuts 45 degrees - 75
than 4.000 in. (101.60 mm) degrees
6 8 slot nuts 45 degrees - 90
degrees(*)
4.000 in. (101.60 mm) and 8 30 degrees - 60 degrees
larger
(*) See
for indentation spacing.
5 For the cup-type key washers shown in
and
, you must make the indentations as shown.
(c) Key washer engagement
1 Table 2 - Required Engagement Measurements for Cup-Type Key Washers
Thread Size B Reference C Minimum(*) Engagement

0.190 in. (4.83 mm) 0.043 in. (1.09 mm) 0.026 in. (0.66 mm)
0.250 in. (6.35 mm) 0.042 in. (1.07 mm) 0.025 in. (0.63 mm)
0.3125 in. (7.94 mm) 0.040 in. (1.02 mm) 0.024 in. (0.61 mm)
0.375 in. (9.52 mm) 0.039 in. (0.99 mm) 0.023 in. (0.58 mm)

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 39

Thread Size B Reference C Minimum(*) Engagement

(*) C Minimum = 0.6 B
(d) Examine the installed key washer as follows:

1 Make sure that a new key washer was installed.
2 Make sure that the key washer is not loose and cannot shake or rattle.
3 Make sure that the cup is bent as previously specified.
4 Make sure that the key washer did not move during the assembly.
5 If there is no axial pinch on the diaphragm portion of the key washer, you can move the
washer with your hand through the limits of the tab clearance.
6 Cracking, tearing, scoring, gouging and smearing of the key washer or adjacent parts are not
permitted.
7 Small tool marks from usual forming and bending procedures are permitted.
8 Indentations in one key washer must be of similar size and shape.
9 Indentations in the key washer must be formed into the rounded slots in the nut where the
nut has such slots.
TASK 70-24-00-910-808-A
Installation of the Packings and Seals

This procedure gives the necessary lubricant instructions and procedures for the installation of packings and
seals.

(Material No. P06-002) Petrolatum
(Material No. P06-053) Sealing Ring Lubricant
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 70-24-00-860-057-A
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
NOTE: Preformed rubber O-ring packings are referred to as packings.

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 40

Subtask 70-24-00-911-052-A
A. Necessary Lubricant Instructions
CAUTION: PUT A THIN FILM OF LUBRICANT ON RUBBER PREFORMED PACKINGS BEFORE

INSTALLATION. LUBRICATION, AND CORRECT ASSEMBLY, WILL PREVENT PRE-
FORMED PACKING DAMAGE THAT CAN CAUSE AN ENGINE MALFUNCTION OR
FAILURE.
CAUTION: DO NOT APPLY PETROLATUM TO PACKINGS USED IN FUEL OR OIL SYSTEMS. PET-
ROLATUM DOES NOT DISSOLVE EASILY IN FUEL OR OIL AND CAN CAUSE BLOCK-
AGES IN SMALL PASSAGES AND CLOGGED FILTERS. CORRECT LUBRICATION
AND ASSEMBLY WILL PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE PACKING THAT CAN CAUSE EN-
GINE DAMAGE OR A SHUTDOWN.
(1) Apply the correct lubricant to each packing before engine assembly as follows:
(a) Find the material specification of the packing. This is often shown on the package.
(b) Determine the type of system (fuel, oil or air) where the packing will be installed.
(c) Refer to Table 1 and select the necessary lubricant.
(d) Apply the necessary lubricant to each packing.
NOTE: Use only the lubricants specified for the packing material.
1 Table 1 - Packing Lubricant
Engine System Packing Material Material Spe- Lubrication

cification Specification
Fuel Fluorosilicone AMS 7273 lubricant, aircraft turbin
e engine (Material No.
P03-001) or Sealing Ri
ng Lubricant (Material
No. P06-053)
Oil or Fuel Fluorocarbon AMS 7276, AMS lubricant, aircraft turbin
7278, AMS 7280 e engine (Material No.
P03-001) or Sealing Ri
ng Lubricant (Material
No. P06-053)
Air or Water Silicone AMS 3301, AMS Petrolatum (Material N
3302, AMS 3303, o. P06-002)
AMS 3304, AMS
3305, AMS 3315,
AMS 3320, AMS
3332, AMS 3334,
AMS 3335, AMS
3336, AMS 3338,
AMS 3345, AMS
3346, AMS 3356,
AMS 3357, AMS 7267
NOTE: Use only a small amount of White Petrolatum (Material No. P06-002) on silicone
packings used in air systems. Hot air can move this lubricant into downstream com-

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 41

ponents and cause contamination. Never use Engine Oil (PWA 521 P03-001) on sil-
icone packings.
Subtask 70-24-00-910-057-A
B. Instructions for the Installation of Preformed Packings
(1) Always use new packings at each assembly.
(2) Check the package for a date unless otherwise specified (e.g. manufacture date). This date is called
the shelf life.
(3) Do not use packings that have gone past the shelf life date.
(4) If there is no date on the package, there is no shelf life.
(5) Apply a layer of specified lubricant to the O-ring before assembly.
NOTE: Use only the lubricants specified for the O-ring preformed packing material and be sure that
the O-ring has the lubricant material fully on it.
(6) Do a visual inspection of the O-ring mating surfaces and all other surfaces that the O-ring will touch
during the installation. Be sure that there is no damage or sharp edges that could cause damage to
the seal during the installation or that could cause a leak.
(7) Push or slide the packing into position. Do not twist or roll the packing when it is installed.
(8) Do not install packings on engine parts which are hot (hot parts will cause damage to a packing).
TASK 70-24-00-910-809-A
PWA 316 - Cotter Pin Installation

Self explanatory
Cotter Pins SHEET 1

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 42

TOP OF NUT
PIN HOLE
50% OF HOLE
BOLT
DIAMETER OR LESS
NUT
BOLT
EXAMPLE 1
NUT
EXAMPLE 2
MINIMUM
ICN-PW1000G-1000-707000-P-77445-05535-A-001-01
LENGTH
o
60
o
60
MAXIMUM
H-05535 (0813)
LENGTH
EXAMPLE 3
PW V
N_MM_702400_2_QBA0_01_00
Figure 70(PW11)-24-00-991-02400-21-A / SHEET 1/1 - Cotter Pins

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-353, 356-400

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 43

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 70-24-00-860-050-A
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Cotter Pins SHEET 1)
Subtask 70-24-00-910-050-A
A. Installation of the Cotter Pin
(1) Use cotter pins only one time. Use a new cotter pin for each installation.
(2) Use the correct cotter pin as specified by the AMM task.
(3) Procedure
(a) Install a cotter pin to safety a nut as follows:
1 Torque the fastener to the minimum torque limit as specified by the maintenance manual
task.
2 If the cotter pin hole does not align with the slot, continue to torque the fastener to the
maximum torque as specified by the maintenance manual task but only enough for
alignment.
3 If you cannot get the alignment with the fastener torqued within the specified limits, replace
the fastener with a different one.
4 Continue to torque the fastener to the torque specified by the maintenance manual task for
alignment.
5 Make sure that more than 50 percent of the pin hole is below the top edge of the nut.
6 Install the cotter pin as follows:
a Install and align the cotter pin so that you can bend the prongs up and over the bolt and
down over the nut.
b While you hold the head tight to the hole, bend the prongs so that the upper prong is
tight on the end of the bolt and the bottom prong is tight on the side of the nut.
NOTE: Do not bend the cotter pin head.
c If necessary, cut off the end of the upper prong to be level with the end of the bolt.
d If necessary, cut off the end of the lower prong for a tight fit on the nut.
(b) Install a cotter pin to safety a pin, rod or collar as follows:
1 Install the cotter pin as follows:
a Install and align the cotter pin so that you can bend the prongs around the outside
diameter of the pin, rod or collar.
b While you hold the head tight to the hole, bend the prongs against the outside diameter
of the pin, rod or collar.
NOTE: Do not bend the cotter pin head.
c If necessary, cut off the end of the prongs to get the correct length.
(c) Examine the installed cotter pin as follows:
1 Make sure that a new cotter pin was installed.

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 44

2 Make sure that the prongs are bent as previously specified.

3 Make sure that the prongs are bent so that the cotter pin and fastener cannot move or turn to
loosen.
4 Scoring, gouging and smearing of the cotter pin or adjacent parts are not permitted.
5 Small tool marks from usual forming and bending procedures are permitted.
TASK 70-24-00-910-810-A
Installation of the Retaining Rings

This procedure gives general instructions for the installation of the retaining rings.

Installation of Retaining Rings SHEET 1

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 45

15° ± 1°
PART HELD IN POSITION
BEVELED RETAINING RING

ICN-PW1000G-1000-707000-P-77445-05551-A-001-01
H-05551 (0813)
PW V
N_MM_702400_2_QCD0_01_00
Figure 70(PW11)-24-00-991-01100-21-A / SHEET 1/1 - Installation of Retaining Rings

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-353, 356-400

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 46

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 70-24-00-860-060-A
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Installation of Retaining Rings SHEET 1)
Subtask 70-24-00-911-058-A
A. General Information
(1) Retaining rings must be installed with approved retaining ring pliers.
(a) Internal-type rings must not be compressed beyond the point where the ends of the rings meet.
(b) External-type rings must be expanded only enough to permit installation without becoming bent.
(2) After installation, make sure that each retaining ring is fully seated in its groove, without looseness or
distortion.
(3) Distorted retaining rings must be replaced.
Subtask 70-24-00-910-061-A
B. Installation of the Retaining Rings
(1) Procedure - Plain retaining rings
(a) Plain retaining rings can contain slightly rounded edges on one side and sharp edges on the
opposite side. The slight rounding, caused by the stamping die, is not a bevel, and the ring must
not be classified as a beveled ring.
(b) Plain retaining rings must be installed only in square sided grooves. When one side of a plain
ring has visibly sharper corners, this side must be installed away from the detail part being
retained, so that the sharp-edged side thrusts against the groove.
(2) Procedure - Beveled retaining rings
(a) Beveled retaining rings have the added function of taking up end play in the detail part
being retained. This type of ring has a definite 15 degree-bevel on one side designed to fit a
corresponding bevel on the side of the groove away from the part being retained.
(b) Beveled retaining rings should be used only in correspondingly beveled grooves. These rings
should be installed with the flat side of the ring toward the detail part being retained.
TASK 70-24-00-910-811-A
Assembly - PWA 316 - Safety Wire (Lockwire) Installation

Self explanatory

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 47


No specific 1 PLIERS-SAFETY WIRE
Safety Wire Installation
Safety Wire Examples
Flex Limits of the Safety Wire SHEET 1

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 48

10:30 4:30
O'CLOCK O'CLOCK
STEP 1 STEP 2
ALIGN THE SAFETY INSTALL THE CORRECT
WIRE HOLES. GAGE SAFETY WIRE.
STEP 3 STEP 4
BEND THE SAFETY WIRE TWIST THE SAFETY WIRE
AROUND THE BOLT HEAD UNTIL SAFETY WIRE IS
JUST SHORT OF THE
HOLE IN THE SECOND
BOLT.
ICN-PW1000G-1000-707000-P-77445-05536-A-001-01
STEP 5
KEEP THE SAFETY WIRE
UNDER TENSION AND
TWIST IT IN A CLOCKWISE
H-05536 (0813)
DIRECTION UNTIL THE

SAFETY WIRE IS TIGHT.
PW V
N_MM_702400_2_QBB0_01_00
Figure 70(PW11)-24-00-991-02500-21-A / SHEET 1/2 - Safety Wire Installation

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-353, 356-400

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 49

STEP 6 STEP 7
PUT THE UPPERMOST WIRE BRING THE FREE END OF THE
THROUGH THE SAFETY WIRE WIRE AROUND THE BOLT HEAD
HOLE IN THE SECOND BOLT IN A COUNTERCLOCKWISE
PULL THE WIRE TIGHT WITH PLIERS. DIRECTION. TWIST THE TWO
ENDS OF THE SAFETY WIRE IN
A COUNTERCLOCKWISE
DIRECTION.
ICN-PW1000G-1000-707000-P-77445-05537-A-001-01
STEP 8 STEP 9
GRASP THE SAFETY WIRE DURING THE FINAL TWISTING
BEYOND THE TWISTED PORTION MOTION OF THE PLIERS, BEND
AND TWIST THE SAFETY WIRE ENDS THE SAFETY WIRE DOWN AND UNDER
COUNTERCLOCKWISE UNTIL TIGHT. THE HEAD OF THE BOLT.
H-05537 (0813)
STEP 10
CUT OFF EXCESS SAFETY WIRE
WITH DIAGONAL CUTTERS.
PW V
N_MM_702400_2_QBB0_02_00

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-353, 356-400

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 50

30° MINIMUM
POINT OF TENSION
30° MINIMUM
EXAMPLE 1 EXAMPLE 2
EXAMPLE 3 EXAMPLE 4 EXAMPLE 5 EXAMPLE 6

ICN-PW1000G-1000-707000-P-77445-05538-A-001-01

H-05538 (0813)
PW V
N_MM_702400_2_QBD0_01_00
Figure 70(PW11)-24-00-991-02600-21-A / SHEET 1/5 - Safety Wire Examples

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-353, 356-400

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 51

EXAMPLE 11
SAFETY WIRE OF BOLTS
THAT ARE IN DIFFERENT PLANES.
EXAMPLE 12 EXAMPLE 13 EXAMPLE 14
SAFETY WIRE OF HOLLOW HEAD PLUGS
EXAMPLE 12 IS THE RECOMMENDED

METHOD. EXAMPLES 13 AND 14 ARE
ICN-PW1000G-1000-707000-P-77445-05539-A-001-01
SATISFACTORY ALTERNATIVE METHODS.
EXAMPLE 15
H-05539 (0813)
SAFETY WIRE METHOD WITH A SINGLE WIRE

FOR A CLOSELY SPACED MULTIPLE GROUP.
PW V
N_MM_702400_2_QBD0_02_00

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-353, 356-400

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 52

SAFETY WIRE METHOD FOR FITTINGS SAFETY WIRE METHOD FOR FITTINGS
WITH SAFETY WIRE LUG. WITHOUT SAFETY WIRE LUG.
ICN-PW1000G-1000-707000-P-77445-05540-A-001-01
EXAMPLE 23
SAFETY WIRE METHOD FOR SMALL TUBE NUTS
WITH THIN WALL THICKNESS
H-05540 (0813)
PW V
N_MM_702400_2_QBD0_03_00

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-353, 356-400

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 53

EXAMPLE 24 EXAMPLE 25
EXAMPLE 26
ICN-PW1000G-1000-707000-P-77445-05541-A-001-01
H-05541 (0813)
EXAMPLE 27
STRAIGHT CONNECTOR
(BULKHEAD-TYPE)
PW V
N_MM_702400_2_QBD0_04_00

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-353, 356-400

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 54

TUBE TUBE
NUT NUT
TUBE
NUT
JAMNUT
JAMNUT
JAMNUT

ICN-PW1000G-1000-707000-P-77445-05542-A-001-01
SEAL
SEAL
SEAL ATTACHED TO PROTECT

IMPORTANT ADJUSTMENTS.
H-05542 (0813)
PW V
N_MM_702400_2_QBD0_05_00

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-353, 356-400

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 55

A
SAFETY WIRE LENGTH
HALF FLEX
C
B
FULL FLEX
ICN-PW1000G-1000-707000-P-77445-05543-A-001-01
H-05542 (0813)
PW V
N_MM_702400_2_QBJ0_01_00
Figure 70(PW11)-24-00-991-02700-21-A / SHEET 1/1 - Flex Limits of the Safety Wire

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-353, 356-400

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 56

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 70-24-00-860-051-A
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Safety Wire Installation) (Ref. Fig. Safety Wire Examples) (Ref. Fig. Flex Limits of the Safety
Wire SHEET 1)
Subtask 70-24-00-910-051-A
WARNING: USE GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL LOCKWIRE. EACH TIME YOU CUT
LOCKWIRE, REMOVE AND DISCARD IT IMMEDIATELY. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT
YOU OR MAKE YOU BLIND, AND/OR CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
A. Installation of the Safety Wire (Lockwire)
NOTE: The nomenclatures lockwire and safety wire are interchangeable. Safety wire is also referred to as
lockwire.
(1) Use the correct safety wire as specified in the specific maintenance manual maintenance task.
(2) Obey the maximum safety wire length limits that follow:
(a) The maximum length (span) of safety wire between two tension points is 6 in. (152.4 mm), unless
specified differently by the specific maintenance manual maintenance task.
(b) The maximum length of safety wire used to safety multiple fasteners together in a series (3 or 4)
is 24 in. (0.6 m), unless specified differently by the specific maintenance manual maintenance
task.
(3) Obey the maximum number of fasteners in a series limits that follow:
(a) Do not safety more than four fasteners in a series with one continuous length of wire, unless
specified differently by the specific maintenance manual maintenance task.
(b) If there are more than four fasteners in a series and the text or illustration specifies "Safety Wire
Together", do the steps that follow:
1 Divide this group into smaller groups of two, three or four fasteners.
2 Safety each of the smaller groups separately with safety wire.
3 Safety the smaller groups in series with each other with safety wire.
(4) Procedure
(a) Torque the parts before you install the safety wire as follows:
1 All fasteners must be correctly torqued before you install the safety wire.
2 For two or more fasteners safetied together, you must also put the wire holes in a correct
position in relation to each other.
3 To get the correct hole alignment, torque the fasteners to the limits for fasteners with wire
holes. Refer to the specific maintenance manual maintenance task or the Standard Torques.
4 Do not increase the torque more than the specified limit to correctly align the wire holes.
5 If necessary, use another fastener or part to correctly align the wire holes within the specified
torque limits.
(b) Select the number of strands of the safety wire as follows:
1 Use two strands of safety wire twisted together (double-twisted), unless specified differently
by the specific maintenance manual maintenance task.

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 57

2 Use a single strand safety wire only where specified by the specific maintenance manual
maintenance task.
(c) Examine the safety wire holes as follows:
CAUTION: DO NOT INSTALL THE SAFETY CABLE IN HOLES WITH BURRS OR SHARP
EDGES. IF YOU DO, THE SAFETY CABLE CAN BREAK DURING ENGINE OP-
ERATION.
1 Examine the safety wire holes for burrs or sharp edges.

2 Remove the burrs or sharp edges from the safety wire holes.
3 If necessary, replace the parts with burrs or sharp safety wire holes.
(d) Examine the PLIERS-SAFETY WIRE as follows:
1 Examine the jaws of the PLIERS-SAFETY WIRE for sharp edges or corners.
2 If necessary, round off the sharp plier jaws and make them smooth.
NOTE: This will prevent nicks and damage to the safety wire.
(e) Determine the direction and pattern of the safety wire for the parts that must be safetied.
NOTE: Safety Wire Examples do not show every possible combination of parts that can be
safety wired. Use these figures as a guide for other applications.
1 Install safety wire for a group of three bolts or screws as shown in examples 3 through 6.
2 Install safety wire for a group of two bolts or nuts with the wire wrapped over the top of a bolt
or nut as shown in examples 7 and 8.
a Use this method if there is little or no clearance around the bolt or nut.
3 Install safety wire for a square plug to a lug with a safety wire hole as shown in example 9.
4 Install safety wire for a single screw to a lug with a safety wire hole as shown in example 10.
5 Install safety wire for two bolts that are on a different plane as shown in example 11.
6 Install safety wire for hollow head plugs as shown in examples 12 through 14.
7 Install a single strand of safety wire for multiple screws as shown in example 15.
8 Install safety wire wrapped around an adjacent bracket for a bolt as shown in example 16.
a Use this method to safety any part if there is no lug with a safety wire hole.
9 Install safety wire for the tube and hose nuts or electrical connectors as shown in examples
17 and 18.
10 Install safety wire for the tube and hose nuts or electrical connectors with a lug with a safety
wire hole as shown in examples 19 and 20.
11 Install safety wire for the tube and hose nuts or electrical connectors without a lug with a
safety wire hole as shown in examples 21 and 22.
12 Install safety wire for the small tube nuts or nuts made of soft material as shown in example
23.
a Use this method for all nuts with a thin wall thickness at the safety wire holes.
b Wrap the wire around the nut as shown to prevent a break through the thin wall section.

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 58

13 Install safety wire for two adjacent tube and hose nuts or electrical connectors as shown in
example 24.
14 Install safety wire for the tube and hose nuts or electrical connectors to a lug with a safety
wire hole as shown in example 25.
15 Install safety wire for the tube nuts on a tee as shown in example 26.
16 Install safety wire for a straight bulkhead tube nut to a bolt as shown in example 27.
17 Install safety wire for the tube nuts and jam nuts as shown in examples 28 through 30.
18 Install a lead seal to the end of the safety wire as shown in examples 31 and 32.
a Attach the seal at the end of the safety wire after the last item is safetied.
b Wrap the loose end of the wire to the safety wire in front of the seal or to an empty
safety wire hole.
(f) Install the safety wire as follows:
1 Install the safety wire so that it always applies tension to tighten the parts.
2 Make sure that there is no additional tension on the wire other than the original tension.
3 If the torque on the threaded part becomes reduced, do the steps that follow:
a Remove the safety wire.
b Tighten the fastener again to the specified torque limits.
c Install the safety wire again.
4 Obey all the assembly instructions if any slack is necessary between tension points.
5 Pull the safety wire tight as you twist it and make the recommended number of twists.
Wire Diameter Inch (mm) Twists/Inch (25.4mm)

0.015 in. (0.381 mm) - 0.017 in. (0.432 mm) 11 - 14
0.019 in. (0.483 mm) - 0.021 in. (0.533 mm) 9 - 13
0.024 in. (0.610 mm) - 0.026 in. (0.660 mm) 9 - 12
0.030 in. (0.762 mm) - 0.034 in. (0.864 mm) 7 - 10
0.038 in. (0.965 mm) - 0.042 in. (1.067 mm) 7 - 10
0.049 in. (1.245 mm) - 0.053 in. (1.346 mm) 5-8
0.061 in. (1.549 mm) - 0.065 in. (1.651 mm) 5-8
NOTE: One twist is a twist of the wires through an arc of 180 degrees, equal to half of a
complete turn.
6 Twist the wire to 0.125 in. (3.175 mm) distance from the safety wire hole.
(g) Trim off the unwanted safety wire as follows:
CAUTION: BE SURE THAT THE CUT WIRE ENDS DO NOT FALL INTO THE ENGINE. IF
THEY DO, THE SAFETY WIRE CAN CAUSE DAMAGE DURING ENGINE OPER-
ATION.
1 Cut off the unwanted wire at the end of the last fastener and keep at least three full twists.
a Do not twist off the end of the safety wire with the wire twist pliers.
b You must use wire cutting pliers to cut off the end of the wire.
2 Make sure that the safety wire does not have loose or non-twisted ends.

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 59

3 Make sure that the safety wire does not have sharp ends.
4 Bend the end of the wire in towards the part so that it does not point out.
NOTE: If the ends point out they could be a safety hazard to persons who work on the en-
gine. They could also vibrate in the airstream during engine operation and break off.
(h) Examine the safety wire after installation as follows:

1 Examine the safety wire for flex limits as follows:
a Push on the safety wire at mid-span with light finger pressure, approximately 2 lb (0.91
kg).
b The total flex for the safety wire must not be more than the limits as shown below:
Index A Safety Wire Index B Full Flex Index C Half Flex

Length (Span) Inch (mm) Limit Inch (mm) Limit Inch (mm)
0.5 in. (12.700 mm) 0.125 in. (3.175 mm) 0.063 in. (1.600 mm)
1.0 in. (25.400 mm) 0.250 in. (6.350 mm) 0.125 in. (3.175 mm)
2.0 in. (50.800 mm) 0.375 in. (9.525 mm) 0.188 in. (4.775 mm)
3.0 in. (76.200 mm) 0.500 in. (12.700 mm) 0.250 in. (6.350 mm)
4.0 in. (101.600 mm) 0.500 in. (12.700 mm) 0.250 in. (6.350 mm)
5.0 in. (127.000 mm) 0.625 in. (15.875 mm) 0.313 in. (7.950 mm)
6.0 in. (152.400 mm) 0.625 in. (15.875 mm) 0.313 in. (7.950 mm)
2 Examine the safety wire for damage as follows:
CAUTION: BE SURE THAT THERE ARE NO CRACKS IN THE WIRE. IF THERE ARE,
THE SAFETY WIRE CAN BREAK AND CAUSE DAMAGE DURING ENGINE
OPERATION.
a Examine the wire for cracks or broken strands. Cracks or broken strands are not
permitted.
b Examine the wire for nicks, kinks or damage. Nicks, kinks or damage are not permitted.
c Remove and replace the safety wire if you find any cracks, broken strands, nicks, kinks
or damage.
d Examine the safety wire for abrasions. Light abrasions from the PLIERS-SAFETY WIRE
are permitted.
3 Examine the safety wire for clearance as follows:
a Examine the safety wire for clearance between all adjacent parts.
b The wire must not touch, chafe or rub on adjacent parts during engine operation.
c The wire must not stretch or get too much tension during engine operation.
d The above limits apply for all parts that move during engine operation, (examples are
variable stator rings, bleed valves, actuators, control cables and linkage).
TASK 70-24-00-910-812-A
SPOP 426 - Tube Installation Procedures

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 60



This procedure gives general instructions for installation of tubes with fixed conical seat ferrules.
NOTE: Always obey the specific procedures and limits in the specific manual tasks.

Tubes with Fixed (Brazed) Conical Seat Ferrules (37 degrees) SHEET 1
Installation of Hose and/or Tube Assemblies with Fixed or Loose Flange Ends (Used with Packings or
Seal Plates) SHEET 1
Installation of Tubes with Bolted Flanges (Used with Crush-Type Gaskets) SHEET 1

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 61

CONICAL SEAT
FERRULE
(TYPICAL)
3
BOLT
4
CLAMP
(TYPICAL CLAMP
INSTALLATION)
2
TUBE NUT
ICN-PW1000G-1000-707000-P-77445-05552-A-001-01
(TYPICAL)
1
TUBE ASSEMBLY
WITH FIXED CONICAL
SEAT FERRULES
H-05552 (0813)
PW V
N_MM_702400_2_QCQ0_01_00
Figure 70(PW11)-24-00-991-00300-21-A / SHEET 1/1 -

Tubes with Fixed (Brazed) Conical Seat Ferrules (37 degrees)
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-353, 356-400

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 62

11 SEAL PLATE
12 x4
NUT
LOOSE FLANGE
14
BOLT
13 x4
BOLT
15
CLAMP
(TYPICAL CLAMP
INSTALLATION)
FIXED FLANGE
ICN-PW1000G-1000-707000-P-77445-05553-A-001-01
10
HOSE OR TUBE ASSEMBLY
PACKING WITH FIXED OR LOOSE
18 FLANGE ENDS
16 x3
NUT
17 x3
BOLT
H-05553 (0813)
PW V
N_MM_702400_2_QCR0_01_00
Figure 70(PW11)-24-00-991-00400-21-A / SHEET 1/1 - Installation of Hose and/or

Tube Assemblies with Fixed or Loose Flange Ends (Used with Packings or Seal Plates)
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-353, 356-400

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 63

BOLTED FLANGE
(6 HOLES) 21 CRUSH-TYPE
GASKET
CRUSH-TYPE
GASKET
21
22 x6
BOLT
BOLT
25 x4
20
TUBE ASSEMBLY
WITH BOLTED
FLANGES
BOLTED
FLANGE
ICN-PW1000G-1000-707000-P-77445-05554-A-001-01
(4 HOLES)
23
CLAMP
(TYPICAL CLAMP
INSTALLATION)
24 BOLT
H-05554 (0813)
PW V
N_MM_702400_2_QCS0_01_00
Figure 70(PW11)-24-00-991-00500-21-A / SHEET 1/1 - Installation

of Tubes with Bolted Flanges (Used with Crush-Type Gaskets)
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-353, 356-400

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 64

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 70-24-00-860-056-A
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Tubes with Fixed (Brazed) Conical Seat Ferrules (37 degrees) SHEET 1) (Ref. Fig. Installation
of Hose and/or Tube Assemblies with Fixed or Loose Flange Ends (Used with Packings or Seal
Plates) SHEET 1) (Ref. Fig. Installation of Tubes with Bolted Flanges (Used with Crush-Type
Gaskets) SHEET 1)
Subtask 70-24-00-910-054-A
A. Procedure - Method A - Typical Installation of Tubes (1) with Fixed (Brazed) Conical Seat Ferrules (37
degrees)
(1) Remove all the protective covers from the tube (1) and mating adapters.
(2) Wipe clean the conical seats of the tube (1) and mating adapters.
(3) Examine the conical seats of the tube (1) and the mating adapters for any damage (such as nicks,
burrs or wear). Replace, as necessary.
(4) Apply the necessary lubricant to the tube nut (2) threads and to the rear of the tube ferrules (nut
loading surface).
(5) Remove any excess lubricant from the tube (1) threads and the conical seat areas.
(6) Install the tube (1) on the mating adapters and tighten the tube nuts (2) with your hand only.
NOTE: Make sure that the tube nuts are hand-tight and that the tube conical seat is fully against the
adapter conical seat. To make sure, you can tighten the nut with a wrench until you feel the
seats contact and then loosen the nut 1/4 turn.
(7) Make sure that the tube (1) is not bent and that the tube ends align with the mating adapters.
(8) Apply the necessary lubricant to the bolt (3) threads which attach the tube clamps (4).
(9) Attach all the clamps (4) and clamp bolts (3) hand-tight only.
(10) Make sure that the installation of the clamps (4) and clamp bolts (3) do not stress or load the tube (1).
NOTE: When you install and torque clamp bolts (3) before the tube nuts (2), the tube (1) can turn on
the conical seats to better align itself. This will put the tube (1) in the final position before you
tighten the tube nuts (2) and will decrease any stress on the tube (1) adjacent to the ferrules.
(11) Torque the clamp bolts (3) to the correct torque while you make sure that the clamps (4) do not turn,
twist or bend.
(12) While you hold the mating adapter with a wrench, torque the tube nut (2) at each end to the
necessary torque called in the specific task.
(13) Examine the tube (1) ends for any evidence of tube twist or damage adjacent to the brazed ferrules.
Replace, as necessary.
(14) Safety the tube nuts (2), where necessary.
Subtask 70-24-00-910-055-A
CAUTION: DO NOT BEND THE FLEXHOSE OF A TUBE TO HELP REMOVE OR INSTALL AN AT-
TACHED COMPONENT. IF YOU BEND A FLEX SEGMENT TOO MUCH, YOU CAN CAUSE
A BREAK DURING SUBSEQUENT ENGINE OPERATION.

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 65

B. Procedure - Method B - Typical Installation of Hose and/or Tube Assemblies with Fixed or Loose Flange
Ends (Used with Packings or Seal Plates)
NOTE: A flexhose kink is the result of the movement of the flexhose to the point where the shape of the
stainless steel wirebraid and the inner PTFE tube changes permanently from cylindrical to oval in
one or more locations.
(1) Remove the protective covers.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT YOU REMOVE ANY PROTECTIVE COVERS FROM INSIDE THE
TUBE OPENINGS. THESE TYPES OF COVERS HAVE CAUSED IN-FLIGHT SHUT-
DOWNS WHEN ACCIDENTALLY LEFT INSTALLED.
(a) Remove all the protective covers from the tube (10) and mating adapters.
(2) Wipe clean the flange seats of the tube (10) and mating adapters.
(3) Examine the flange seats of the tube (10) and the mating adapters for any damage (such as nicks,
burrs and wear). Replace, as necessary.
(4) Apply the necessary lubricant to the bolts (13) and (17) threads which attach the tube flanges.
(5) Install any necessary packings (18) lubricated with the applicable lubricant.
(6) Carefully install the tube (10) and seal plates (11) to the mating adapters with the bolts (13) and nuts
(12) hand-tight only.
(7) If applicable, make sure that the packing (18) engaged the mating adapter fully, without damage.
(8) Tighten the bolts (13) and (17) and nuts (12) and (16) at each end and loosen by two turns.
(10) Attach all the clamps (15) and clamp bolts (14) and tighten the clamp bolts (14) with your hand only.
(11) Make sure the installation of the clamps (15) and clamp bolts (14) does not stress or load the tube
(10).
NOTE: When you install and torque clamp bolts (14) before the bolts (13) and (17) and nuts (12) and
(16) at each end of the tube (10), the tube (10) can turn on the seats to better align itself. This
will put the tube in final position before you tighten the tube bolts (13) and (17) and nuts (12)
and (16) and will decrease any stress on the tube adjacent to the ferrules.
(12) Torque the clamp bolts (14) to the correct torque while you make sure that the clamps (15) do not
turn, twist or bend.
(13) Torque the bolts (13) and (17) and nuts (12) and (16) at each end to the necessary torque called in
the specific task.
(14) Examine the tube (10) for any tube damage or incorrect assembly. Replace, as necessary.
Subtask 70-24-00-910-056-A
C. Procedure - Method C - Typical Installation of Tubes with Bolted Flange (Used with Crush-Type Gaskets)
(1) Remove the protective covers.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT YOU REMOVE ANY PROTECTIVE COVERS FROM INSIDE THE
TUBE OPENINGS. THESE TYPES OF COVERS HAVE CAUSED IN-FLIGHT SHUT-
DOWNS WHEN ACCIDENTALLY LEFT INSTALLED.
(a) Remove all the protective covers from the tube (20) and mating bosses.

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 66

(2) Wipe clean the flange seats of the tube (20) and mating bosses.
(3) Examine the flange seats of the tube (20) and the mating bosses for any burrs or damage. Replace,
as necessary.
(4) Apply the necessary lubricant to the bolts (22) and (25) threads which attach the tube flanges.
(5) Install the necessary new gaskets (21) in the gasket groove in the tube (20) or mating boss flange.
Use a small amount of Beeswax or Paraffin Wax Blend to hold them in position.
(6) Carefully install the tube (20) on the mating bosses with the bolts (22) and (25) hand-tight only.
(8) Attach all the clamps (24) and clamp bolts (23) and tighten the clamp bolts (23) with your hand only.
(9) Make sure that the installation of the clamps (24) and clamp bolts (23) does not stress or load the
tube (20).
(10) Torque the bolts (22) and (25) at each end in small increments to the necessary torque. Then, torque
all the bolts (22) and (25) again and until the same torque indication holds.
(11) Torque the clamp bolts (23) to the correct torque while you make sure that the clamps (24) do not
turn, twist or bend.
(12) Examine the tube (20) for any tube damage or incorrect assembly. Replace, as necessary.
TASK 70-24-00-910-813-A
Assembly - PWA 316 - Safety Cable Installation
NOTE: Always obey the procedures and limits in the specific maintenance tasks of this manual. The specific main-
tenance tasks and limits always supersede those in this standard practices section.

Self explanatory

(PWA87398) 1 MECHANICAL CRIMPER
OR OR
OR OR
OR OR
(PWA88229) 1 CRIMPER, MECHANICAL
(Material No. P05-291) Safety Cable

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 67

(Material No. P05-292) Safety Cable Ferrule
(Ref. 70-24-00-910-806-A). PWA 315 - Standard Torque Recommendations
Safety Cable Methods
Bergen Safety Cable Crimper SHEET 1
Bergen Safety Cable Crimper Method SHEET 1
Daniels Safety Cable Crimper SHEET 1
Daniels Safety Cable Crimper Method SHEET 1
Safety Cable Flex Limits SHEET 1

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 68

EXAMPLE 1 EXAMPLE 2
BOLTS BOLTS

BOLTS PLUGS HOSE AND TUBE NUTS
ICN-PW1000G-1000-707000-P-77445-05544-A-001-01

TUBE TEE COUPLINGS TUBE TEE
H-05544 (0813)
PW V
N_MM_702400_2_QAA0_01_00
Figure 70(PW11)-24-00-991-01800-21-A / SHEET 1/2 - Safety Cable Methods

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-353, 356-400

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 69


FILTER COVER PLUG KNURLED NUT
ICN-PW1000G-1000-707000-P-77445-05545-A-001-01
ROD END ROD END
EXAMPLE 14
H-05545 (0813)
UNSATISFACTORY INSTALLATION
PW V
N_MM_702400_2_QAA0_02_00

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-353, 356-400

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 70

SAFETY
CABLE
FERRULE
MAGAZINE
CABLE END
FITTING
FERRULE
HANDLE
TENSIONING
WHEEL
ICN-PW1000G-1000-707000-P-77445-05546-A-001-01
CRIMPING
HEAD
SLOTTED
WHEEL
H-05546 (0813)
PW V
N_MM_702400_2_QAC0_01_00
Figure 70(PW11)-24-00-991-01900-21-A / SHEET 1/1 - Bergen Safety Cable Crimper

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-353, 356-400

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 71

1 2
3 4
ICN-PW1000G-1000-707000-P-77445-05547-A-001-01
H-05547 (0813)
5 6
PW V
N_MM_702400_2_QAD0_01_00
Figure 70(PW11)-24-00-991-02000-21-A / SHEET 1/1 - Bergen Safety Cable Crimper Method

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-353, 356-400

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 72

SAFETY
FERRULE CABLE
MAGAZINE
TOOL BODY
FERRULE
PUSH TO INDEX
PAWL
RELEASE
KNOB
o
90 TYPICAL
NOSE
ASSEMBLY
CABLE
ICN-PW1000G-1000-707000-P-77445-05548-A-001-01
ENTRANCE
HANDLE
H-05548 (0813)
PW V
N_MM_702400_2_QAE0_01_00
Figure 70(PW11)-24-00-991-02100-21-A / SHEET 1/1 - Daniels Safety Cable Crimper

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-353, 356-400

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 73

1 2
o
90
3 4
ICN-PW1000G-1000-707000-P-77445-05549-A-001-01
H-05549 (0813)
5 6
PW V
N_MM_702400_2_QAF0_01_00
Figure 70(PW11)-24-00-991-02200-21-A / SHEET 1/1 - Daniels Safety Cable Crimper Method

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-353, 356-400

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 74

A
SAFETY CABLE LENGTH
B
FULL FLEX
C
D HALF FLEX
E
ICN-PW1000G-1000-707000-P-77445-05550-A-001-01
FOR THREE BOLT PATTERNS

A=D+E
H-05550 (0813)
PW V
N_MM_702400_2_QAG0_01_00
Figure 70(PW11)-24-00-991-02300-21-A / SHEET 1/1 - Safety Cable Flex Limits

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-353, 356-400

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 75

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 70-24-00-860-052-A
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
Subtask 70-24-00-910-052-A
A. Installation of the Safety Cable
(1) Use this safety cable process for Bergen tool installations or Daniels (DMC) tool installations.
(2) Safety cable is installed through two or more parts so that if the fastener loosens, the safety cable will
tighten. When the safety cable tightens, it will prevent the fastener from loosening any further.
(3) The safety cable system has three components:
(a) Safety cable
1 The safety cable is available in several lengths and diameters. Use the correct diameter
cable and ferrule as specified by the specific Engine Manual task. One end of the cable
has an end fitting swaged to it. The strands of the cable on the opposite end of the cable
are fused together to prevent the cable from fraying. The cable is typically installed through
safety holes.
(b) Ferrules
1 The ferrule is available in several diameters. Use the correct diameter ferrule as specified
by the specific Engine Manual task. Ferrules are purchased in a spring-loaded, disposable
magazine. The ferrule is installed to the cable open end. The ferrule is crimped to the cable
using the applicable crimping tool.
(c) Crimping equipment
1 The hand-operated crimping tool comes in different length and size heads (or noses). These
different heads (or noses) are provided for the different diameter cables and ferrules and
for the best access to a specific application. Use the crimping tool for the correct diameter
ferrule. The crimping pressure of the tool is set by the manufacturer. This tool is used to
crimp the ferrule on the end of the safety cable. The crimping tool will cut the safety cable
even with the ferrule at the same time that the ferrule is crimped. Equipment, cables, and
ferrules are available in kits. Crimping tools should be on a scheduled calibration program
based on the frequency of use and the user's own experience. Anytime that a tool is
dropped or damaged, the tool must be inspected and calibrated.
(4) This procedure gives general instructions to install safety cable, where specified by this Maintenance
Manual, for the engine fasteners as follows:
(a) Bolts, screws and nuts
(b) Tube nuts, hose connectors and jam nuts
(c) Plugs and covers.
(5) Procedure
(a) Torque the parts before you install the Safety Cable (Material No. P05-291) as follows:
1 Torque all fasteners correctly before you install Safety Cable (Material No. P05-291).
2 For two or more fasteners safetied together, put the safety holes in the correct position in
relation to each other.
(Ref. Fig. Safety Cable Methods)
3 To get the correct wire hole alignment, do not torque the fasteners to more than (or less
than) the specified limits (Ref. AMM TASK 70-24-00-910-806) .

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 76

a Do not decrease the torque (loosen direction) to correctly align the wire holes.
b Do not increase the torque to more than the specified limit to correctly align the wire
holes.
4 If necessary, use another fastener or part to correctly align the safety holes within the
specified torque limits.
(b) Unless specified differently in the Maintenance Manual, plan the installation of the safety cable
and obey the general requirements as follows:
1 Use the examples shown in the figures.
2 Where possible, install the Safety Cable (Material No. P05-291) so that it does not touch
other parts.
3 Install the Safety Cable (Material No. P05-291) through existing holes only.
4 Do not install the safety cable down through the bolt lightening holes.
5 The maximum length of the safety cable between safety cabled parts is 6.0 in. (152.40 mm).
6 Do not safety more than three bolts with one safety cable.
7 Do not install the safety cable through the fasteners with sharp turns more than 90 degrees.
8 Choose the holes in the parts so that the cable will be as straight as possible but will have a
minimum angle of pull (towards tight).
9 Use the examples in the safety cable method as a guide for the applicable cable installation.
(Ref. Fig. Safety Cable Methods)
NOTE: The safety cable method does not show every possible combination of parts that can
be safety cabled. Use these figures as a guide for other applications and obey the
basic rules for safety cable.
(c) Examine the safety holes as follows:
CAUTION: DO NOT USE A SAFETY CABLE IF THE HOLES ARE LARGER THAN THE SPE-
CIFIED LIMITS. IF YOU DO, THE FERRULES ON THE END OF THE CABLE
WILL PULL THROUGH THE LARGER HOLES.
1 For 0.032 in. (0.81 mm) diameter cable installations, make sure that the safety hole on the
parts are less than 0.100 in. (2.54 mm) diameter.
a The ferrule on the end of the 0.032 in. (0.81 mm) diameter cables are 0.105 in. (2.67
mm) diameter and will pull through any hole larger than this.
2 For 0.020 in. (0.51 mm) diameter cable installations, make sure that the safety holes on the
parts are less than 0.085 in. (2.16 mm) diameter.
a The ferrule on the end of the 0.020 in. (0.51 mm) diameter cables are 0.090 in. (2.29
mm) diameter and will pull through any holes larger than this.
3 Examine the holes for damage.
a Remove the burrs or sharp edges from the safety wire holes.
b Replace any part with damaged holes or, if possible, use another hole to install the
safety cable.
(d) Select the correct diameter and length cable and ferrule as follows:
1 Use the correct diameter cable and ferrule as specified in the specific Engine Manual task.
2 Use the correct length cable for the fastener application and the length of the tool used.

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 77

(e) Examine the safety cable before installation as follows:

1 Get a new Safety Cable (Material No. P05-291) and Safety Cable Ferrule (Material No. P05-
292) for each application.
a It is not permitted to use the Safety Cable (Material No. P05-291) and Safety Cable
Ferrule (Material No. P05-292) again.
2 Examine the safety cable for nicks, bends, frayed strands, kinks or any damage.
a Replace, as necessary.
(f) Operate the Bergen safety cable crimper as follows:
(Ref. Fig. Bergen Safety Cable Crimper SHEET 1)
(Ref. Fig. Bergen Safety Cable Crimper Method SHEET 1)
1 Make sure that the MECHANICAL CRIMPER (PWA87398) or MECHANICAL
CRIMPER (PWA87399) or MECHANICAL CRIMPER (PWA87400) or CRIMPER,
MECHANICAL (PWA88229) is on a scheduled calibration program based on the frequency
of use and the user's own experience.
a Inspect the tool for a valid calibration expiration label.
2 Make sure that the installation conforms to the examples shown.
4 Put the end of the Safety Cable (Material No. P05-291) through the hole in the first part and
pull the cable through.
5 Put the end of the cable through the hole in the second part and pull the cable through.
6 If you must safety three parts, do the same procedure for the third part.
7 Put the end of the safety cable through a ferrule in the ferrule magazine.
8 Use the Safety Cable (Material No. P05-291) to pull the ferrule out of the ferrule magazine.
9 Operate the crimping tool handles to make sure that the handles open fully.
10 Put the end of the safety cable through the larger hole of the crimping tool head.
11 Move the crimping tool along the safety cable until the crimping head is against the part and
the ferrule goes inside the hole in the crimping head.
12 Put the safety cable in the two slots of the tensioning wheel that are in line with the crimping
head.
13 For the remaining steps, make sure that:
a The nose is held perpendicular to the cable.
b The ferrule remains in the nose tightly against the fastener.
c You let the tool put the correct tension on the cable.
14 Turn the tensioning wheel on the side of the crimping tool until a click is heard.
15 Close the crimping tool handles.
CAUTION: BEFORE YOU CRIMP THE FERRULE, MAKE SURE THAT THE TENSION-
ING WHEEL APPLIED THE CORRECT TENSION TO THE CABLE. IF YOU
DO NOT OBEY THIS INSTRUCTION, THE CABLE WILL BE TOO TIGHT OR
TOO LOOSE.

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 78

CAUTION: DO NOT TRY TO REMOVE THE CRIMPING TOOL FROM THE FERRULE
WITH THE HANDLES IN THE CRIMPED OR CLOSED POSITION. IF YOU DO,
YOU CAN CAUSE STRESS OR DAMAGE TO THE CABLE.
a Apply constant pressure to close the crimping tool handles until the handles release and
the cable is cut.
NOTE: If the handles on the crimping tool are not completely closed when the operator
releases them, the handles will remain in the same position and will not open. If
this should happen, apply pressure to close the handles again until the handles
will release.
(g) Operate the Daniels (DMC) safety cable crimper as follows:

(Ref. Fig. Daniels Safety Cable Crimper SHEET 1)
(Ref. Fig. Daniels Safety Cable Crimper Method SHEET 1)
1 Make sure that the MECHANICAL CRIMPER (PWA87398) or MECHANICAL
CRIMPER (PWA87399) or MECHANICAL CRIMPER (PWA87400) or CRIMPER,
MECHANICAL (PWA88229) is on a scheduled calibration program based on the frequency
of use and the user's own experience.
a These Daniels tools are pre-set for the correct cable tension.
b Inspect the tool for a valid calibration expiration label.
2 Make sure that the installation conforms to the examples shown.
4 Put the end of the safety cable through the hole in the first part and pull the cable through.
5 Put the end of the cable through the hole in the second part and pull the cable through.
6 If you must safety three parts, do the same procedure for the third part.
7 Put the end of the safety cable through a ferrule in the ferrule magazine.
8 Use the Safety Cable (Material No. P05-291) to pull the ferrule out of the ferrule magazine.
9 Put the end of the safety cable through the larger hole of the crimping tool nose.
10 Move the crimping tool along the safety cable until the crimping nose is against the part and
the ferrule goes inside the hole in the crimping head.
11 Put the safety cable in the cable entrance hole and push the cable into the cavity.
12 Pull the free end of the cable.
CAUTION: DO NOT PULL THE CABLE TOO TIGHT. DO NOT PUT TENSION ON THE
CABLE WHEN YOU OPERATE THE HANDLES. IF YOU PUT TOO MUCH
TENSION ON THE CABLE, YOU CAN CAUSE A MALFUNCTION OF THE
CABLE AND FERRULE.
a Lightly pull the free end of the cable only enough to remove any slack.
13 For the remaining steps, make sure that:
a The nose is held perpendicular to the cable.
b The ferrule remains in the nose tightly against the fastener.
c You let the tool put the correct tension on the cable.

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 79

14 Use several short strokes of the handles to make the nose of the tool snug to the fastener.
15 Crimp the ferrule and cut the access cable.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT YOU KEEP THE NOSE PERPENDICULAR TO THE
CABLE AND THAT YOU USE A FULL STEADY STROKE OF THE HANDLES.
IF YOU DO NOT, THE CABLE TENSION CAN BE TOO LOOSE.
a Open and close the handles fully (with constant pressure) to crimp the ferrule and cut
the access cable.
16 Release the crimper and remove the tool from the ferrule.
(h) Examine the safety cable after installation as follows:
1 Make sure that the length of unwanted cable past the crimped ferrule is not more than 0.031
in. (0.79 mm).
a Cut the excess or replace, if necessary.
2 Examine the crimped ferrule to make sure that it has a good crimp.
a Replace, if necessary.
3 Examine the safety cable for nicks, frayed strands, kinks, or any damage.
a Remove and replace, if necessary.
4 Examine the safety cable for flex limits as follows:
a Push on the safety cable at mid-span with light finger pressure, approximately 2 lb (0.91
kg).
b The total flex for the safety cable must not be more than the following limits:
(Ref. Fig. Safety Cable Flex Limits SHEET 1)
Index A - Safety Cable Index B - Full Flex Index C - Half Flex

Length (Span) Inch (mm) Limit Inch (mm) Limit Inch (mm)
0.5 in. (12.70 mm) 0.125 in. (3.17 mm) 0.063 in. (1.60 mm)
1.0 in. (25.40 mm) 0.250 in. (6.35 mm) 0.125 in. (3.17 mm)
2.0 in. (50.80 mm) 0.375 in. (9.52 mm) 0.188 in. (4.78 mm)
3.0 in. (76.20 mm) 0.375 in. (9.52 mm) 0.188 in. (4.78 mm)
4.0 in. (101.60 mm) 0.500 in. (12.70 mm) 0.250 in. (6.35 mm)
5.0 in. (127.00 mm) 0.500 in. (12.70 mm) 0.250 in. (6.35 mm)
6.0 in. (152.40 mm) 0.625 in. (15.87 mm) 0.313 in. (7.95 mm)
c The cable must not be too tight.
NOTE: Use your experience to feel that the cable and ferrule is not tensioned more than
what the tool applies.
d Replace, if necessary.
Figure 70(PW11)-24-00-991-01200-21-A / SHEET 1/1 - Rivet Removal
Figure 70(PW11)-24-00-991-01300-21-A / SHEET 1/1 - Helical Coil Threaded Insert
Figure 70(PW11)-24-00-991-01400-21-A / SHEET 1/1 - Double Helical Coil Threaded Insert for Oversized Holes
Figure 70(PW11)-24-00-991-01500-21-A / SHEET 1/1 - Helical Coil Threaded Insert in Through-Hole
Figure 70(PW11)-24-00-991-01600-21-A / SHEET 1/1 - Determination of Sufficient Wall Thickness for Parts which
Use Helical Coil Inserts for Thread Damage Repair
Figure 70(PW11)-24-00-991-01700-21-A / SHEET 1/1 - Determination of Sufficient Wall Thickness for Parts which
Use R Double Helical Coil Threaded Inserts for Thread Damage Repair

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 80

Figure 70(PW11)-24-00-991-00200-21-A / SHEET 1/1 - Replacement Stud Types

Figure 70(PW11)-24-00-991-00600-21-A / SHEET 1/3 - Torques and Torque Wrenches - (Torque Adapters and
Method Calculation)
Method Calculation)
Method Calculation)
Figure 70(PW11)-24-00-991-00700-21-A / SHEET 1/1 - Torques and Torque Wrenches - (Nuts, Bolts, Screws)
Figure 70(PW11)-24-00-991-00800-21-A / SHEET 1/1 - Installation of Key Washers - (Tab-Type)
Figure 70(PW11)-24-00-991-02400-21-A / SHEET 1/1 - Cotter Pins
Figure 70(PW11)-24-00-991-01100-21-A / SHEET 1/1 - Installation of Retaining Rings
Figure 70(PW11)-24-00-991-02700-21-A / SHEET 1/1 - Flex Limits of the Safety Wire
Figure 70(PW11)-24-00-991-00300-21-A / SHEET 1/1 - Tubes with Fixed (Brazed) Conical Seat Ferrules (37
degrees)
Figure 70(PW11)-24-00-991-00400-21-A / SHEET 1/1 - Installation of Hose and/or Tube Assemblies with Fixed or
Loose Flange Ends (Used with Packings or Seal Plates)
Figure 70(PW11)-24-00-991-00500-21-A / SHEET 1/1 - Installation of Tubes with Bolted Flanges (Used with Crush-
Type Gaskets)
Figure 70(PW11)-24-00-991-01900-21-A / SHEET 1/1 - Bergen Safety Cable Crimper
Figure 70(PW11)-24-00-991-02000-21-A / SHEET 1/1 - Bergen Safety Cable Crimper Method
Figure 70(PW11)-24-00-991-02100-21-A / SHEET 1/1 - Daniels Safety Cable Crimper
Figure 70(PW11)-24-00-991-02200-21-A / SHEET 1/1 - Daniels Safety Cable Crimper Method
Figure 70(PW11)-24-00-991-02300-21-A / SHEET 1/1 - Safety Cable Flex Limits
70-25 - (PW11) - NON-DESTRUCTIVE TESTING
70-25-00 - (PW11) - NON-DESTRUCTIVE TESTING
70-25-00 PB 201 CONF 21 - NON-DESTRUCTIVE TESTING - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
TASK 70-25-00-910-801-A
SPOP 70 - Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection (FPI) - Local Application

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 81


This procedure gives general instructions for local application of Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection (FPI).
SPOP 70 is for the inspection of the small areas of a part (such as bosses, weld repaired areas, rout-outs or
grind-outs and blended areas). It is not for full circumference (360-degree) inspections (for example on flanges,
seals, knife-edges) or to replace a 100-percent inspection.

No specific 1 LIGHT SOURCE - ULTRA-VIOLET
No specific 1 TAPE - MASKING
(Material No. P05-005) lint-free cotton cloth
(Material No. P05-032) Fluorescent Penetrant
(Material No. P05-237) PMC 4357 fluorescent penetrant developer
(Material No. P05-469) developer, dry
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 70-25-00-869-050-A
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
Subtask 70-25-00-910-050-A
A. General Instructions
WARNING: DURING INSPECTION, DO NOT WEAR EYE GLASSES THAT HAVE LENSES WHICH
DARKEN WHEN THEY ARE IN ULTRA-VIOLET LIGHT.
CAUTION: DO NOT USE A VISIBLE DYE PENETRANT ON AN ENGINE PART BEFORE YOU IN-
SPECT THE PART WITH FLUORESCENT PENETRANT. FLUORESCENT PENETRANTS
AND VISIBLE DYE PENETRANTS ARE NOT COMPATIBLE WITH EACH OTHER. THE
ABSORPTION OF VISIBLE DYE PENETRANT WILL MASK INDICATIONS AND DE-
CREASE THE SENSITIVITY OF THE FLUORESCENT PENETRANT INSPECTION.
(1) Always use "ultra" high-sensitivity (Level 4) penetrant when you do SPOP 70 on major rotating parts
(that is, fan blades, compressor blades, drums, disks, airseals, and hubs and turbine disks, airseals,
hubs, seal plates (full rings and segments) and shafts). In some tasks the "ultra" high-sensitivity

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 82

penetrant is not specified on these major rotating parts. Service experience shows that "ultra" high-
sensitivity penetrant must be used (instead of high) on all major rotating parts.
Subtask 70-25-00-110-050-A
B. Cleaning Instructions
(1) Wipe the inspection area with a lint-free cotton cloth (Material No. P05-005) with a solvent from SPOP
208 to remove all unwanted material (Ref. AMM TASK 70-27-00-910-804) .
(2) Do not let the solvent run over or flood any surface.
Subtask 70-25-00-230-050-A
C. Inspection Instructions
(1) Mask the adjacent area with TAPE - MASKING masking tape, as necessary to prevent penetrant
contamination where it is not wanted.
(2) Apply the applicable penetrant (normal, high or ultra high sensitivity), as specified by the specific
AMM maintenance task, with a lint-free cotton cloth (Material No. P05-005) for 20 to 60 minutes.
(a) Do not mix different types or brands of penetrant.
(b) Normal Penetrants
1 Fluorescent Penetrant (Material No. P05-234) (Post-Emulsified)
2 Fluorescent Penetrant (Material No. P05-424) (Water Washable).
(c) High Sensitivity Penetrants
1 Fluorescent Penetrant (Material No. P05-032) (Post-Emulsified)
2 Fluorescent Penetrant (Material No. P05-236) (Water Washable).
(d) Ultra High Sensitivity Penetrants
1 Fluorescent Penetrant (Material No. P05-235) (Post-Emulsified).
(3) Wipe surfaces with a lint-free cotton cloth (Material No. P05-005) and a SPOP 208 solvent to remove
surface penetrant (Ref. AMM TASK 70-27-00-910-804) . Use the SPOP 208 solvent only to moisten
the wiper and only if necessary. Do not let the solvent run over or flood any surface.
(4) Use the LIGHT SOURCE - ULTRA-VIOLET to make sure that there is no more penetrant on the
surface.
(5) Very lightly apply one of the developers that follows:
(a) PMC 4357 fluorescent penetrant developer (Material No. P05-237) (Non-aqueous)
1 If this non-aqueous developer is used, apply a constant thickness of the non-aqueous
developer. You must see the developer and the color of the part.
(b) Dry Developer
1 developer, dry (Material No. P05-469).
(6) Let the developer absorb the penetrant for a minimum of 10 minutes.
(7) Examine the part as follows:
CAUTION: YOU MUST DO THIS INSPECTION IN A DARK AREA. WHITE LIGHT MUST NOT
BE MORE THAN 2 FOOTCANDLES (20 LUX) AT THE INSPECTION SURFACE. TO
MAKE THE AREA DARK, YOU CAN COVER IT WITH A BLACK SHEET.
(a) Examine the part under ultraviolet light for indications.

(8) If any area shows moderate fluorescent background or any marginally unacceptable or questionable
indication, continue as follows:

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 83

(a) Lightly rub the area with a lint-free cotton cloth (Material No. P05-005) with a solvent from SPOP
208 (Ref. AMM TASK 70-27-00-910-804) . Do not let the solvent run over or flood any surface.
(b) Let the solvent evaporate from the surface, and then examine the area again under ultraviolet
light.
(c) If the indication immediately shows again, examine the indication.
(d) If the indication does not immediately show again, then apply the developer,
dry (Material No. P05-469) or the PMC 4357 fluorescent penetrant developer (Material No. P05-
237) to the area. Let the developer absorb the penetrant for a minimum of 10 minutes, and then
examine the questionable area again under ultraviolet light.
NOTE: No cracks are permitted unless specified differently by an AMM task.
(e) Use this evaluation procedure only once on an indication.

(9) Remove the developer (Ref. AMM TASK 70-27-00-910-804) .
NOTE: Removal of developer is necessary only if it interferes with a subsequent process or part func-
tion.
(a) For parts with no areas of entrapment that are to go to visual/dimensional inspection, blow off
any remaining developer, if necessary.
(b) For parts that can cause entrapment of dry developer, flush with hot water to clean.
(c) If a non-aqueous developer was used, remove by the SPOP 208 Solvent Wipe Method
(Ref. AMM TASK 70-27-00-910-804) .
70-26 - (PW11) - INSPECTION/CHECK
70-26-00 - (PW11) - INSPECTION/CHECK
70-26-00 PB 201 CONF 21 - INSPECTION/CHECK - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
TASK 70-26-00-910-801-A
PS 197 - Preparation of the Blue Dye Leak Check Solution
WARNING: REFER TO THE MSDS FOR ALL MATERIAL USED AND THE MANUFACTURER'S SAFETY IN-
STRUCTIONS FOR ALL EQUIPMENT USED. IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS WARNING, INJURY
CAN OCCUR.

(Material No. P05-459) PMC 4513 blue dye

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 84

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 70-26-00-869-052-A
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
Subtask 70-26-00-910-051-A
A. Preparation of the Blue Dye Oil System Leak Check Solution (PS 197)
(1) Make-up of the PS 197 blue dye solution
Materials Make-Up Operating Limits

PMC 4513 blue 8 - 9 milliliters 150 plus or minus 40 ppm
dye (Material No. P05-459)
lubricant, aircraft turbine 10 gallons
engine (Material No. P03-001) (37.85 liters)
NOTE: When the engine is first refilled with non-dyed oil, the non-dyed oil will mix with the remaining
(that is, residual) dyed oil. The color of this mixture will likely be darker than the non-dyed oil
that was just added. The color of various oil brands can be different. This color change is per-
mitted and is not a negative indication of the condition of the lubrication system.
(2) Preparation of the PS 197 blue dye solution

(a) Add the specified amount of lubricant, aircraft turbine engine (Material No. P03-001) to the mixing
container.
NOTE: The selection of base oil (Approved PWA 521, Type II) will make it easier for the op-
erator to see the blue color of the dyed oil. Pratt & Whitney experience finds that light
color PWA 521, Type II base oils are more easily detected with the PMC 4513 blue
dye (Material No. P05-459).
(b) Add the specified amount of PMC 4513 blue dye (Material No. P05-459).
NOTE: It is necessary to put PMC 4513 blue dye (Material No. P05-459) through a five-micron
or less membrane filter six weeks or less before you mix it with lubricant, aircraft turbine
engine (Material No. P03-001) for PS 197.
(c) Stir to mix.

(3) Precautions
NOTE: This solution is organic.
(a) Do not permit the solution to touch the skin, eyes, nose or throat.
(b) Do not take this solution internally.
(c) Be sure to wash fully after handling and before you drink or smoke.
(d) Keep this solution away from food.
(e) Do not breathe the dust, vapors, mists or gases.
(f) Use this solution with sufficient ventilation.

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 85

(g) Keep this solution away from heat or flames because toxic mixtures can occur.
(h) Be sure to wear the necessary safety equipment.
(i) Keep this solution away from oxidizers.
TASK 70-26-00-910-802-A
Description of the MSG-3 Inspection Types
NOTE: Always obey the specific procedures and limits in the specific maintenance manual inspection tasks.
2. Job Set-up
Subtask 70-26-00-869-051-A
A. Not Applicable
3. Procedure
Subtask 70-26-00-210-050-A
A. Inspections
(1) Zonal Inspection
(a) A collective term comprising selected general visual inspections and visual checks that is
applied to each zone, defined by access area, to check system and power plant installations and
structure for security and general condition.
(2) General Visual Inspection (GVI)
(a) A visual examination of an interior or exterior area, installation or assembly to detect obvious
damage, failure or irregularity. This level of inspection is made from within touching distance
unless otherwise specified. A mirror may be necessary to enhance visual access to all exposed
surfaces in the inspection area. This level of inspection is made under normally available lighting
conditions such as daylight, hangar lighting, flashlight or drop-light and may require removal
or opening of access panels or doors. Stands, ladders or platforms may be required to gain
proximity to the area being checked.
(3) Detailed Visual Inspection (DVI)
(a) An intensive examination of a specific item, installation or assembly to detect damage, failure or
irregularity. Available lighting is normally supplemented with a direct source of good lighting at an
intensity deemed appropriate. Inspection aids such as mirrors, magnifying lenses, etc. may be
necessary. Surface cleaning and elaborate access procedures may be required.
(4) Special Detailed Inspection (SDI)
(a) An intensive examination of a specific item, installation or assembly to detect damage, failure or
irregularity. The examination is likely to make extensive use of specialized inspection techniques
and/or equipment. Specialized cleaning and substantial access or disassembly procedures may
be required.
Subtask 70-26-00-210-051-A

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 86

B. Checks
(1) Operational Check
(a) An operational check is a task to determine that an item is fulfilling its intended purpose. This
type of check does not require quantitative tolerances. This a failure finding task.
(2) Visual Check
(a) A visual check is an observation to determine that an item is fulfilling its intended purpose. This
type of check does not require quantitative tolerances. This is a failure finding task.
(3) Functional Check
(a) A quantitative check to determine if one or more functions of an item performs within specified
limits.
TASK 70-26-00-910-803-A
Check for the Self-Locking Feature


No specific 1 SOCKET STANDARD
No specific 1 WRENCH - TORQUE, STANDARD
Check For Self Locking Feature SHEET 1

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 87

TYPICAL
FREE-SPINNING
INSTALLATIONS
ICN-PW1000G-1000-703000-P-77445-05517-A-001-01
TYPICAL TYPICAL
SELF-LOCKING SELF-LOCKING
NUT ON STUD INSTALLATIONS
H-05517 (0813)
PW V
N_MM_702600_2_QAM0_01_00
Figure 70(PW11)-26-00-991-00100-21-A / SHEET 1/1 - Check For Self Locking Feature

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-353, 356-400

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 88

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 70-26-00-869-050-A
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Check For Self Locking Feature SHEET 1)
Subtask 70-26-00-911-050-A
A. General
(1) Self-locking fasteners are designed for a limited number of reuses to keep the quality of their self-
locking function. Free-spinning fasteners have other features for locking.
(Ref. Fig. Check For Self Locking Feature SHEET 1)
(2) Discard the fastener if the self-locking function is not correct.
(3) Do not pinch, squeeze or deform a fastener to repair the self-locking feature.
Subtask 70-26-00-280-050-A
B. Procedure - Feel Method
(1) Use feel to test the self-locking function of each fastener during the final assembly by the assembly
mechanic.
(2) The assembly mechanic must get experience in the usual or new part feel for run-on torques of the
applicable fasteners.
(3) If there is too much run-on torque, or insufficient run-on torque, during the installation of a fastener,
the mechanic must replace the fastener with one which is acceptable.
(4) Discard any fastener which does not feel acceptable.
Subtask 70-26-00-280-051-A
C. Procedure - Test Method
(1) You can use a statistically valid sampling inspection program to test some of the parts as an
alternative to testing every part.
(2) Use the limits in the table that follows for:
(a) Self-locking nuts on bolts, screws, or studs
(b) Bolts or screws into self-locking helical inserts.
(3) Lubricate the fastener with lubricant, aircraft turbine engine (Material No. P03-001) or the applicable
antigallant.
(4) Install the fastener to the mating fastener and fully engage the self-locking feature without any axial
load. (Do not seat the fastener).
(5) Use a WRENCH - TORQUE, STANDARD and the table that follows to test the "Break Away Torque"
of the fastener:
(a) Install a beam or digital WRENCH - TORQUE, STANDARD and SOCKET STANDARD on the
fastener.
(b) Monitor the amount of torque necessary to initially start the fastener turning.
(c) Compare the "Break Away Torque" indication with the limits in the table that follows.
(d) Discard any fastener that is not in the limits.
Subtask 70-26-00-280-052-A
D. Use a torque wrench and the table that follows to test the "Run-On Torque" of the fastener:

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 89

(1) Install a beam or digital WRENCH - TORQUE, STANDARD and SOCKET STANDARD on the
fastener.
(2) After the initial "Break Away Torque", monitor the amount of torque necessary to turn the fastener on
the threads "Run-On Torque".
(3) Compare the "Run-On Torque" indication with the limits in the table that follows.
(4) Discard any fastener that is not in the limits.
Thread Size Minimum Breakaway Maximum Locking (Run-

Torque lbf.in (m.daN) On) Torque lbf.in (m.daN)
0.112-40 0.5 lbf.in (0.006 m.daN) 3.0 lbf.in (0.034 m.daN)
0.164-32 1.5 lbf.in (0.017 m.daN) 9 lbf.in (0.102 m.daN)
1/4 Inch:
5/16 Inch:
3/8 Inch:
7/16 Inch:
0.4375-20 14 lbf.in (0.158 m.daN) 100 lbf.in (1.130 m.daN)
1/2 Inch:
9/16 Inch:
5/8 Inch:
3/4 Inch:
7/8 Inch:
1 Inch:
Figure 70(PW11)-26-00-991-00100-21-A / SHEET 1/1 - Check For Self Locking Feature

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 90

70-27 - (PW11) - CLEANING
70-27-00 - (PW11) - CLEANING
70-27-00 PB 201 CONF 21 - CLEANING - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
TASK 70-27-00-910-801-A
SPOP 1 - Degreasing of the Engine Exterior

Self explanatory

No specific AR BRUSH - NON METALLIC, SOFT
(Material No. P05-421) scrub pad
(Material No. P05-422) Scrub Pad
(Material No. P11-027) Petroleum Solvent
(Material No. P11-031) alkali cleaner
(Material No. P11-047) alkaline gel cleaner
(Material No. P11-049) aqueous cleaner
(Material No. P11-071) aqueous degreaser
3. Job Set-up

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 91

Subtask 70-27-00-110-055-A
A. General
(1) This task gives the necessary instructions for the removal of oils, grease, hydraulic fluid and loose soil
from the engine exterior surfaces (that is, the outer surfaces of the engine) or external parts, which
decreases the time necessary to clean the disassembled Quick Engine Change (QEC) parts. This
procedure does not remove hard, baked-on carbon.
4. Procedure
Subtask 70-27-00-110-056-A
A. Procedure to Remove Grease from the Exterior Surfaces of the Engine by Method A or Method B
(1) Method A
(a) Install covers on all the openings of the engine (this includes the inlet, exhaust, all bleeds,
fire extinguishing nozzles, open fuel lines, open oil lines, breather tubes and open electrical
connectors).
(b) Clean by one of the subsequent procedures:
NOTE: Service experience shows that the gel-type cleaners are more effective than the spray,
steam and foam solutions on very dirty engines because the gel cleaners stay on the en-
gine better than the spray, steam and foam solutions, which drain off the engine during
the soak time.
1 Mix one of these materials with water to make a cleaner solution at a concentration that is
equal to or less than the maximum specified concentration, then apply this solution as a
spray, steam or foam:
Specification (Material No.) and Name MAXIMUM CONCENTRA-

TION (Mixed with Water)
alkali cleaner (Material No. P11-031) 30 percent by volume
aqueous degreaser (Material No. P11-071) 20 percent by volume
2 Apply one of the subsequent gel-type cleaners (listed below) with the correct spray
applicator. Do not use a steam machine to apply the gel-type cleaner.

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 92

NOTE: It is necessary to use a special applicator to apply the gel-type cleaners. Refer to the
gel manufacturer's instructions for the correct applicator.
Specification (Material No.) and Name CONCENTRATION

alkaline gel cleaner (Material No. P11-047) As received
(c) Let the cleaner solution or gel-type cleaner stay on the engine between 10 and 20 minutes.
(d) Flush the engine fully with warm or hot water or with steam.
(e) Remove the covers from all the openings on the engine.
(2) Method B (local application only). Use one of these procedures:
(a) Apply aqueous cleaner (Material No. P11-049) , as received, by spray or with a clean lint-free
cotton cloth (Material No. P05-005). If necessary, use a BRUSH - NON METALLIC, SOFT (not
made of metal) or scrub pad (Material No. P05-421) or Scrub Pad (Material No. P05-422) to
clean the engine.
(b) Apply a solvent from SPOP 208.
WARNING: SPOP 208 SOLVENTS ARE FLAMMABLE. IF YOU USE SPOP 208 ON HOT EN-
GINE PARTS, THERE WILL BE AN INCREASED RISK OF FIRE.
1 Use a BRUSH - NON METALLIC, SOFT (not made of metal), a scrub pad (Material No. P05-
421) or Scrub Pad (Material No. P05-422) or a clean lint-free cotton cloth (Material No. P05-
005) to apply a solvent from SPOP 208 (Ref. AMM TASK 70-27-00-910-804) . Wipe dry with
a clean lint-free cotton cloth (Material No. P05-005).
a If engine parts are hot, let the temperature of the parts decrease to a temperature at
which you can touch the parts without gloves, and then apply the SPOP 208 solvent
(Ref. AMM TASK 70-27-00-910-804) .
Subtask 70-27-00-110-057-A
B. Procedure to Clean the Engine External Component Parts after Removal of the Parts from the Engine
(1) When it is necessary to clean engine external component parts after removal of the parts from the
engine, do one of the subsequent procedures to clean the parts:
(a) Do Method A above.
(b) Do Method B above.
(c) Do the subsequent procedure:
1 Apply Petroleum Solvent (Material No. P11-027) to the parts with a brush in a solvent-
recirculating parts washer or washer/soak tank that uses a recirculating pump to supply
filtered solvent to the brush through a flexible supply hose.
2 Wipe the parts dry with a clean lint-free cotton cloth (Material No. P05-005).
TASK 70-27-00-910-802-A
Potable Water for Compressor Wash

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 93

Self explanatory
(Ref. 70-27-00-910-801-A). SPOP 1 - Degreasing of the Engine Exterior
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 70-27-00-869-051-A
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
Subtask 70-27-00-910-051-A
A. Potable Water Quality Specifications (Compressor Wash)
NOTE: Maintenance manuals use potable water for rinsing after detergent washing.
NOTE: SPS 87 gaspath/compressor solution uses potable water in its make-up. Refer to
(Ref. AMM TASK 70-27-00-910-801) for the make-up of this solution.
(1) The quality specifications for potable water suitable for engine gaspath cleaning are as follows:
(a) Water used for engine gaspath cleaning must agree with local quality specifications for potable
water and with the quality specifications that follow.
NOTE: When the local quality specifications for potable water and quality specifications that fol-
low do not agree, the quality specifications that follow are applicable.
Physical Permitted Levels (Analysis at 75°F(24°C))

pH 6.0 - 10.0
Total Dissolved Solids 1800 ohms-cm minimum
OR 550 microsiemens/cm maximum

Conductivity
Inorganic Milligrams/Liter
Chlorides 250 maximum
Fluoride 2.0 maximum
TASK 70-27-00-910-803-A
SPS 87 - Gaspath/Compressor Solution

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 94

Self explanatory
(Material No. P11-021) gaspath solvent cleaner
(Ref. 70-27-00-910-802-A). Potable Water for Compressor Wash
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 70-27-00-941-050-A
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
Subtask 70-27-00-110-051-A
NOTE: Always obey the specific procedures and limits in the AMM maintenance tasks.
(1) Make-up of gaspath solvent cleaner (Material No. P11-021)
NOTE: SPMC 87-1 thru -3 and -8 are not available; there are no replacements.
Materials Make-Up
Gaspath/Compressor Cleaner
SPMC 87-4, -6, -7, -10A, -11C, -12, -13, or -14 20 percent by volume with potable water
SPMC 87-11A 10 percent by volume with potable water
NOTE: Refer to potable water quality specifications in special cleaning quality control, refer to
(Ref. AMM TASK 70-27-00-910-802) .
(2) Mix as specified in the applicable gaspath/compressor cleaning cart.

(3) Use gaspath solvent cleaner (Material No. P11-021) at ambient temperature unless the
manufacturer's instructions specify differently.
TASK 70-27-00-910-804-A
SPOP 208 - Degreasing of Parts by Solvent Wiping

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 95

Self explanatory

No specific AR GLOVES - COTTON, LINT-FREE, CLEAN
Approved Solvents Used on Metallic or Non-Metallic Parts

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 96

LETTER VAPOR
MATERIAL No DESCRIPTION FLASHPOINT
CODE PRESSURE
METHYL ETHYL KETONE

A P11-005A < 140°F (60°C) > 45mm Hg
(REAGENT GRADE)
ACETONE
B P11-065 < 140°F (60°C) > 45mm Hg
(REAGENT GRADE)
FLUORESCENT PENETRANT
C P11-042 < 140°F (60°C) > 45mm Hg
CLEANER/REMOVER
D P11-055 SOLVENT CLEANER 140°F (60°C) 45mm Hg
E P11-063 HAND-WIPING SOLVENT 140°F (60°C) 45mm Hg
F P11-062 DIELECTRIC SOLVENT 140°F (60°C) 45mm Hg
G P11-066 HAND-WIPING SOLVENT < 140°F (60°C) 45mm Hg
ACETONE
H P11-032 < 140°F (60°C) > 45mm Hg
(TECHNICAL GRADE)
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL
I P11-014A < 140°F (60°C) 45mm Hg
(REAGENT GRADE)
J P11-039 SOLVENT CLEANER < 140°F (60°C) > 45mm Hg
METHYL ETHYL KEYTONE
K P11-005 < 140°F (60°C) > 45mm Hg
(TECHNICAL GRADE)
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL
L P11-014 < 140°F (60°C) 45mm Hg
(TECHNICAL GRADE)
M P11-056 CLEANER SOLVENT 140°F (60°C) 45mm Hg
N P11-057 CLEANER SOLVENT 140°F (60°C) 45mm Hg
O P11-067 CLEANER SOLVENT 140°F (60°C) 45mm Hg
P P11-058 CLEANER SOLVENT < 140°F (60°C) 45mm Hg
ICN-PW1000G-1000-702100-P-77445-05514-A-001-01
Q P11-059 CLEANER SOLVENT < 140°F (60°C) 45mm Hg

R P11-064 CLEANER SOLVENT 140°F (60°C) 45mm Hg
S P11-074 CLEANER SOLVENT < 140°F (60°C) 45mm Hg
T P11-075 CLEANER SOLVENT WIPES < 140°F (60°C) 45mm Hg
U P11-076 CLEANER SOLVENT < 140°F (60°C) 45mm Hg
V P11-077 CLEANER SOLVENT WIPES < 140°F (60°C) 45mm Hg

H-05514 (0813)
PW V
N_MM_702700_2_QBM0_01_00
Figure 70(PW11)-27-00-991-00200-21-A / SHEET 1/

3 - Approved Solvents Used on Metallic or Non-Metallic Parts
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-353, 356-400

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 97

APPLICATION SOLVENTS APPROVED TO DEGREASE METALLIC PARTS

FPI (LOCAL) A B C G H I J K L P Q S T
GENERAL WIPE A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V
PRE-ADHESIVE BONDING A B C G I J P Q S T
PRE-PAINTING A B C G I J P Q S T U V
SEE SHEET 1 FOR SOLVENT LETTER CODES.

ICN-PW1000G-1000-702100-P-77445-05515-A-001-01
H-05515 (0813)
PW V
N_MM_702700_2_QBM0_02_00
Figure 70(PW11)-27-00-991-00200-21-A / SHEET 2/

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-353, 356-400

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 98

SPEC. NON-METALLIC PART DESCRIPTION SOLVENTS APPROVED TO

NO. OF MATERIAL DEGREASE NON-METALLIC PARTS
FIBERGLASS STRUCTURES,
PWA 410 A B C G H I J K L P Q
LAMINATED MOLDINGS
CLOTH, GLASS, EPOXY RESIN

IMPREGNATED
PWA 446 POLYURETHAN RESIN, FOAMING I
FABRIC, AROMATIC POLYAMIDE,

EPOXY RESIN IMPREGNATED
LAMINATED STRUCTURES, AROMATIC

PWA 460 POLYAMIDE FABRIC - EPOXY RESIN A B C G H I J K L P Q
MATRIX
MOLDING COMPOUND, POLYAMIDE,

PWA 479 B I
COMPOSITE
PWA 628 FOAM, MOLDED POLYURETHANE I
POLYURETHANE COATING,
PWA 36013 I
CONDUCTIVE, BLACK
PWA 36014 POLYURETHANE SURFACER, WHITE I
COMPOSITE AIRFOILS, CARBON

FIBER REINFORCED
FABRIC, CARBON FIBER AND

PWA 36408 FIBERGLASS, POLYIMIDE RESIN B I
IMPREGNATED
FABRIC, ALUMINUM BOROSILICATE

PWA 36414 GLASS FIBER, EPOXY RESIN B I
IMPREGNATED
ICN-PW1000G-1000-702100-P-77445-05516-A-001-01
FABRIC, FIBERGLASS, EPOXY RESIN

IMPREGNATED
MOLDING COMPOUND,
PWA 36426 B
POLYETHERIMIDE COMPOSITE
PWA 36442 FLUOROELASTOMER SHEET I
PWA 36509 PRIMER, POLYURETHANE I
COATING, POLYURETHANE, EROSION

PWA 36510 I
RESISTANT
PWA 36516 FLUOROELASTOMER COATING I
SEE SHEET 1 FOR THE SOLVENT LETTER CODES.

H-05516 (0813)
PW V
N_MM_702700_2_QBM0_03_00
Figure 70(PW11)-27-00-991-00200-21-A / SHEET 3/

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-353, 356-400

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 99

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 70-27-00-940-050-A
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
Subtask 70-27-00-910-050-A
(1) Cheesecloth use recommendation.
CAUTION: SIZED CHEESECLOTH CONTAINS RESIN BINDERS THAT CAN DISSOLVE IN

SOLVENTS AND CAUSE CONTAMINATION OF BOND SURFACES AND PREVENT
A GOOD ADHESIVE BOND.
(a) Do not use sized cheesecloth with solvents.

(2) Methanol or halogenated hydrocarbon solvents are not permitted in SPOP 208.
Subtask 70-27-00-110-050-A
B. Degrease Engine Parts by Solvent Wiping
(Ref. Fig. Approved Solvents Used on Metallic or Non-Metallic Parts)
WARNING: THE SOLVENTS IN THIS PROCEDURE ARE FLAMMABLE.
CAUTION: DO NOT PUT PART ASSEMBLIES THAT CONTAIN MATERIALS THAT ARE NOT
METALLIC FULLY IN SOLVENTS.
CAUTION: DO NOT DIP (PUT MOMENTARILY) THE WIPING CLOTH IN THE SOLVENT IN THE
SOLVENT CONTAINER. THIS CAN CAUSE CONTAMINATION OF THE SOLVENT,
WHICH CAN CAUSE CONTAMINATION OF THE PART SURFACES AND PREVENT A
GOOD BOND WITH ADHESIVES OR PAINTS.
(1) Wipe the part with an unsized, clean, white, lint-free cotton cloth (Material No. P05-005) that is wet
with one of these applicable solvents:
NOTE: Be sure to wear GLOVES - COTTON, LINT-FREE, CLEAN to touch clean parts before adhes-
ive bonding.
(a) For descriptions and letter codes of solvents approved to use on metallic or non-metallic parts,
refer to sheet 1 of the figure.
(b) For the solvents that are approved to degrease metallic parts for general wiping, for local
fluorescent penetrant inpection (FPI) or before adhesive bonding or painting, refer to sheet 2 of
the figure.
(c) For the solvents that are approved to degrease non-metallic parts for general wipe cleaning, or
before painting or adhesive bonding, refer to sheet 3 of the figure.

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 100

(2) Air dry the parts

(a) Do not use compressed air to dry parts before adhesive bonding or painting. Compressed air can
contain oil vapors.
TASK 70-27-00-910-805-A
SPOP 209 - Degreasing of Parts by Aqueous Cleaning

Self explanatory

No specific AR BRUSH - NON METALLIC, SOFT
No specific AR PAD - UNIVERSAL ATTACH
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 70-27-00-941-051-A
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
Subtask 70-27-00-110-058-A
A. Degreasing of Parts by Aqueous Cleaning (Aqueous Spray or Wiping without Rinse)
(1) Remove light oils, grease, fingerprints, dust and soot from the engine external parts as follows:
CAUTION: PARTS COATED WITH PWA 77 DIFFUSED ALUMINIDE CAN BE CLEANED ONLY
WITH SPOP 209 AQUEOUS DEGREASING. THE USE OF OTHER ALKALINE
CLEANERS WILL CAUSE DETERIORATION OR REMOVAL OF THIS COATING.
CAUTION: PARTS COATED WITH PWA 110 (PWA 595) ALUMINUM COATING CAN BE
CLEANED ONLY WITH SPOP 209. THE USE OF OTHER ALKALINE CLEANERS
WILL CAUSE DETERIORATION OR REMOVAL OF THIS COATING.
(a) Degrease the part by one of the subsequent steps:

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 101

1 Wipe the part with a clean lint-free cotton cloth (Material No. P05-005) made wet with
aqueous cleaner (Material No. P11-049)
a Use the aqueous cleaner (Material No. P11-049) as received.
b Do not dilute the aqueous cleaner (Material No. P11-049) or make a solution.
c Pour the solvent onto the lint-free cotton cloth (Material No. P05-005) to keep unwanted
material from the wiping solvent.
d Do not dip the lint-free cotton cloth (Material No. P05-005) into the solvent container.
2 Spray the aqueous cleaner (Material No. P11-049) on the part.
(b) If necessary, scrub the part with a soft non-metallic BRUSH - NON METALLIC, SOFT or a PAD -
UNIVERSAL ATTACH pad.
(c) Wipe dry with a clean lint-free cotton cloth (Material No. P05-005).
TASK 70-27-00-910-806-A
SPOP 425 - Requirements after Contact with Fire Extinguishing Agents, Hydraulic Fluid, Fuel or Oil

Self explanatory
(Ref. 70-27-00-910-801-A). SPOP 1 - Degreasing of the Engine Exterior
(Ref. 70-70-00-910-803-A). SPOP 6 - Cleaning of the Contact Points and Wiring Harnesses
Cleaning Requirements

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 102

VISUAL/ DISASSEMBLE/
EXTERNAL INTERNAL
FIRE EXTINGUISHER AGENT TYPE BORESCOPE CLEAN BY
WASH WASH
INSPECTION ENGINE MANUAL
WATER
WATER N/R N/R N/R N/R
WATER FOG N/R N/R N/R N/R
GASEOUS
ANSUL INERGEN® (N2 + Ar + CO2 ) N/R N/R N/R N/R
CARBON DIOXIDE N/R N/R N/R N/R
NITROGEN N/R N/R N/R N/R
SULFUR HEXAFLUORIDE (SF6) N/R NO NO YES
VAPORIZING LIQUID
DUPONT FE-232 TM (HCFC-123) N/R NO NO YES
DUPONT FE-36 TM (HFC-236fa) N/R NO NO YES
DUPONT FE-227TM /FM-200® (HFC-227 ea) N/R NO NO YES
GREAT LAKES FM-100 (HBFC-22B1) N/R N/R N/R N/R
HALON 1011 (HBCC-30B1) N/R NO NO YES
HALON 1202 (BFC-12B2) N/R NO NO YES
HALON 1211 (BCFC-12B1) N/R NO NO YES
HALON 1301 (BFC-13B1) -
N/R N/R N/R N/R
NACELLE DISCHARGE/RELEASE
HALON 1301 (BFC-13B1) -
N/R NO NO YES
IN PRIMARY GASPATH
HALON 2402 (BFC-114B2) N/R NO NO YES
HALOTRON® I (HCFC-123 BLEND) N/R NO NO YES
HALOTRON® II (HFC-134a + HFC-125 + CO2 ) N/R NO NO YES
DRY CHEMICAL
NFPA ABC MULTI-CLASS:
AMMONIUM PHOSPHATE YES NO NO YES
ICN-PW1000G-1000-702100-P-77445-05512-A-001-01
NFPA BC MULTI-CLASS:
PURPLE K YES NO NO YES
SODIUM BICARBONATE YES NO NO YES
NFPA CLASS D:
FOUNDRY FLUX YES NO NO YES
ANSUL MET-L-X® YES NO NO YES
FYR-FYTER METAL FYR YES NO NO YES
M-1 YES NO NO YES
PYRO-CHEM® G-1 YES NO NO YES
Refer to the text for the full requirements.
H-05512 (0813)
PW V
N_MM_702700_2_QAM0_01_00
Figure 70(PW11)-27-00-991-00100-21-A / SHEET 1/2 - Cleaning Requirements

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-353, 356-400

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 103

VISUAL/ DISASSEMBLE/
EXTERNAL INTERNAL
FIRE EXTINGUISHER AGENT TYPE BORESCOPE CLEAN BY
WASH WASH
INSPECTION ENGINE MANUAL
FOAM
AQUEOUS FILM-FORMING FOAMS (AFFF):
ANSULITE® 1% N/R N/R N/R N/R
ANSULITE® 3% (AFC-3A) N/R N/R N/R N/R
ANSULITE® PREMIUM 3% (AFC-5-A) N/R N/R N/R N/R
CHEMGUARD 3% AFFF C-303 N/R N/R N/R N/R
ALL OTHER AQUEOUS FILM-FORMING FOAMS YES NO NO YES
HIGH EXPANSION FOAMS:

ANSUL JET-X® 2 3/4% N/R N/R N/R N/R
NATIONAL FOAM HI-EX® 2% N/R N/R N/R N/R
ALL OTHER HIGH EXPANSION FOAMS YES NO NO YES
OTHER FOAM TYPES:

PROTEIN (P, FP, OR FFFP) YES NO NO YES
SODA-ACID YES NO NO YES
TRIMETHOXYBOROXINE (TMB) YES NO NO YES
WATER-GLYCOL YES NO NO YES
Refer to the text for the full requirements.
ICN-PW1000G-1000-702100-P-77445-05513-A-001-01
H-05513 (0813)
PW V
N_MM_702700_2_QAM0_02_00

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-353, 356-400

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 104

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 70-27-00-869-050-A
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
Subtask 70-27-00-280-050-A
(Ref. Fig. Cleaning Requirements)
(1) Always obey the specific procedures and limits in the specific AMM maintenance tasks.
(2) SPOP 425 gives operators the cleaning and disassembly requirements for engines that come in
contact with (touch) fire extinguisher agents during a fire in the burner (combustor) and/or gaspath
areas of the engine, or that come in contact with hydraulic fluid, oils or fuel. Contact (speak or write
to) the local Pratt & Whitney representative for the applicable requirements and procedures when the
subsequent conditions occur:
(a) The engine comes in contact with a fire extinguisher agent when there is no fire (for example,
during accidental operation of the fire extinguisher system).
(b) The fire temperature was higher than the engine over-temperature limits.
(c) The fire occurred in areas other than the burner and gaspath areas of the engine.
(3) After a fire extinguisher agent goes into the engine, do not operate the engine if the figure
shows that the fire extinguisher agent makes it necessary to disassemble the engine. Some fire
extinguisher agents can cause damage to engine parts at engine operation temperatures.
(4) If you used carbon dioxide, nitrogen, Ansul Inergen, water, or water fog to extinguish a tail pipe fire,
and the post-fire inspection finds no fire damage or mechanical damage, then it will not be necessary
to disassemble the engine to clean the engine parts.
For many other fire extinguisher agents, it is necessary to disassemble the engine to satisfactorily
clean the parts that came in contact with the fire extinguisher agent.
(5) Before you do maintenance work on a hangar fire extinguisher system that uses foam, remove
engines from the hangar or put covers on the engines to make sure that accidental operation of the
system does not cause foam to go into the engine.
(6) The necessary detailed procedures for gaspath cleaning (internal wash), and instructions for
subsequent disassembly, cleaning and inspection, are in the applicable Aircraft Maintenance Manuals
(AMM).
(7) If operators know of airports, test cells or hangars that use fire extinguisher agents that are not in the
list in the figure,
then they must give instructions to their local Pratt & Whitney representative to send the Technical
Data Sheets and Material Safety Data Sheets for these fire extinguisher agents to Pratt & Whitney
Customer Service in East Hartford, Connecticut.
(8) The primary concern, when foam or dry chemical fire extinguisher agents go into an engine, is
corrosion during subsequent engine operation. The engine operation environment can cause
chemical reactions of the fire extinguisher agents, which then can cause corrosion on cold-section
and/or hot-section parts.
(9) Tests show these results:

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 105

(a) Stainless steel alloys, nickel-base alloys (coated or uncoated) and cobalt-base alloys, show a
high risk of chemical corrosion from some types of fire extinguisher agents (for example, protein
foams and dry chemical agents), at temperatures much lower than the engine operation range.
(b) Titanium, aluminum, magnesium, cadmium-plated and nickel-cadmium plated low-alloy steels
show no signs of corrosion from bicarbonate compounds (dry powders) at engine operation
temperatures.
(c) Many of the foam fire extinguisher agents in the list in the figure
cause stress corrosion cracks in titanium at the service operation temperatures in the high
pressure compressor, but not at the service operation temperatures of the fan. Thus, it is
permitted to hand-wipe clean with aqueous cleaner (Material No. P11-049) to remove overspray
of foam fire extinguisher agents from fan blades.
(d) Some of the Aqueous Film-Forming Foam (AFFF) and high-expansion foam chemical fire
extinguisher agents in the list in the figure
do not cause corrosion on engine material test panels at engine operation temperatures. The
figure
shows which AFFF and high-expansion foam agents have test results that show they are
compatible with engine alloys and coatings. For other AFFF and high-expansion foam agents, it
is necessary to disassemble the engine to remove the parts that came in contact with the foam.
(10) Halon 1301 fire extinguisher agent decomposes in fires and at engine operation temperatures to
make acids that can cause corrosion of or stress corrosion cracks in gaspath materials at high
temperatures. Tests show that Halon 1301 can degrade turbine airfoil coatings at 1800 deg.F (982.22
deg.C) in a short period of time.
(a) Fire extinguisher systems that release Halon 1301 directly into the core of the engine (for
example, ground units) can cause turbofan airfoils to come in contact with the Halon 1301.
(b) Onboard nacelle Halon 1301 fire extinguisher systems usually do not cause the turbine airfoils
to come in contact with the Halon 1301 because these systems release the Halon 1301 into the
nacelle compartment and not directly into the engine core. Thus, it is usually not necessary to
clean engine gaspath parts to remove Halon 1301 decomposition materials after an onboard
nacelle fire extinguisher system releases Halon 1301.
(11) The Aqueous Film-Forming Foams (AFFF) in the figure
are NFPA Class-B foam fire extinguisher agents that use synthetic surfactants, which are usually
fluorinated. These foams do not contain protein foaming agents.
(12) The high-expansion foams in the figure
are NFPA Class-B foam fire extinguisher agents that expand quickly to fill closed spaces (for
example, hangars). These foams usually use synthetic surfactants that are different from the synthetic
surfactants in aqueous film-forming foams.
(13) The protein (P), fluoroprotein (FP), and film-forming fluoroprotein (FFFP) foams in the figure
are NFPA Class-B foam fire extinguisher agents that use protein foaming agents.
Subtask 70-27-00-110-052-A
B. Cleaning after Chemical Contact with Fire Extinguisher Agents
(1) After a fire or after you use an onboard nacelle fire extinguisher system because of a cockpit fire
warning, do an inspection of the engine for fire damage:

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 106

(a) Turn the rotor manually to do a check to make sure that the rotor turns freely:
1 The rotor must turn freely. A rotor that does not turn freely is a sign of damage.
2 While the rotor turns, listen for parts that rub against or hit other parts that they usually do
not touch. Such noise are signs of damage.
(b) Do a visual inspection of the external surfaces of the engine to look for fire damage.
(c) Do a borescope inspection of the engine to see which parts have fire damage.
(d) If the check for free movement finds one or more signs of damage, the visual inspection finds
fire damage, and/or the borescope inspection finds fire damage, then it is necessary to remove
engine from the airframe and disassemble the engine to remove the parts that have damage.
(2) In engine models that use labyrinth seals, do a check for contamination of the oil systems because
the materials in the list on the figure
could enter the oil system through the labyrinth seals.
(3) See the figure
for the inspection, cleaning and disassembly requirements for engines that come in contact with fire
extinguisher agents during a fire. The procedures for the requirement in each column of the figure
are in the subsequent list:
(a) Visual/Borescope Inspection, Column 2
1 If the column 2 says "YES" for the material, then do the subsequent procedure:
a Do a visual inspection of the external surfaces of the engine to see which parts have
contamination from the material.
b Do an internal borescope inspection to see which parts have contamination from the
material.
NOTE: This inspection will show how much of the engine you must disassemble to re-
move the parts that have contamination from the material.
NOTE: This inspection does not show contamination from gaseous fire extinguisher
agents or vaporizing liquid fire extinguisher agents.
2 If the column 2 says "N/R" for the material, then it is not required (that is, it is permitted, but
not necessary) to do a borescope inspection of the engine to look for contamination.
(b) External Wash, Column 3
1 If column 3 says "YES" for the material, then do an external wash to remove the material
from the external surfaces of the engine that had chemical contact with the material. Use this
procedure:
a Use Cleaning of Electrical Harnesses and Contact Points (SPOP 6) to clean electrical
harnesses and contact points (Ref. AMM TASK 70-70-00-910-803) .
b Use Cleaning the Exterior of the Engine (SPOP 1) to clean other external surfaces
(Ref. AMM TASK 70-27-00-910-801) .
2 If column 3 says "NO" for the material, then do not do an external wash.
3 If column 3 says "N/R" for the material, then it is not required (that is, it is permitted, but not
necessary) to do an external wash to remove the material from the external surfaces.
(c) Internal Wash, Column 4

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 107

1 If column 4 says "YES" for the material, then do an internal (gaspath) wash of the engine
to remove the material from the engine gaspath surfaces. Refer to the applicable AMM
maintenance task for the gaspath wash procedures.
2 Internal wash not permitted
CAUTION: IF YOU OPERATE THE ENGINE AFTER ENGINE GASPATH PARTS COME
IN CONTACT WITH THE MATERIAL, THE MATERIAL COULD CAUSE DAM-
AGE TO THESE PARTS AT ENGINE OPERATION TEMPERATURES.
a If column 4 says "NO" for the material, then it is not permitted to do an internal (gaspath)
wash. Do not operate the engine after engine gaspath parts come in contact with the
material.
NOTE: It is not possible to fully remove foam fire extinguisher agents from the engine
gaspath by internal wash (with plain water or with detergent).
NOTE: Dry chemical fire extinguisher agents are not water soluble. Thus, an internal
wash will cause these materials to cake, bond to engine parts and/or cause air
holes and cavities to become clogged.
b If you or some other operator does an internal wash after engine gaspath parts come in
contact with the material, then it will be necessary to remove and clean all the parts in
the engine gaspath.
necessary) to do an internal (gaspath) wash to remove the material from engine gaspath
surfaces.
(d) Disassemble/Clean by Engine Manual, Column 5.
1 If column 5 says "YES" for the material, then disassemble the engine to clean the parts that
have contamination. Use the subsequent procedure:
CAUTION: IF YOU OPERATE THE ENGINE AFTER ENGINE GASPATH PARTS COME
IN CONTACT WITH THE MATERIAL, THE MATERIAL COULD CAUSE DAM-
AGE TO THESE PARTS AT ENGINE OPERATION TEMPERATURES.
a Do not operate the engine after the engine has chemical contact with the material.
b Complete this procedure as soon as possible after the parts have chemical contact with
the material.
c For gaseous fire extinguisher agents or vaporizing liquid fire extinguisher agents,
disassemble the engine to remove all the parts in the engine gaspath.
d For foam fire extinguisher agents or dry chemical fire extinguisher agents, disassemble
the engine to remove those parts on which the visual/boroscope inspection found
contamination.
· If you or some other operator did a gaspath wash after the material went into the
engine, then it is necessary to remove and clean all the parts in the engine gaspath.
e Use the applicable AMM maintenance task for instructions to clean the parts.
f After the parts are clean, do a visual inspection of all the parts that had chemical
contact. Use the applicable AMM maintenance task for inspection limits.
necessary) to disassemble the engine to clean the parts.

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 108

Subtask 70-27-00-110-053-A
C. Cleaning after a Hydraulic Fluid Leak
(1) After a hydraulic fluid leak, do the subsequent procedure:
(a) Complete this procedure as soon as possible after contamination from hydraulic fluid occurs.
(b) Do a visual inspection of the external surfaces of the engine to see which parts have
contamination from hydraulic fluid.
1 If external surfaces show baked-on or burned hydraulic fluid, contact the local Pratt &
Whitney representative for the applicable requirements and procedures.
2 If external surfaces show wet hydraulic fluid with no indication of baked-on or burned
hydraulic fluid, then do the subsequent steps in this procedure.
(c) If the visual inspection of the external surfaces of the engine finds indications that hydraulic fluid
went into the engine through bleed valves, the inlet or the exhaust, then do an internal borescope
inspection to see which parts have contamination from the hydraulic fluid.
NOTE: This inspection will show how much of the engine you must disassemble to remove the
parts that have contamination from the hydraulic fluid.
1 If gaspath surfaces show contamination from hydraulic fluid, then it is necessary to remove
the parts that have contamination from the hydraulic fluid for better cleaning.
2 It is not permitted to do an internal wash to remove hydraulic fluid from the gaspath surfaces.
(d) If the visual inspection of the external surfaces of the engine found wet hydraulic fluid with
no indication of baked-on or burned hydraulic fluid, then do an external wash to remove the
hydraulic fluid from the external surfaces of the engine. Use the subsequent procedure.
1 Use Cleaning of Electrical Harnesses and Contact Points (SPOP 6) to clean electrical
2 Use one of the procedures in the subsequent list to clean other external surfaces:
a Use Cleaning the Exterior of the Engine (SPOP 1) to clean other external surfaces
(Ref. AMM TASK 70-27-00-910-801) .
b Use Degrease Engine Parts by Solvent Wipe (SPOP 208) to remove grease from other
external surfaces (Ref. AMM TASK 70-27-00-910-804) .
3 After the above steps, do a visual inspection to look for remaining hydraulic fluid varnish or
baked-on hydraulic fluid.
(e) If the visual inspection after the external wash finds remaining hydraulic fluid varnish or baked-on
hydraulic fluid, then do the subsequent procedure:
1 Disassemble the engine to remove those parts that show remaining hydraulic fluid varnish or
baked-on hydraulic fluid.
2 Use the applicable AMM maintenance task instructions to clean the parts that show
remaining hydraulic fluid varnish or baked-on hydraulic fluid.
3 After the parts are clean, do a visual inspection of the parts. Use the applicable AMM
maintenance task for the inspection limits.
(f) If inspection finds part surfaces with baked-on or burned hydraulic fluid and/or engine gaspath
surfaces with contamination from hydraulic fluid, then do the subsequent procedure:
1 Do not operate the engine if engine gaspath surfaces have contamination from hydraulic
fluid.

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 109

2 Disassemble the engine to remove those gaspath parts on which the visual/borescope
inspection found contamination from hydraulic fluid.
a If you or some other operator did a gaspath wash after the contamination of the engine
gaspath surfaces from hydraulic fluid occurred, then it is necessary to remove and clean
all the parts in the engine gaspath.
3 Use the applicable AMM maintenance task instructions to clean the parts.
4 After the parts are clean, do a visual inspection of all the parts that had contamination from
hydraulic fluid. Use the applicable AMM maintenance task for the inspection limits.
Subtask 70-27-00-110-054-A
D. Cleaning after an Oil or Fuel Leak
(1) After an oil or fuel leak, do the subsequent procedure:
(a) Do an external wash to remove the oil or fuel from the external surfaces of the engine. Do the
subsequent steps:
1 Use Cleaning of Electrical Harnesses and Contact Points (SPOP 6) to clean electrical
2 Use one of the procedures in the subsequent list to clean other external surfaces:
a Use Cleaning the Exterior of the Engine (SPOP 1) to clean other external surfaces
(Ref. AMM TASK 70-27-00-910-801) .
b Use Degrease Engine Parts by Solvent Wipe (SPOP 208) to remove grease from other
external surfaces (Ref. AMM TASK 70-27-00-910-804) .
(b) Do an internal (gaspath) wash of the engine to remove the oil or fuel from the engine gaspath
surfaces. Refer to the applicable AMM maintenance task for the gaspath wash procedure.
Figure 70(PW11)-27-00-991-00200-21-A / SHEET 1/3 - Approved Solvents Used on Metallic or Non-Metallic Parts
70-28 - (PW11) - REPAIR
70-28-00 - (PW11) - REPAIR
70-28-00 PB 201 CONF 21 - REPAIR - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
TASK 70-28-00-910-801-A
SPOP 532 - Blending and Buffing of Titanium Parts
WARNING: TITANIUM DUST CAN BE A FIRE HAZARD. BE SURE TO FREQUENTLY REMOVE BLEND
DUST FROM THE PART, BLENDING AREA AND GLOVES WORN DURING THE REPAIR.

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 110

CAUTION: LIMITS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION ARE FOR GENERAL USE ONLY. LIMITS SPECIFIED IN
THE PART-SPECIFIC MANUALS TAKE PRECEDENCE. POST-BLEND SURFACE TREATMENT
REQUIREMENTS WILL BE DETAILED WITHIN THE SPECIFIC BLEND REPAIR.
CAUTION: WHEN YOU DO THIS PROCEDURE, BE SURE TO USE GOOD SHOP PRACTICES AND COM-
MON SENSE. ABUSIVE BLENDING CAN CAUSE DAMAGE THAT IS HARMFUL TO THE LIFE
AND FUNCTION OF THE REPAIRED PART.
CAUTION: TO CONTROL DUST AND NOISE CAUSED BY BLENDING, AND TO REDUCE THE RISK OF
FIRE HAZARD FROM BLENDING DUST OF CERTAIN MATERIALS, WHENEVER POSSIBLE,
DO THE BLENDING OPERATION IN A VENTILATED BOOTH. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL ENVIR-
ONMENTAL HEALTH AND SAFETY PERSONNEL FOR SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS.
CAUTION: USE ONLY MINIMUM PRESSURE WHEN YOU APPLY BLENDING TOOLS TO PARTS. EX-
CESSIVE PRESSURE AND SPEED WILL CAUSE SPARKS OR AN ORANGE PEEL EFFECT
THAT CAN POSSIBLY BE HARMFUL TO THE PART. KEEP MATERIAL REMOVAL TO A MIN-
IMUM. DO NOT EXCEED BLEND LIMITS.
CAUTION: CHECK THE PART FREQUENTLY FOR HEAT BUILD-UP. IF THE HEAT BUILD-UP IS TOO HOT
TO TOUCH WITH YOUR HAND, PERMIT THE PART TO DECREASE IN TEMPERATURE BE-
FORE YOU CONTINUE WITH THE REPAIR. OVERHEATING OF PARTS DURING BLENDING
CAN CAUSE EMBRITTLEMENT.
CAUTION: DO NOT OVERHEAT THE PART BECAUSE DAMAGE CAN OCCUR.
CAUTION: BE SURE TO DRESS THE ABRASIVE TOOL BEFORE BLENDING TO GET THE BEST TOOL
PERFORMANCE AND TO PREVENT MATERIAL CROSS-CONTAMINATION.
CAUTION: USE A SHIELD OR MASKING TO PROTECT OTHER SURFACES FROM DAMAGE BY ACCI-
DENTAL TOOL CONTACT DURING THE REPAIR.

Self explanatory

No specific 1 POWER TOOL
(Material No. P05-058) Brush
(Material No. P05-066) Buffing Polishing Compound
(Material No. P05-353) Cloth Wheel (Non-coated)
(Material No. P05-354) Polishing Compound
(Material No. P05-384) Silicon Carbide Deburring Compound

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 111

(Ref. 70-25-00-910-801-A). SPOP 70 - Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection (FPI) - Local Application
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 70-28-00-860-052-A
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
Subtask 70-28-00-910-052-A
A. Blending and Buffing of Titanium Parts
(1) General blending guidelines:
(a) Blending is an operation that is used to remove nicks, scratches, high metal and other surface
irregularities by intentional removal of base metal. Manual or mechanical methods are used to
make shallow and smooth surface depressions that reduce the stress concentration from the
damaged area by the distribution of the stress concentration over larger, more tolerant areas.
(b) Before you start any blend repair, make sure that the part is crack-free (Ref. AMM TASK 70-25-
00-910-801) .
(c) Non-toleranced enclosed areas defined in blend repairs are to corners, points of tangency
between surfaces or at points opposite one of these locations. Enclosed areas will assume a
tolerance of plus 0.125 in. (3.175 mm) in all directions unless adjacent areas are specified as
areas where blending is not permitted.
(d) It is better to blend sharp impact damage that is within acceptable limits than it is to accept that
damage. The sharper the impact, the better it is to blend the damaged area.
(e) It is recommended that you make one single blend when the adjacent damage is so close
together that the minimum length-to-depth blend ratio cannot be done independently.
(f) The depth of the blend must be as deep as necessary to remove the damage with the repair
limits specified.
(g) The best blends are the ones that are smooth, continuous and round-bottomed that extend
outboard from the damage area as much as necessary. Refer to the step that follows.
(h) For rotating parts, the length of the blend must be a minimum of 15 times the maximum depth of
the blend in all directions. For non-rotating parts, the length of the blend must be a minimum of
ten times the maximum depth of the blend in all directions.
(i) For local damage in the form of raised material, manual blending (that is, blending by hand) is the
preferred method. Refer to the Manual blending procedure.
(j) When blending on a cylindrical surface, blend in the circumferential direction.
(k) Blend engine radial members in a radial direction.
(l) For parts that are smaller than 1.75 in. (44.45 mm) in length, the manual blending procedure that
follows is recommended.
(m) Manual blending (blending by hand):
1 Manual blending is done with abrasive stones, abrasive paper, abrasive pads, files, emery
cloth and/or crocus cloth.

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 112

NOTE: Blending can be done with more than one grade of abrasive (coarse to fine, as ne-
cessary) to remove damage and get the specified surface finish. Be sure to start with
the least aggressive abrasive needed to remove the damage.
(n) Mechanical blending (power blending):
CAUTION: DO NOT OVERHEAT THE PART OR DAMAGE CAN OCCUR.
1 When blending, use a POWER TOOL (electric or air) with abrasive-impregnated wheels,
stones and/or pads.
2 Use minimum pressure when you apply the blending tool to the part to prevent heat build-up.
Do not let abrasive wheels become loaded up with any particles remaining from blending.
(2) Visual inspection of the blends:
(a) The surface finish of the blended area must be as smooth as, or smoother than, the initial
surface. You can compare the surface finish with the adjacent non-blended surface.
(b) All transitions from blended to non-blended areas must be smooth and continuous.
(c) If the blended area intersects adjacent radii, the initial radius contour must be restored. Butterfly
polish holes as necessary.
(d) If the blended area intersects a corner, break the sharp edges 0.003 in. (0.08 mm) - 0.015 in.
(0.38 mm).
(3) Buffing/polishing (optional):
(a) Buffing is an optional operation that can be used to get the necessary surface finish while
blending.
1 Buff reworked area(s) with a Brush (Material No. P05-058), a POWER TOOL and
Buffing Polishing Compound (Material No. P05-066) or Silicon Carbide Deburring
Compound (Material No. P05-384).
2 Use minimum pressure when you apply the buffing brush to the part to prevent heat build-
up.
3 Buff engine radial members in a radial direction.
4 Buff cylindrical surfaces in a circumferential direction.
(b) Polishing is an optional operation that can be used to smooth minor scratches and burrs with fine
grain abrasive paper, abrasive cloth, crocus cloth, emery cloth or scrub pad (Material No. P05-
421) or Scrub Pad (Material No. P05-422).
CAUTION: WHEN YOU BLEND ROTATING COMPONENTS, DO THE PROCEDURE IN THE ORDER
GIVEN IN THE PROCEDURE TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE PART.
(4) Special instructions for the blending of rotating parts:
NOTE: Be sure to follow all the requirements in the blending and buffing/polishing procedures above.
(a) In areas where peening is necessary, on-wing blending is not permitted. Blend only as specified
in the specific maintenance manual maintenance task.

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 113

(b) Blend to a sufficient depth to remove all the damage that you can see plus 0.002 in. (0.051 mm) -
0.003 in. (0.076 mm) of material within the specified repair limits.
(c) Blending must start with the coarser grades of resilient flexible abrasive impregnated wheels,
brushes or points for the initial removal of damage, but not coarser than is necessary to remove
the damage.
(d) Finish blending the part with the finer grades of abrasives until the surface is as smooth as or
smoother than the adjacent surfaces.
(e) Use grades of abrasives in the order that follows:
1 80 mesh silicon carbide or aluminum oxide grit
4 Optional: Use Polishing Compound (Material No. P05-354) or Polishing
Compound (Material No. P05-426) with a Cloth Wheel (Non-coated) (Material No. P05-353)
(non coated) to get a surface finish, if necessary.
TASK 70-28-00-910-802-A
SPOP 533 - Blending and Buffing of Steel, Nickel, Cobalt, Aluminum and Magnesium Alloy Components
WARNING: MAGNESIUM DUST IS EXTREMELY FLAMMABLE. FOLLOW THE PRECAUTIONS VERY

CAREFULLY TO PREVENT FIRE. BE SURE TO FREQUENTLY REMOVE BLEND DUST FROM
THE PART, BLENDING AREA, AND GLOVES WORN DURING THE REPAIR.
CAUTION: LIMITS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION ARE FOR GENERAL USE ONLY. LIMITS SPECIFIED IN
THE PART-SPECIFIC MANUALS TAKE PRECEDENCE. POST-BLEND SURFACE TREATMENT
REQUIREMENTS WILL BE DETAILED WITHIN THE SPECIFIC BLEND REPAIR.
CAUTION: WHEN YOU DO THIS PROCEDURE, BE SURE TO USE GOOD SHOP PRACTICES AND COM-
MON SENSE. ABUSIVE BLENDING CAN CAUSE DAMAGE THAT IS HARMFUL TO THE LIFE
AND FUNCTION OF THE REPAIRED PART.
CAUTION: TO CONTROL DUST AND NOISE CAUSED BY BLENDING, AND TO REDUCE THE RISK OF
FIRE HAZARD FROM BLENDING DUST OF CERTAIN MATERIALS, WHENEVER POSSIBLE,
DO THE BLENDING OPERATION IN A VENTILATED BOOTH. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL ENVIR-
ONMENTAL HEALTH AND SAFETY PERSONNEL FOR SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS.
CAUTION: USE ONLY MINIMUM PRESSURE WHEN YOU APPLY BLENDING TOOLS TO PARTS. EX-
CESSIVE PRESSURE AND SPEED WILL CAUSE SPARKS OR AN ORANGE PEEL EFFECT
THAT CAN POSSIBLY BE HARMFUL TO THE PART. KEEP MATERIAL REMOVAL TO A MIN-
IMUM. DO NOT EXCEED BLEND LIMITS.
CAUTION: CHECK THE PART FREQUENTLY FOR HEAT BUILD-UP. IF THE HEAT BUILD-UP IS TOO HOT
TO TOUCH WITH YOUR HAND, GET THE PART TO DECREASE IN TEMPERATURE BEFORE
YOU CONTINUE WITH THE REPAIR. OVERHEATING OF PARTS DURING BLENDING CAN
CAUSE EMBRITTLEMENT.
CAUTION: DO NOT OVERHEAT THE PART BECAUSE DAMAGE CAN OCCUR.

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 114

CAUTION: BE SURE TO DRESS THE ABRASIVE TOOL BEFORE BLENDING TO GET THE BEST TOOL
PERFORMANCE AND TO PREVENT MATERIAL CROSS-CONTAMINATION.
CAUTION: USE A SHIELD OR MASKING TO PROTECT OTHER SURFACES FROM DAMAGE BY ACCI-
DENTAL TOOL CONTACT DURING THE REPAIR.

Self explanatory

No specific 1 BORESCOPE - BLENDING
No specific 1 POWER TOOL
(Material No. P05-058) Brush
(Material No. P05-066) Buffing Polishing Compound
(Material No. P05-353) Cloth Wheel (Non-coated)
(Material No. P05-384) Silicon Carbide Deburring Compound
(Ref. 70-25-00-910-801-A). SPOP 70 - Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection (FPI) - Local Application
(Ref. 70-28-00-910-803-A). SPOP 42 - Chromate Conversion Coating of Aluminum
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 70-28-00-860-051-A
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
Subtask 70-28-00-910-051-A
A. Blending and Buffing of Steel, Nickel, Cobalt, Aluminum and Magnesium Alloy Components
(1) General
(a) Blending is an operation that is used to remove nicks, scratches, high metal and other surface
irregularities by intentional removal of base metal. Manual or mechanical methods are used to

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 115

make shallow and smooth surface depressions that reduce the stress concentration from the
damaged area by the distribution of the stress concentration over larger, more tolerant areas.
(b) Before you start any blend repair, make sure that the part is crack-free (Ref. AMM TASK 70-25-
00-910-801) .
(c) Non-toleranced enclosed areas defined in blend repairs are to corners, points of tangency
between surfaces or at points opposite one of these locations. Enclosed areas will assume a
tolerance of plus 0.125 in. (3.175 mm) in all directions unless adjacent areas are specified as
areas where blending is not permitted.
(d) It is better to blend sharp impact damage that is within acceptable limits than it is to accept that
damage. The sharper the impact, the better it is to blend the damaged area.
(e) It is recommended that you make one single blend when the adjacent damage is so close
together that the minimum length-to-depth blend ratio cannot be done independently.
(f) The depth of the blend must be as deep as necessary to remove the damage with the repair
limits specified.
(g) The best blends are the ones that are smooth, continuous and round-bottomed that extend
outboard from the damage area as much as necessary. Refer to the step that follows.
(h) For rotating parts, the length of the blend must be a minimum of 15 times the maximum depth of
the blend in all directions. For non-rotating parts, the length of the blend must be a minimum of
10 times the maximum depth of the blend in all directions.
(i) For local damage in the form of raised material, manual blending (that is, blending by hand) is the
preferred method. Refer to the manual blending steps.
(j) When blending on a cylindrical surface, blend in the circumferential direction.
(k) Blend engine radial members in a radial direction.
(l) For parts that are smaller than 1.75 in. (44.45 mm) in length, the manual blending procedure that
follows is recommended.
(m) Manual blending (Blending by hand):
1 Manual blending is done with abrasive stones, abrasive paper, abrasive pads, files, emery
cloth and/or crocus cloth.
(n) Mechanical blending (Power blending):
CAUTION: DO NOT OVERHEAT THE PART OR DAMAGE CAN OCCUR.
1 When blending, use a POWER TOOL (electric or air) with abrasive-impregnated wheels,
stones and/or pads.
2 Use minimum pressure when you apply the BORESCOPE - BLENDING to the part to
prevent heat build-up. Do not let abrasive wheels become loaded up with any particles
remaining from blending.
(2) Visual inspection of the blends:

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 116

(a) The surface finish of the blended area must be as smooth as, or smoother, than the initial
surface. You can compare the surface finish with the adjacent non-blended surface.
(b) All transitions from blended to non-blended areas must be smooth and continuous.
(c) If the blended area intersects adjacent radii, the initial radius contour must be restored.
(d) If the blended area intersects a corner, break the sharp edges 0.003 in. (0.08 mm) - 0.015 in.
(0.38 mm).
(3) Buffing/polishing (Optional):
(a) Buffing is an optional operation that you can use to get the necessary surface finish while
blending.
1 Buff reworked area(s) with a Brush (Material No. P05-058), a POWER TOOL and
Buffing Polishing Compound (Material No. P05-066) or Silicon Carbide Deburring
Compound (Material No. P05-384).
2 Use minimum pressure when you apply the buffing brush to the part to prevent heat build-
up.
3 Buff engine radial members in a radial direction.
4 Buff cylindrical surfaces in a circumferential direction.
(b) Polishing is an operation that can be used to smooth minor scratches and burrs with fine
abrasive paper, abrasive cloth, crocus cloth, emery cloth or scrub pad (Material No. P05-421) or
Scrub Pad (Material No. P05-422).
(4) Local touch-up after blending:
(a) Aluminum Anodized Parts - To prevent corrosion damage on aluminum anodized parts after
blending, do a local touch-up of the repair (Ref. AMM TASK 70-28-00-910-803) .
CAUTION: WHEN YOU BLEND ROTATING COMPONENTS, DO THE PROCEDURE IN THE ORDER
GIVEN IN THE PROCEDURE TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE PART.
(5) Special instructions for the blending of rotating parts:
NOTE: Be sure to follow all the requirements in the blending and buffing/polishing procedures above.
(a) In areas where shotpeening is necessary, on-wing blending is not permitted. Blend only as
specified in the specific AMM maintenance task.
(b) Blend to a sufficient depth to remove all the damage that you can see plus 0.002 in. (0.051 mm) -
0.003 in. (0.076 mm) of material within the repair limits specified.
(c) Blending must start with the coarser grades of resilient flexible abrasive-impregnated wheels,
brushes or points for the initial removal of damage, but not coarser than is necessary to remove
the damage.
(d) Finish blending the part with the finer grades of abrasive until the surface is as smooth as, or
smoother than, the adjacent surfaces.
(e) Use grades of abrasives in the order that follows:

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 117

4 Optional: Use Polishing Compound (Material No. P05-354) or Polishing

Compound (Material No. P05-426) with Cloth Wheel (Non-coated) (Material No. P05-353) to
get a surface finish, if necessary.
TASK 70-28-00-910-803-A
SPOP 42 - Chromate Conversion Coating of Aluminum
CAN OCCUR.
NOTE: Always obey the specific procedures and limits on the specific maintenance manual maintenance tasks. Do
this task only when specified by the specific maintenance manual maintenance tasks.

Self explanatory

No specific 1 BRUSH - BRISTLED
No specific 1 CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL)
No specific 1 COTTON SWAB
(Material No. P05-028) Aluminum Chromate Conversion Salt
(Material No. P05-029) Aluminum Chromate Conversion Salt
(Material No. P05-030) Wetting Agent
(Material No. P05-060) distilled, deionized, demineralized water
(Material No. P05-061) Crocus Cloth
(Material No. P05-062) Emery Cloth
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 70-28-00-860-050-A
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
Subtask 70-28-00-910-050-A
A. Chromate Conversion Coating of Aluminum

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 118

(1) For repair of AMS 2473 parts, prepare approximately 1 pint or 16 oz (454 g) of the anodize touch-up
solution A as follows:
(a) Put 8 oz (227 g) of distilled, deionized, demineralized water (Material No. P05-060) in a
CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL).
NOTE: The demineralized water must have a chloride content of 10 PPM maximum.
(b) Add 0.5 oz (14.175 g) of Aluminum Chromate Conversion Salt (Material No. P05-029) into the
(c) Add 0.0085 oz (0.241 g) of Wetting Agent (Material No. P05-030) into the CONTAINER 1 L (1/4
USGAL).
(d) Mix the solution.
(e) Add 8 oz (227 g) more of distilled, deionized, demineralized water (Material No. P05-060).
NOTE: The demineralized water must have a chloride content of 10 PPM maximum.
(f) Mix the solution.
NOTE: The working life of the anodize touch-up solution is 14 days. The solution must be identi-
fied as to the time and date of mixing.
(2) For the repair of AMS 2474 parts, prepare approximately 1 pint or 16 oz (454 g) of the anodize touch-
up solution B as follows:
(a) Put 8 oz (227 g) of potable water in a clean CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL).
(b) Add 0.25 oz (7.087 g) of Aluminum Chromate Conversion Salt (Material No. P05-028) into the
(c) Mix the solution.
(d) Add 8 oz (227 g) of potable water.
(e) Mix the solution.
NOTE: The working life of the anodize touch-up solution is 14 days. The solution must be identi-
fied as to the time and date of mixing. Discard the solution after 14 days.
(3) Apply anodize touch-up solution A or B to the repair area as follows:

(a) Clean the repair area (Ref. AMM TASK 70-27-00-910-804) .
1 If dirt and grease remain on the surface, use Crocus Cloth (Material No. P05-061) or Emery
Cloth (Material No. P05-062) to clean the repair area.
(b) Apply the anodize touch-up solution to the repair area with a clean BRUSH - BRISTLED or
COTTON SWAB.
NOTE: The anodize touch-up solution must wet the surface for approximately four minutes. If
the solution does not wet the surface, remove the anodize touch-up solution with a clean
cloth and apply again.
(c) Let the anodize solution air-dry.

(4) Examine the repair area for full coverage of the anodize touch-up solution.
(a) For anodize touch-up solution A, the color must be brown.

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 119

(b) For anodize touch-up solution B, the color must be iridescent gold to tan.
(5) Smooth the repair area with a lint-free cotton cloth (Material No. P05-005).
70-30 - (PW11) - LIST OF CONSUMABLE MATERIALS
70-30-00 - (PW11) - LIST OF CONSUMABLE MATERIALS
70-30-00 PB 201 CONF 21 - LIST OF CONSUMABLE

MATERIALS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
TASK 70-30-00-918-802-A
Consumable Materials Index for the Engine (Pratt & Whitney)

Self explanatory
(Ref. 70-30-00-918-803-A). Consumable Materials Index for the Nacelle (UTC Aerospace Sys-
tems)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 70-30-00-869-053-A
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
Subtask 70-30-00-910-051-A
A. General
(1) This page block gives details of all the consumable materials that are required during maintenance of
the engine. For the nacelle maintenance refer to (Ref. AMM TASK 70-30-00-918-803) .
(2) The index is divided into three sections:
(a) An alphanumeric index which lists the consumable materials in alphabetical order.
(b) A materials index which lists the consumable materials by section.
1 The sections used are:
TABLE CATEGORY
01 Fuels
02 Hydraulic Fluids
03 Oils
04 Common Greases
05 Special Materials
06 Lubricants
07 Lacquers
08 Bonding and Adhesive Compounds
09 Sealants
10 Anti-Ice and Deicing Materials

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 120

11 Cleaning Agents
12 Strippers
13 Pretreatment for Painting
14 Disinfectants
15 Storage Preservation
16 Structure Paints
17 Microbiological Contamination
Protection Materials
18 Primer
(c) A list of suppliers names and addresses which are in order alphanumerically by supplier code.
Subtask 70-30-00-918-056-A
B. Alphanumeric Index
DESIGNATION ITEM NUMBER

Abrasive Paper P05-132
Abrasive Paper, Silicon Carbide P05-146
Abrasive Paper, Silicon Carbide (320 grit) P05-456
Abrasive Paper, Silicon Carbide Waterproof P05-076
Abrasive Paper,Silicon Carbide P05-153
Abrasive Rod, Rubberized P05-050
Abrasive Rod, Rubberized P05-051
Acetone P11-065
Acetone, Phenol-free P11-032
Activator P05-342
Adhesion Promoter, Polyurethane Protective Tape P05-317
Adhesive P08-005
Adhesive P08-010
Adhesive Film, Epoxy Scrim Supported P08-049
Adhesive Paste, Epoxy (Toughened), Thixotropic, Aluminum- P08-044
Filled
Adhesive Paste, Epoxy, Non-Thixo- tropic, Aluminum- Filled P08-016
Adhesive Paste, Epoxy, Thixotropic, Aluminum- Filled P08-025
Adhesive Paste, Epoxy, Thixotropic, Non-Metallic Filled P08-040
Adhesive Paste, Epoxy, Unfilled Resin P08-039
Adhesive Precoat for Greaseless Compound P05-064
Adhesive, Acryloid P08-006
Adhesive, Epoxy Film P08-026
Adhesive, Resin, High Temperature Epoxy P08-032
Adhesive, Silicone Rubber, Single Component Type, Room P09-020
Temperature Replaced by PWA 36003-1)
Adhesive, Urethane P08-038
Adhesive/ Sealant Flame Resistant P08-050
Adhesive/Promotor - Air Drying, Water based (Used with P08- P08-055
046 for bonding to metal surfaces)
Agent, Mold Release (For Composite Parts) Water Base) P05-355
Alcohol, Denatured P11-009
Alcohol, Isopropyl P11-014
Alcohol, Isopropyl P11-014A
Alcohol, Isopropyl P11-078
Alodine, Brush P05-127

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 121


Applicator, Manual (LP-50 Cartridge) P05-360
Applicator, Wood, Cotton-tip P05-069
Base, Gloss, Black P16-003
Beeswax P06-015
Beeswax (Was: P06-015) P05-395
Blue Dye P05-459
Bonding Preventative, Teflon S P05-137
Brush, Acid P05-256
Brush, Bristle P05-334
Brush, Plater's Tampico P05-058
Brush, Short Bristle Nylon P05-126
Brush, Soft Bristle, Nonmetallic P05-067
Brush, Tube Nylon Bristle P05-233
Cable, Safety P05-291
Catalyst P05-340
Catalyst P16-002
Chafe Guard, Fluoro- carbon Film P05-290
Chalk, White P05-416
Cheesecloth - Bleached, New, Woven, Unsized P05-038
Chromate Conversion Salts, Aluminum P05-028
Chromate Conversion Salts, Aluminum P05-029
Clay, Molding, Gray P05-143
Cleaner, P11-021
Cleaner, Alkali P11-040
Cleaner, Alkali (General Cleaner) P11-031
Cleaner, Alkali (General Purpose) P11-044
Cleaner, Alkali (General Purpose) P11-045
Cleaner, Alkali Gel P11-047
Cleaner, Alkali Gel P11-048
Cleaner, Alkaline Aluminum P11-015
Cleaner, Alkaline Gel P11-069
Cleaner, Alkaline Gel P11-070
Cleaner, Aqueous P11-049
Cleaner, Heavy Duty P11-052
Cleaner/ Remover, Fluorescent Penetrant P11-042
Cloth, P05-134
Cloth, Abrasive Impregnated Nylon, Fine Silicon Carbide P05-214
Cloth, Aluminum Oxide P05-138
Cloth, Aluminum Oxide Abrasive P05-204
Cloth, Cotton, Lint Free P05-005
Cloth, Emery P05-104
Cloth, Emery P05-139
Cloth, Fiberglass P05-003
Cloth, Glass P05-150
Cloth, Wire P05-182
Coating Peelable P15-002

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 122


Coating, Clear Polyurethane P05-279
Coating, Conversion Aluminum Chromate P05-084
Coating, Fluoroelastomer P05-370
Coating, Polyur- ethane, Erosion Resistant P05-154
Coating, Polyurethane P05-053
Coating, Polyurethane P05-054
Coating, Silicone Insulation P05-258
Coating, Urethane P05-249
Coating, Urethane P05-250
Compound Antigallant P06-036
Compound Corrosion Prevention P05-009
Compound Silicone Rubber, High temperature Resistant. P09-011
Compound, Aluminum Oxide Polishing and Buffing P05-354
Compound, Antigallant P06-038
Compound, Antigallant P06-044
Compound, Antigallant and Treatment P06-022
Compound, Antigallant Metal Assembly Paste P06-005
Compound, Antigalling P06-003
Compound, Antigalling P06-021
Compound, Antiseize P06-10
Compound, Antiseize and Antigalling P06-016
Compound, Cleaning P11-008
Compound, Coating P05-476
Compound, Fairing P08-033
Compound, Jointing P09-005
Compound, Jointing Non-Setting P03-012
Compound, Lapping Silicone Carbide (280 Grain Size) P05-006
Compound, Parting P06-008
Compound, Paste, Anti-Seize P06-054
Compound, Polishing Buffing P05-066
Compound, Polishing, Greaseless, Coarse P05-426
Compound, Polishing, Medium Fine Greaseless P05-065
Compound, Potting, Epoxy P08-021
Compound, Retaining P08-024
Compound, Sealing P09-034
Compound, Sealing Topcoat P09-040
Compound, Sealing, Polysulfide (T) Rubber. (Alternate to P08- P08-056
046)

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 123


Compound, Silicon Carbide Deburring (150 Grit And Finer) P05-384
Compound, Thread Locking and Retaining* P09-002
Crayon, Metal Marking (Soft) P05-232
Crocus Cloth P05-061
Degreaser, Aqueous P11-072
Dehydrating Agent (Desiccant) P15-001
Demineralized Water P05-060
Developer - Fluorescent Penetrant, Non-aqueous P05-237
Developing Powder, Fluorescent Penetrant P05-469
Dye - Layout and Identification P05-022
Dye, Layout and Identification P05-366
Dye, Layout and Identification (Blue) P05-418
Dye, Layout and Identification (Red) P05-419
Emery Cloth P05-062
Emery Paper P05-055
Emery Paper P05-056
Enamel - Aluminized Epoxy, Room Temperature Curing, Chro- P05-483
mate-Free, Low Volatile Organic Compound Content
Enamel, Aluminized Epoxy P05-037
Enhancer, Electrical Contact P11-068
Epoxy Paste Adhesive P08-053
Epoxy Paste Adhesive P08-054
Epoxy Potting Compound (Two Component Type) P08-030
Epoxy Resin Curing Agent (Amine Type) P08-012
Epoxy, Multi-Component T P08-001
Ethyl Acetate P11-011
Fabric Fiberglass Epoxy P05-285
Fabric, Fiberglass, Epoxy Resin Impregnated P08-047
Fabric, Fiberglass, Epoxy Resin Impregnated P08-048
Ferrule, Safety Cable P05-292
Filler, Aerodynamic Dent P05-221
Film, Bagging (VAC-PAC) P05-264
Film, Polyimide P05-474
Film, Release P05-268
Filter, Paper P05-181
Fluid, (Calibrating for Aircraft Fuel System Components) P03-003
Fluid, Penetrating (Oil Type) P03-015
Fluid, Penetrating (Oil Type) P03-016
Fuel/Engine P01-001
Gas, Argon P05-457
Glass Microballoons P08-004
Gloves, Plastic Polyethylene P05-198
Grease P04-003
Grease P04-004
Grease P04-006

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 124


Grease P04-007
Grease (Extreme Pressure) P04-005
Grease Aircraft And Instrument, Gear And Actuator Screw P04-001
Hydraulic Fluid P02-001
Ink (Deleted. Refer to P05-411) P05-025
Ink, Metal Marking P05-049
Ink, Metal Marking (Deleted Refer to P05-049) P05-466
Ink, Stamping (For Marking Non-Perous Surfaces with Rubber P05-026
Stamp).
Ink, Stamping (For Marking on Non-Porous Surfaces with a Rub- P05-411
ber Stamp)
Ink, Temporary Marking P05-413
Ink, White, Stamping (Deleted; use P05-049) P05-412
Kerosene P11-003
Knife, Acrylic P05-254
Lacquer P07-001
Leak Check, Bubble-Type P05-007
Liquid Epoxy Resin P08-002
Lockwire P05-262
Lubricant P06-027
Lubricant P06-040
Lubricant (Deleted) P06-006
Lubricant Molybdenum Disulfide, Silicone P06-020
Lubricant, Aircraft Turbine Engine, (Synthetic Base) P03-001
Lubricant, Antiseize P06-017
Lubricant, Anti-Seize (Deleted; use P06-055) P06-039
Lubricant, Bolt P06-019
Lubricant, Dry Film P06-001
Lubricant, Fluorinated Grease P06-059
Lubricant, Gasket P06-014
Lubricant, Hydraulic Assembly P06-042
Lubricant, Molydenum Disulfide Powder P06-009
Lubricant, Sealing Ring P06-053
Lubricant, Solid Film (Air Cure) P06-012
Lubricant, Solid Film (Air Cure) P06-013
Lubricant, Spray-Type Low Temperature P06-004
Lubricant, Thread P06-023
Marker - High Purity, Black, Trace Element Certified P05-472
Marker, Extra Fine Point (Black) P05-414
Marker, Felt Tip P05-410
Marker, Felt Tip P05-425
Marker, Felt Tip, Rapid Drying P05-423
Marker, Felt Tip, White P05-408
Marker, High Purity (Blue) P05-470
Marker, High Purity/High Temperature (Blue) P05-471
Marker, High Temperature (Blue) P05-477
Marker, Metal Tip, Black P05-409

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 125


Marking Pen (Paint) P05-417
Marking Pencil (Hard) P05-420
Methyl Ethyl Ketone (MEK) P11-005
Methyl Ethyl Ketone (MEK) P11-005A
Milled Glass P05-147
Mold Release P05-133
Mold Release Agent for Silicone (Water-Based) P05-464
Netting, Bondline P05-316
Nitrogen P05-068
Non- Metallic Grit Cloth P05-131
Nozzle,Mixing P05-361
Oil, Gage Lubricant P03-007
Oil, Lubricating P03-002
Oil, Lubricating (Low Temperature) P03-006
Oil, Lubricating and Preservation, Aircraft Instrument and Bear- P03-019
ings, Low Volatility
Oil, Lubricating Molybdenum Disulfide Silicone Base P03-005
Oil, Penetrating P03-017
Pad, Scotch Brite P05-252
Pad, Scrub P05-421
Pad, Scrub P05-422
Paint, (red-Color No. 11136) P16-004
Paper, Abrasive P05-253
Paper, Abrasive P05-274
Paper, Aluminum Oxide P05-094
Paper, Emery P05-243
Paper, Kraft Light Duty P05-203
Paper, Kraft Medium Duty P05-155
Paper, Test, pH P05-185
Paraffin Wax Blend P05-396
Pen and Ink, Marking P05-045
Pencil, Metal Marking P05-018
Penetrant Fluorescent Post-Emulsified, Normal Sensitivity P05-234
(Level2)
Penetrant Fluorescent, Post-Emulsified, Ultra High Sensivity P05-235
(Level 4)
Penetrant, Fluorescent Post-Emulsified P05-032
Penetrant, Fluorescent Water Washable, High Sensivity (Level P05-236
3)
Penetrant, Fluorescent, Water P05-424
Petrolatum White P06-002
Petroleum Jelly (Deleted; use P06-002) P06-007
Phenolic Microballoons P08-003
Primer, Epoxy P18-20
Primer, Epoxy (Green) P18-016
Primer, Epoxy (Replaced By P18-016) P18-015
Primer, Epoxy Chemical And Solvent Resistant P18-001A

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 126


Primer, Epoxy Corrosion Inhibiting P18-018
Primer, Epoxy Resin P18-012
Primer, Epoxy Room Temperature Curing - Chromate Free, Low P18-024
Volatile Organic Compound Content
Primer, Epoxy, Adhesive P18-013
Primer, Epoxy, Polyamide P18-001
Primer, Silicone P18-007
Primer, Silicone Rubber P18-010
Primer, Silicone Rubber (Moved to P18-009) P05-015
Primer, Silicone Rubber (Red or Clear) P18-009
Primer, Urethane Compatible P18-011
Primer, Zinc Molybdate P18-023
Release Agent, Fluoro-carbon P05-113
Remover, Alkaline Gel Carbon P11-053
Resin And Curing Agent, Liquid Epoxy P08-036
Safety Wire (Lockwire) P05-110
Safety Wire (Lockwire) - Steel Corrosion Resistant P05-288
Safety Wire (Lockwire) - Steel, Corrosion Resistant P05-289
Sealant P09-018
Sealant P09-037
Sealant Silicone Rubber, Flame Resistant P09-019
Sealant Silicone, Rubber P09-029
Sealant, Rubber P09-004
Sealant, Silicone Rubber P09-003
Sealant, Silicone With Catalyst P09-001
Sealing Coating Compound, Corrosion Inhibitive P09-013
Sealing Compound P09-006
Sheet, Rubber, Silicone P05-277
Sheet, Silicone Rubber P05-400
Silicon Spray, Extreme Duty P06-034
Slurry P11-016
Solution Cleaning P11-001
Solvent P11-017
Solvent Reducer P05-063
Solvent Reducer P05-482
Solvent, P11-076
Solvent, Chlorothene NU P11-007
Solvent, Cleaner P11-039

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 127


Solvent, Dielectric (Ultra-high Purity) P11-062
Solvent, Hand-Wiping P11-063
Solvent, Hand-wiping P11-066
Solvent, Methyl Isobutyl Ketone (MIBK) P11-043
Solvent, Petroleum P11-004
Solvent, Stoddard Petroleum P11-027
Spare Patch, Firecoat P05-326
Spatula, Acrylic Or Fiber P05-260
Sponge Silicone Rubber, 0.040 Inch Thick P05-303
Sponge Silicone Rubber, 0.080 Inch Thick P05-304
Staining Color P05-089
Stamping Ink, White (Deleted; use P05-049) P05-048
Syringe, Plastic Nozzle P05-273
Tape P05-004
Tape (High Temperature) P05-454
Tape Fiberglass PTFE Coated P05-455
Tape, Adhesive (Double Sided) P05-012
Tape, Adhesive Transfer P05-231
Tape, Electrical P05-246
Tape, Electrical P05-247
Tape, Electrical Insulating, Self- Adhering, High Temperature P05-191
Tape, Fiberglass Insulating P05-111
Tape, Fluorocarbon, Pressure Sensitive P05-462
Tape, Heat Reflective(Alumimium Foil Backed, Glass Cloth Lam- P05-135
inated)
Tape, Hi Speed P05-002
Tape, High Temperature Flash P05-307
Tape, High Temperature Glass Cloth P05-136
Tape, Insulating (Glass Cloth, Adhesive) P05-074
Tape, Lacing P05-245
Tape, Masking P05-255
Tape, Masking (Cloth Backing) P05-453
Tape, Masking (Crepe Paper Backing) Length: 60 Yards;Width/ P05-376
Suffix: 1/8 Inch: (- 1, -11, -21) 1/4 Inch: (-2,-12,-22)
Tape, Masking, Polyester Film (Mylar) P05-145
Tape, Moisture Resistant, Adhesive (ASTM D 5486, Type IV), P05-099
Olive Drab
Tape, Polyurethane P05-473

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 128


Tape, Pressure Sensitive Polyester P05-437
Tape, Pressure Sensitive, Flat Black P05-087
Tape, Protective Polyurethane P05-278
Tape, Rubber P05-248
Tape, Sealing P05-272
Tape, Silicone Glass Cloth P05-142
Tape, Teflon P05-125
Tape, Tying Glass Fiber P05-052
Thickening Agent P08-011
Thickening Agent P08-020
Thinner P05-339
Thinner P16-001
Tie Tape P05-057
Titanium Alloy P05-458
Topcoat, Silicone Insulation P05-259
Trichloro-ethylene P11-013
Twist Ties P05-124
Varnish Phenolic Resin, P05-040
Wax, Paraffin P05-059
Wetting Agent P05-030
Wetting Agent P05-152
Wheel, Abrasive Impregnated Nylon (120 Grit) P05-443
Wheel, Cloth P05-353
Wheel, Grinding, Rubber Bonded Radiac P05-350
Wipe, P11-077
Wipe, Cleaner Solvent P11-075
Wipers, Cotton (Lint Free) P05-017
Wire Nickel-Chromium/Aluminum Alloy P05-478
Wire, Welding P05-467
Wire, Welding P05-468
Wire, welding Titanium P05-475
Wire, Welding Titanium Alloy P05-165
Wrap, Foil P05-169
Wrap, Tube Spiral P05-305
Wrap, Tube Spiral P05-306
P05-427
Subtask 70-30-00-918-057-A
C. List of Consumable Products
ITEM NO AIRLINE MATERIAL SPECIFICA- MATERIAL MAN- SUPPLIER CODE

STOCK DESIGNATION TION NUMBER UFACTURERS
NO REFERENCE
AND/OR SPE-
CIFICATION
P01-
FUELS

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 129


NO REFERENCE
AND/OR SPE-
CIFICATION
P01-001 Fuel/Engine PWA 522 S0002
P02-HY-
DRAULI
FLUIDS
P02-001 Hydraulic Fluid Aerospatiale Hyjet IV or IVA 94548
Spec. NSA
307.110
Skydrol 500/84 76541
Skydrol LD4
P03- OILS
7E,
P03-001 Lubricant, Aircraft Tur- PWA 521, Type I, Refer to Ser- S0001
bine Engine, (Synthetic (Latest Revision), vice Bulletin
Base) MIL-PRF- 7808, PW1000G-1100-
Grade 3 79-00-0002-00A-
930A-D for ap-
proved oil
PWA 521, Type II, S0001
(Latest Revision),
MIL-PRF 23699,
All Classes
P03-002 Oil, Lubricating MIL-PRF-6081
Grade 1010
(Latest Revision)
(Lubricating Oil,
Jet Engine):
PMC 9852 Royco 481 07950
Winsor L110-A 1M647
Brayco 460 2R128
Aeroshell Turbine KA832
Oil 2
P03-003 Fluid, (Calibrating for MIL-PRF-7024, LOCAL
Aircraft Fuel System Type II (Latest
Components) Revision) PMC
9041
P03-004 Oil, Lubricating MS0240 50907
P03-005 Oil, Lubricating Molyb- MIL-L-25681 12474
denum Disulfide Silic- (Latest Revision)
one Base
P03-006 Oil, Lubricating (Low MIL-PRF-7870 Instrument Oil 1PWD8
Temperature) (Latest Revision)
PMC 9851
P03-007 Oil, Gage Lubricant PMC 9534 Marvel Mystery 95015
Oil
P03-012 Compound, Jointing Mastinox D40 F1419
Non-Setting
P03-014 Oil, Lubricating MIL-L-89876 Mobil 28 3U728
(Latest Revision)

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 130


NO REFERENCE
AND/OR SPE-
CIFICATION
P03-015 Fluid, Penetrating (Oil PMC 9545 318 Versatoil 27732
Type)
LPS LST Pen- 66724
etrant
Knock'er Loose 023V4
03020 Aerosol
- Or - 03021,
03022, 03023
Bulk - Or - Tech-
nician Grade Aer-
osol 401712,
401724
Metal Guard 500 94853
or Metal Guard
Spray Formula
P03-016 Fluid, Penetrating (Oil PMC 9503, -1 and Aerokroil 13868
Type) -3
PMC 9503-2 Kroil 13868
P03-017 Oil, Penetrating SPMC 188 Solvo-Rust 81252 05972
Super Penetrating
Oil
P03-019 Oil, Lubricating and MIL-PRF-6085 LOCAL
Preservation, Aircraft PMC 9123
Instrument and Bear-
ings, Low Volatility
P04- COM-
MON
GREASES
P04-001 Grease Aircraft and In- MIL-G-23827 29700
strument, Gear And Ac- (Latest Revision)
tuator Screw
P04-003 Grease "Aero" Lubriplate, 73219
Lubriplate 930AA,
or Mo-Lith No.2
P04-004 Grease Amber Parmo 29700
Grease
P04-005 Grease (Extreme Pres- PMC 9630 Lubriplate No. 73219
sure) 1200-2
P04-006 Grease PMC 9631 Plastilube No. 3 1V074
P04-007 Grease MIL-G-81322 Thrust Reverser 19135
(Latest Revision) System Lubrica-
tion
P05- SPE-
CIAL MA-
TERIAL
P05-001 (Deleted)
P05-002 Tape, Hi Speed Y9162B or 428B 26066

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 131


NO REFERENCE
AND/OR SPE-
CIFICATION
P05-003 Cloth, Fiberglass AMS 3824 Style 108, 120, 4G117
7781 Volan Finish
Style 120, F50 2B975
Finish
Glass Cloth, Fin- LOCAL
ished for Resin
Laminates
P05-004 Tape Scotch Magic 52152
Mending Tape
#810
P05-005 Cloth, Cotton, Lint Free LOCAL
P05-006 Compound, Lapping PMC 3011 Clover Silicon 05972
Silicone Carbide (280 Carbide Grease
Grain Size) Mix (39401 or
39403)
P05-007 Leak Check, Bubble- PMC 9569 Leak TEC #372 03530
Type
OR
Liquid Leak Snoop Li- PMC 2277 Snoop Liquid 02570
quid 02570 Detector Leak Detector
Leak Detector Alternate
P05-008 (Deleted)
P05-009 Compound Corrosion MIL-C-11796 Tectyl 437 or Nox- 0YMU2
Prevention Class 3 (Latest Rust 509
Revision): PMC
9109
P05-010 (Deleted)
P05-011 (Deleted)
P05-012 Tape, Adhesive Permacel 94, 96, 99742
(Double Sided) 306, ED8112,
ED8117, Or
ST8117
P05-013 (Deleted)
P05-014 (Deleted)
P05-015 Primer, Silicone Rubber PWA 556
(Moved to P18-009)
P05-016 (Deleted)
P05-017 Wipers, Cotton (Lint LOCAL
Free)
P05-018 Pencil, Metal Marking PMC 4059-2 Stock No. 02443 86874
(Blue) for Prismacol-
or Verithin 741 -
OR- Stock No.
20044 for Col-
Erase 1276 -OR-
Stock No. 03332
for Prismacolor
Thick Lead 901

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 132


NO REFERENCE
AND/OR SPE-
CIFICATION
PMC 4059-3 Stock No. 03341 86874
(Light Green) for Prismacolor
Thick Lead 910
PMC 4059-5 Stock No. 03357 86874
(Pink) for Prismacolor
Thick Lead 929
PMC 4059-6 Stock No. 00750 86874
(Red) for Prismacolor
Verithin 750 -OR-
Stock No. 20045
for Col-Erase
1277 -OR- Stock
No. 20066 for Col-
Erase 1297 -OR-
Stock No. 03351
for Prismacolor
Thick Lead 922
PMC 4059-7 (Sil- Stock No. 02460 86874
ver) for Prismacolor
Verithin 753 -OR-
Stock No. 03375
for Prismacolor
Thick Lead 949
PMC 4059-8 Stock No. 03365 86874
(White) for Prismacolor
Thick Lead 938
-OR- Stock No.
02429 for Prisma-
color Verithin 734
PMC 4059-9 (Yel- Stock No. 03346 86874
low) for Prismacolor
Thick Lead 916
-OR- Stock No.
02431 for Prisma-
color Verithin 735
PMC 4059-10 Stock No. 00750 86874
(Red) for Prismacolor
Verithin 750
PMC 4059-11 (Or- Stock No. 02435 86874
ange) for Prismacolor
Verithin 737 -OR-
Stock No.02435
for Prismacolor
Verithin 737 -OR-
Stock No. 03348
for Prismacolor
Thick Lead 918

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 133


NO REFERENCE
AND/OR SPE-
CIFICATION
PMC 4059-12 Stock No. 20046 86874
(Dark Green) for Col-Erase
1278
P05-019 (Deleted)
P05-020 (Deleted)
P05-021 (Deleted)
P05-022 Dye - Layout and Iden- PMC 4062 Miccro Supreme 59460
tification Layout Dye,
Purple
P05-023 MISC 41 (Deleted.
Use PMC 4058,
P05-022).
P05-024 (Deleted)
P05-025 Ink (Deleted. Refer to PMC 4021
P05-411)
P05-026 Ink, Stamping (For PMC 4021 1250, Black 4PNW1
Marking Non-Perous
Surfaces with Rubber
Stamp).
Marking Ink No. LOCAL
977-9
P05-027 (Deleted)
P05-028 Chromate Conversion PMC 1794 Alodine #600 71410
Salts, Aluminum
P05-029 Chromate Conversion PMC 1631 Iridite No. 14-2 76071
Salts, Aluminum Compound
P05-030 Wetting Agent PMC 1632 ARP No. 2 76071
P05-031 (Deleted)
P05-032 Penetrant, Fluorescent PMC 4353-1 600 S0203
Post-Emulsified
PMC 4353-2 ZL27A 37676
PMC 4353-3 RC65 21405
PMC 4353-4 P230 S9502
PMC 4353-5 (Deleted)
PMC 4353-6 985-P13 D1940
K6858
02CA7
23373
PMC 4353-7 FP95A (M) 98733
PMC 4353-8 F-6A/1P S0126
P05-033 (Deleted)
P05-034 (Deleted. See P05-237)
P05-035 (Deleted)
P05-036 (Deleted. See P18-020)
P05-037 Enamel, Aluminized PWA 569 Enamel Base 23354
Epoxy 529K002,

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 134


NO REFERENCE
AND/OR SPE-
CIFICATION
Curing Solution
910K021
P05-038 Cheesecloth - GA 100-2 100% Cotton, 12 x 2A851
Bleached, New, 18 inches (Minim-
Woven, Unsized um) to 20 x 40 in.
(Maximum), 40 x
32 Yarns/in.
4N020
80769
P05-039 (Deleted)
P05-040 Varnish Phenolic Res-
in,
Corrosion-Preventive AMS 3132 69X0545, Com- 78520
pound
P05-041 (Deleted. Refer to P07- PMC 1641
001)
P05-042 (Deleted)
P05-043 (Deleted)
P05-044 (Deleted)
P05-045 Pen and Ink, Marking PMC 4092-1 (Re-
placed by PMC
4050-7 in P05-
423)
PMC 4092-2 (Re-
placed by PMC
4050-12 in P05-
423)
P05-046 (Deleted)
P05-047 (Deleted)
P05-048 Stamping Ink, White PMC 4027
(Deleted, use P05-049)
P05-049 Ink, Metal Marking PMC 4057-2 White Metal 0ER09
Marking LOCAL
InkNo.977-9
P05-050 Abrasive Rod, Rubber- 0066XF for 86297
ized rod .3750 OD x
6" (9.525 OD x
152.400 mm)
P05-051 Abrasive Rod, Rubber- 1/2" OD x 6" (12.7 86297
ized OD x 152.400
mm)
P05-052 Tape, Tying Glass 00768
Fiber
P05-053 Coating, Polyurethane PWA 36013 Laminar X-500 0KXA5
Black Conductive
Resin Plus Pig-
ment Compon-

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 135


NO REFERENCE
AND/OR SPE-
CIFICATION
ent (8-B-6) and
Hardener Com-
ponent (50-C-3)
P05-054 Coating, Polyurethane PWA 36014 Laminar X-500 0KXA5
White Surfacer
Resin Plus Pig-
ment Compon-
ent (8-W-5) and
Hardener Com-
ponent (50-C-3)
P05-055 Emery Paper #200-325 Grit LOCAL
P05-056 Emery Paper #60 Grit LOCAL
P05-057 Tie Tape PN 190L0F- 83309
21GIG/A
P05-058 Brush, Plater's Tampico GA 55-1 8313 33684
M-904 74291
P05-059 Wax, Paraffin PMC 9552 Parvan 1300 1PWD8
P05-060 Demineralized Water PMC 1737 LOCAL
P05-061 Crocus Cloth P-C-458 1.500 in. (38.100 LOCAL
mm) Width
P05-062 Emery Cloth No. 400 LOCAL
P05-063 Solvent Reducer PWA 36050 Thinning Agent 23354
020X324
P05-064 Adhesive Precoat for PMC 3091 Ad-Lea-Sive S0226
Greaseless Compound (ADL-3)
P05-065 Compound, Polishing, PMC 3048 Grade E S0226
Medium Fine Grease-
less
P05-066 Compound, Polishing PMC 3061 No. 418 S0226
Buffing
No. 50 0JYZ0
P05-067 Brush, Soft Bristle, LOCAL
Nonmetallic
P05-068 Nitrogen PMC 2214 00741
0ZDB5
07098
3GMN8
P05-069 Applicator, Wood, Cot- 5-5-405 LOCAL
ton-tip
P05-074 Tape, Insulating (Glass No. 27 26066
Cloth, Adhesive)
P05-076 Abrasive Paper, Silicon P-P-101 No. 400 Grit LOCAL
Carbide Waterproof
P05-084 Coating, Conversion SPMC 206 Alodine 1200S 71410
Aluminum Chromate
P05-087 Tape, Pressure Sensit- No. 250 26066
ive, Flat Black

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 136


NO REFERENCE
AND/OR SPE-
CIFICATION
P05-089 Staining Color Prussian Blue 98148
P05-094 Paper, Aluminum Oxide LOCAL
P05-095 Coating, Conversion MIL-C-5541, LOCAL
Class 1A (Latest
Revision)
P05-099 Tape, Moisture Resist- PMC 4141, -1 thru AC50 1VJW7
ant, Adhesive (ASTM -5
D 5486, Type IV), Olive
Drab
Polyken 231 80769
P-691 S0202
PMC 4141, -1 thru tesa 53910 38XJ0
-6
P05-104 Cloth, Emery 240 Grit LOCAL
P05-110 Safety Wire (Lockwire) MS9226-03 0.025 in. (0.635 LOCAL
mm) Diameter
NOTE: P05-288 is a
preferred al-
ternative to
P05-110.
P05-111 Tape, Fiberglass Insu- Scotch 69 04963

lating
P05-113 Release Agent, Fluoro- 18598
carbon
P05-124 Twist Ties LOCAL
P05-125 Tape, Teflon 6 Mil 71643
P05-126 Brush, Short Bristle LOCAL
Nylon
05-127 Alodine, Brush No. 1200 (Touch- 84063
up)
P05-131 Non- Metallic Grit Cloth No. 90 Grit LOCAL
P05-132 Abrasive Paper Light Grade 0 LOCAL
P05-133 Mold Release PWA 36007 (Aer- MS122AD or MS- 18598
osol): 122XD (Solvent-
Based) NOTE: Refer to P05-
355 for a wa-
ter based al-
ternative.
P05-134 Cloth, AMS 3902 Style 285 4G117

Organic Fiber Style 243 4L264
HK 285 S0175
P05-135 Tape, Heat Reflect- PMC 4235 36 (-1 Thru -12:)
ive (Alumimium Foil Yard Rolls Width
Backed, Glass Cloth As Follows:
Laminated)
No. 363 52152

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 137


NO REFERENCE
AND/OR SPE-
CIFICATION
No. 390 1A319
No. 407 60890
-1, -6: P-100 99742
1/2 Inch No. 2925-7 07512
-2, -7: (-6 Thru
1 Inch -11:)
-3, -8: No. C642 07512
2 Inches
-4, -9:
4 Inches
-5, -10:
1/4 Inch
-11:
1/8 Inch
-12:
3 inch
P05-136 Tape, High Temperat- PMC 4273 All Dash Number-
ure Glass Cloth sExcept -7:
Length = 36 or 60 No. 361 Cloth 52152
Yards Width As Tape D/W 469
Follows:
60890
-1 = 1/4 Inch 497 3TYN6
-2 = 1/2 Inch 2915-7 07512
-3 = 1.0 Inch All Dash Num-
bers:
-4 = 2.0 Inches Permacel No. 212 99742
-5 = 4.0 Inches
-6 = 6.0 Inches
-7 = 4.0 Inches
-8 = 3.0 Inches
P05-137 Bonding Preventative, PWA 36038 No. 954-101 23037(D)
Teflon S
P05-138 Cloth, Aluminum Oxide No. 300 or Finer LOCAL
P05-139 Cloth, Emery No. 100 - 200 LOCAL
P05-142 Tape, Silicone Glass Scotch No. 361 26066
Cloth
P05-143 Clay, Molding, Gray Clayola, 1 lb (0.45 85419
kg) Package
700619 Plasteline, 86293
1 lb (0.45 kg)
Package
P05-145 Tape, Masking, Polyes- PMC 4188 Temp-R-Tape 07512
ter Film (Mylar) M50

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 138


NO REFERENCE
AND/OR SPE-
CIFICATION
No. 594 Blue Poly 3FJ16
Flexible Tape 24-
06BL115
Scotch No. 8402 52152
or 8403
CT-931 9X057
P05-146 Abrasive Paper, Silicon 120 Grit 39428
Carbide
P05-147 Milled Glass Owens-Corning 45255
P05-150 Cloth, Glass AMS 3824 Style 108, 120, 4G117
7781, Volan Fin-
ish
Style 120, F50 2B975
Finish
Glass Cloth, Fin- LOCAL
ish for Resin Lam-
inates
P05-152 Wetting Agent PMC 1610 Alconox 17534
P05-153 Abrasive Paper,Silicon 240 Grit LOCAL
Carbide
03251
39428
P05-154 Coating, Polyur- eth- PWA 36510 Chemglaze M331 30676
ane, Erosion Resistant and Chemglaze
M201
P05-155 Paper, Kraft Medium PMC 4128 80861
Duty
P05-165 Wire, Welding Titanium AMS 4954 6AI-4V 2R602
Alloy
3G172
58401
1GD26
P05-169 Wrap, Foil LOCAL
P05-181 Filter, Paper S0190
P05-182 Cloth, Wire PWA 1170-3 Wire: S0190
AMS 5690, S0118
Weave: S0119
Plain S0172
Dutch, Warp: 1CXA3
Nominal Wire Dia-
meter = 0.005 in.
(0.13 mm), Nom-
inal Wire Count
= 50 in. (1.27
m), Fill: Nomin-
al Wire Diamet-
er = 0.0045 in.

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 139


NO REFERENCE
AND/OR SPE-
CIFICATION
(0.114 mm), Nom-
inal Wire Count =
250 in. (6.35 m).
P05-185 Paper, Test, pH No. 345, Short 93255
Range 6.0 - 8.0
P05-191 Tape, Electrical Insu- RL-6000 SA LOCAL
lating, Self- Adhering, Series
High Temperature
P05-198 Gloves, Plastic Poly- GA 660-4 Edmont and 44926
ethylene Wilson No. 35-152
P05-203 Paper, Kraft Light Duty PMC 4127 Kraft Paper 80861
P05-204 Cloth, Aluminum Oxide 120 Grit LOCAL
Abrasive
P05-214 Cloth, Abrasive Impreg- GA 814-3 Type S Fine 52152
nated Nylon, Fine Silic- Scotch - Brite
on Carbide Cleaning And Fin-
ishing Sheets
P05-221 Filler, Aerodynamic 800000-328 73168
Dent
P05-231 Tape, Adhesive Trans- PWA 36745 Densil 4078K 62369
fer Transfer Tape
P05-232 Crayon, Metal Marking PMC 4058-1 02089 86874
(Soft) (Black)
PMC 4058-6 02059 86874
(Red)
PMC 4058-8 02412 or 2060 86874
(White)
Phano #92 70362
PMC 4058-10 (Or- 02094 86874
ange)
PMC 4058-11 #73 70362
(Yellow)
P05-233 Brush, Tube Nylon 1/2 Inch OD and LOCAL
Bristle 18 Inch Long Min-
imum
P05-234 Penetrant Fluorescent PMC 4352-1 555 S0203
Post-Emulsified, Nor-
mal Sensitivity (Level2)
PMC 4352-2 ZL2C 37676
PMC 4352-3 RC50 21405
PMC 4352-4 P220 S9502
PMC 4352-6 985-P12 D1940
K6858
02CA7
23373
PMC 4352-7 FP93A (M) 98733

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 140


NO REFERENCE
AND/OR SPE-
CIFICATION
PMC 4352-8 F-5-SP/1P S0126
P05-235 Penetrant Fluorescent, PMC 4354-1 668 S0203
Post-Emulsified, Ultra
High Sensivity (Level 4)
PMC 4354-2 ZL37 37676
PMC 4354-3 RC77 21405
PMC 4354-4 P240 S9502
PMC 4354-6 985P14 D1940
K6858
02CA7
23373
PMC 5354-7 FP97A (M) 98733
PMC 5354-8 F-6A-SP/1P S0126
P05-236 Penetrant, Fluorescent PMC 4360-1 446 S0203
Water Washable, High
Sensivity (Level 3)
PMC 4360-2 ZL67 37676
PMC 4360-3 HM604 21405
PMC 4360-4 P130 S9502
PMC 4360-6 970-P25E D1940
K6858
02CA7
23373
PMC 4360-7 FP-923 98733
PMC 4360-8 F-4A-C/1P S0126
P05-237 Developer - Fluores- PMC 4357 Chemetall Oakite D1940
cent Penetrant, Non- 9D1B
aqueous
K6858
02CA7
23373
Eishin Kagaku F- S0126
4S(NT)1
Ely LD3 K2063
NOTE: Ely LD3 has

been discon-
tinued. It is
acceptable
to use exist-
ing stock on
hand.
Magnaflux ZP9F 37676

Marktec D701 S9502

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 141


NO REFERENCE
AND/OR SPE-
CIFICATION
Met-L-Chek D70 98733
Sherwin D100 21405
P05-238 (Deleted)
P05-240 (Deleted. Use P05-459) PMC 4470 (No
Longer Available)
P05-243 Paper, Emery No. 320 Grit LOCAL
P05-245 Tape, Lacing BMS13-54 Grade 82110
D, Type 3 or
Gudebrod 718Z
P05-246 Tape, Electrical Scotch 62 04963
P05-247 Tape, Electrical Scotch 92 04963
P05-248 Tape, Rubber Moxness 620-1 07099
(Red or Black)
P05-249 Coating, Urethane MIL-C-83286, 97460
Type I, No. 26306
(Latest Revision)
P05-250 Coating, Urethane MIL-C-83286, 97460
Type II, No. 26251
(Latest Revision)
P05-252 Pad, Scotch Brite 04963
P05-253 Paper, Abrasive Silicon Carbide, LOCAL
180 Grit
P05-254 Knife, Acrylic LOCAL
P05-255 Tape, Masking Scotch 8402 or 52152
8403
P05-256 Brush, Acid No. 225 20696
P05-258 Coating, Silicone Insu- MI-15 Type II 53100
lation Parts A, B and C
P05-259 Topcoat, Silicone Insu- MI-15 Parts A and 53100
lation B, Thinner
P05-260 Spatula, Acrylic or Fiber LOCAL
P05-262 Lockwire MS20995C32 LOCAL
NOTE: P05-288 is a
preferred al-
ternative to
P05-262.
P05-264 Film, Bagging (VAC- 2 MIL Nylon 66442

PAC)
P05-268 Film, Release PMC 9977-1, -3, - A4000 (Perfor- 53912
5 and -9 ated)
A5000P (Perfor- 3BEV4
ated)
PMC 9977-2, -4, A4000 53912
6-, thru -8 and -10 (Non-Perforated)
A5000 3BEV4

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 142


NO REFERENCE
AND/OR SPE-
CIFICATION
(Non-Perforated)
P05-272 Tape, Sealing Scotch 425 or 52152
Scotch Y427
P05-273 Syringe, Plastic Nozzle LOCAL
P05-274 Paper, Abrasive Silicon Carbide 80 LOCAL
Grit
P05-277 Sheet, Rubber, Silicone 0.125 in. (3.175 LOCAL
mm) Thick
P05-278 Tape, Protective Poly- 3M Part No. 8672 52152
urethane
P05-279 Coating, Clear Poly- 683-2 98502
urethane
P05-285 Fabric Fiberglass Type I HMF 07314
Epoxy 2398D/76; Type II
HMF 2367D/76
P05-287 Safety Wire (Lockwire) MS20995C20 0.020 in. (0.508 LOCAL
mm) Diameter
NOTE: P05-288 is a
preferred al-
ternative to
P05-287.
P05-288 Safety Wire (Lockwire) AS3214-01(AMS 0.020 in. (0.508 LOCAL

- Steel Corrosion Res- 5689, AISI 321) mm) Diameter
istant
1A053
94129
NOTE: P05-288 is
a preferred
alternative
to P05-110,
P05-262 and
P05-287.
P05-289 Safety Wire (Lockwire) AS3214-02 (AMS 0.032 in. (0.813 LOCAL
- Steel, Corrosion Res- 5689, AISI 321) mm) Diameter
istant
1A053
94129
NOTE: P05-332 is
an approved
alternative to
P05-289.
P05-290 Chafe Guard, Fluoro- ASTM D3368 09421

carbon Film

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 143


NO REFERENCE
AND/OR SPE-
CIFICATION
P05-291 Cable, Safety C30B AS3510- 70958
0212C AS3510-
0218C AS3510-
0221C AS3510-
0224C 0.032 in.
(0.813 mm) Dia-
meter
P05-292 Ferrule, Safety Cable F30B50 70958
AS3510-02F
0.032 in. (0.813
mm) Diameter
P05-303 Sponge Silicone Rub- AMS 3195 50744
ber, 0.040 in. (1.016
mm) Thick
P05-304 Sponge Silicone Rub- AMS 3195 50744
ber, 0.080 in. (2.032
mm) Thick
P05-305 Wrap, Tube Spiral MIL-T-4787A 92194
Type 1, Size 1/8
(Latest Revision)
P05-306 Wrap, Tube Spiral MIL-T-4787A 92194
Type 1, Size 1/4
(Latest Revision)
P05-307 Tape, High Temperat- TM6044-02 0VB34
ure Flash
P05-316 Netting, Bondline BSK1177 07542
P05-317 Adhesion Promoter, Adhesion Pro- 52152
Polyurethane Protect- moter 86A
ive Tape
P05-326 Spare Patch, Firecoat 71M060S001 38597
12 in. (304.8 mm)
X 12 in. (304.8
mm) X 0.135 in.
(3.429 mm)
P05-327 Spare Patch, Firecoat 71M060S002 38597
12 in. (304.8 mm)
X 12 in. (304.8
mm) X 0.215 in.
(5.461 mm)
P05-328 Spare Patch, Firecoat 71M060S003 12 38597
in. (304.8 mm) X
12 in. (304.8 mm)
X 0.080 in. (2.032
mm)
in. (0.61 m) X
24 in. (0.61 m) X

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 144


NO REFERENCE
AND/OR SPE-
CIFICATION
0.195 in. (4.953
mm)
in. (0.61 m) X
24 in. (0.61 m) X
0.215 in. (5.461
mm)
P05-332 Safety Wire (Lockwire) MS9226-04 0.032 in. (0.813 LOCAL
mm) Diameter
NOTE: P05-289 is
an approved
alternative to
P05-332.
P05-334 Brush, Bristle 08705100 for 45773

brush ( 1 in.
(25.400 mm)
Wide)
P05-339 Thinner TL-49 98502
P05-340 Catalyst Catalyst X-310A 98502
P05-342 Activator BSB Durofix F6662
P05-343 (Deleted)
P05-350 Wheel, Grinding, Rub- C100-102CHSC 54916
ber Bonded "Radiac"
S0055
P05-351 (Deleted. Not Available)
P05-353 Wheel, Cloth LOCAL
P05-354 Compound, Aluminum PMC 3017 Moco 1062 S0055
Oxide Polishing and
Buffing
P05-355 Agent, Mold Release PMC 1108 Water-Shield 047D8
(For Composite Parts)
Water Base)
P05-360 Applicator, Manual (LP- 9MGUN509X 30676
50 Cartridge)
P05-361 Nozzle,Mixing 9742 30676
P05-366 Dye, Layout and Identi- PMC 4039-1: LM-170 Layout S0144
fication Purple Dye
PMC 4039-2: Blue Dykem Spray 98148
Steel Blue Part
#80000
P05-370 Coating, Fluoroelast- PWA 36516-1 PLV 2000 (Black) 24802
omer Accelerator #4
P05-371 Coating, Fluoroelast- PWA 36516-21 PLV 2000 (Black) 24802
omer Accelerator #4
P05-372 Coating, Fluoroelast- PWA 36516-4 PELSEAL 2112 24802
omer (Black) Accelerat-
or #4

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 145


NO REFERENCE
AND/OR SPE-
CIFICATION
PWA 36516-3 PLV 2038 (White) 24802
Accelerator #4
PWA 36516-5 PLV 3111 (Black) 24802
Accelerator #4
PWA 36516-6 PLV 3018 (Black) 24802
Accelerator #4
P05-376 Tape, Masking (Crepe PMC 4000-1 Thru PG-500 12861
Paper Backing) Length: -8 and -10
60 Yards,Width/Suffi 1/
8 Inch: (-1, -11, -21) 1/4
Inch: (-2,-12,-22)
PG-16 12861
Clipper Tape 7100 0A9Y2
P-791 99742
3/8 Inch: (-3,-13,-23) 1/ #2505 Utility 52152
2 Inch: (-4,-14,-24) 3/ Paper Tape or
4 Inch: (-5,-15,-25) 7/8 Tartan Brand No.
Inch: (-6,-16,-26) 200 Paper Tape
1 Inch: (-7,-17,-27) 2 PMC 4000-1 Thru PG-21 12861
Inch: (-8,-18,-28) -8, -10, -20
4 Inch: (-9,-19,-29) 1-1/ PMC 4000-9 PG-500 12861
2 Inch (-10,-20,-30)
PMC 4000-21 52152
Thru -30
P05-384 Compound, Silicon PMC 3088 Compound No. S0055
Carbide Deburring (150 7280
Grit and Finer)
P05-395 Beeswax (Was: P06- PMC 9463 White Beeswax 0A341
015) S.P. 422
Yellow Beeswax 0A341
S.P. 6
Beeswax (Yellow - 33629
Natural)
W-27 Beeswax 94480
(Yellow - Natural)
NOTE: The alternat-
ive to P05-
395 Beeswax
is P05-396
Paraffin Wax
Blend, which
is softer and
more pliable.
P05-396 Paraffin Wax Blend PMC 9462 CW-5 24269
NOTE: P05-396 Par-

affin Wax

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 146


NO REFERENCE
AND/OR SPE-
CIFICATION
Blend is
softer and
more pliable
than P05-
395 Beeswax
or P05-059
Paraffin Wax
and can be
used as an
alternative to
these materi-
als.
P05-400 Sheet, Silicone Rubber ZZ-R-765, Class 19955

3B, Grade 50
0.0625 in. (1.587
mm) or 0.0937 in.
(2.380 mm) Thick-
ness
P05-408 Marker, Felt Tip, White SPMC 198-1 High Purity Action 98148
Marker #44729
- 4.5 x 25.4 mm
Tip #33729 - 2.0 x
14.5 mm Tip
P05-409 Marker, Metal Tip, SPMC 198-2 High Purity Tex- 98148
Black pen #17470 - Fine
Tip #17473 - Me-
dium Tip #17474 -
Broad Tip
P05-410 Marker, Felt Tip SPMC 198-3 Sharpie Fine Point 86874
Marker "Yellow"
P05-411 Ink, Stamping (For PMC 4021 Permanent Stamp 86874
Marking on Non-Porous Pad Ink No.
Surfaces with a Rubber 58757
Stamp)
P05-412 Ink, White, Stamping PMC 4027 (De-
(Deleted; use P05-049) leted; use PMC
4057-2)
P05-413 Ink, Temporary Marking PMC 4500 16-2000 VideoJet 0V0Z6
Ink, (Black)
P05-414 Marker, Extra Fine PMC 4557 Pilot SCA-UF 58595
Point (Black)
P05-415 (Deleted, Refer to P05- (PMC 4556-1 Re-
423) placed by PMC
4050-20)
P05-416 Chalk, White PMC 4552 No. 1400 Cray- 85419
ola An-Du-Septic
White Chalk

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 147


NO REFERENCE
AND/OR SPE-
CIFICATION
P05-417 Marking Pen (Paint) PMC 4554 Uni-Paint Mark- 86874
er PX-20, 63613
(white) and 63605
(yellow)
P05-418 Dye, Layout and Identi- PMC 4504 Dykem Steel Blue 98148
fication (Blue) Part No. 80600
(930 Ml) - or - Part
No. 80400 (8 oz.)
05-419 Dye, Layout and Identi- PMC 4503 Dykem Steel 98148
fication (Red) Red Layout Fluid
(80496)
P05-420 Marking Pencil (Hard) PMC 4094 02460 or 21628 86874
P05-421 Pad, Scrub PMC 4095 747 Non-Woven 1E1X8
Pad
54902 17699
Scotch Brite 28124
#7447 General
Purpose Pads
P05-422 Pad, Scrub PMC 4435 Scotch Brite Ultra 28124
Fine Pads #7448
P05-423 Marker, Felt Tip, Rapid PMC 4050-1 Marks-A-Lot 16956
Drying (Black, Chisel
Point)
(Black, Chisel Sharpie King Size 86874
Point, 38264) Marker, and Mag-
num Marker
PMC 4050-2 Marks-A-Lot 16956
(Blue, Chisel
Point)
Magnum 44
#44103 or King
Size Marker
#15103. (Dis- con-
tinued; use re-
maining supplies)
PMC 4050-3 Marks -A-Lot 16956
(Red, Chisel
Point)
(Black, Fine Point)
Dixon Redi-Sharp 70362
Sharpie 30000 86874
Series - Black
(Product Code
#30001)
(Green, Chisel
Point)

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 148


NO REFERENCE
AND/OR SPE-
CIFICATION
PMC 4050-6 Sharpie 30000 86874
(Blue, Fine Point) Series - Blue
(Product Code
#30003)
PMC 4050-7 Sharpie 30000 86874
(Red, Fine Point) Series - Red
(Product Code
#30002)
(Red, Chisel
Point)
PMC 4050-10 Sharpie 30000 86874
(Yellow, Fine Series (Product
Point) Code 30005)
PMC 4050-11 Sharpie 35000 86874
(Black, Extra Fine) Series (Product
Code 35001)
PMC 4050-12 Sharpie 35000 86874
(Red, Extra Fine) Series (Product
Code 35002)
PMC 4050-13 Sharpie 35000 86874
(Blue, Extra Fine) Series (Product
Code 35003)
PMC 4050-14 Sharpie 37000 86874
(Black, Ultra Fine) Series (Product
Code 37001)
PMC 4050-15 Sharpie 37000 86874
(Red, Ultra Fine) Series (Product
Code 37002)
PMC 4050-16 Sharpie 37000 86874
(Blue, Ultra Fine) Series (Product
Code 37003)
PMC 4050-17 Sharpie 33000 86874
(Black, Bold/Fine) Series (Product
Code 33001)
PMC 4050-18 Sharpie 33000 86874
(Red, Bold/Fine) Series (Product
Code 33002)
PMC 4050-19 Sharpie 33000 86874
(Blue, Bold/Fine) Series (Product
Code 33003)
PMC 4050-20 TEC #13401 86874
(Black, Fine Tip)
PMC 4050-22 Sharpie (Product 86874
(Metallic Silver, Code 39100)
Fine Tip) NOTE: (1) Approved
for use on
nickel super-

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 149


NO REFERENCE
AND/OR SPE-
CIFICATION
alloys and
ceramic, alu-
minide, and
overlay coat-
ings. PMC
4050-1, -4,
and -17
(2) Approved
for use on
Nickel super-
alloys and
aluminide,
and over-
lay coatings.
PMC 4050-6,
-13, -16, and
-19
(3) Approved
for use on
ceramic,
overlay, and
aluminide
coatings.
PMC 4050-7,
-12, -15, and
-18
P05-424 Penetrant, Fluorescent, PMC 4351-1 Ely Chemical S0203

Water 4455
Washable High Sensit- PMC 4351-2 Magnaflux ZL60D 37676
ivity
PMC 4351-3 Sherwin HM406 214105
PMC 4351-4 Marktec P121 S9502
PMC 4351-6 Chemetall D1940
970-P24 23373
PMC 4351-7 Met-L-Chek 98733
FP922
P05-425 Marker, Felt Tip PMC 4421 (Re-
placed by PMC
4050 Refer to
P05-423)
P05-426 Compound, Polishing, PMC 3022 Greaseless Com- S0226
Greaseless, Coarse pound Grade
3022-1
P05-427 PMC 3023 (De-
leted)

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 150


NO REFERENCE
AND/OR SPE-
CIFICATION
P05-437 Tape, Pressure Sensit- PMC 4096 Flashbreaker 1 53912
ive Polyester ( 0.002 in. (0.051
mm) thick)
Flasbreaker 2 53912
( 0.003 in. (0.076
mm) thick)
Flashtape 1 3BEV4
( 0.002 in. (0.051
mm) thick)
P05-441 Ink, Metal Marking PMC 4057-10 Koh-I-Noor White 2J209
Drawing Ink
#9065-D
P05-442 Wheel, Abrasive Im- 2 X 1/2 inch Bear- 06565
pregnated Nylon (80 Tex
Grit)
Grit)
Grit)
P05-453 Tape, Masking (Cloth PMC 4001 tesa 53958 38XJ0
Backing)
Shurtape PC-622 S0202
P05-454 Tape (High Temperat- PMC 4009 PG-8 3EU06
ure)
Clipper Tape 110 0A9Y2
Permacel P-703 99742
tesa 53134 S0099
Scotch High Tem- 28112
perature #213
P05-455 Tape Fiberglass PTFE PMC 4107 5453 52152
Coated
M520 5R603
P05-456 Abrasive Paper, Silicon MISC 191-3 4680A15 320 Grit, 39428
Carbide (320 grit) 9 x 11" Sheet
30-5139 -345 320 09410
Grit AB Carbimet
9 x 11" Sheet
23634A 320 Grit 9 03251
x 11" Sheet
P05-457 Gas, Argon PMC 2200 Argon S0168
OB434
0G2R9
00741
07098
3GMN8

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 151


NO REFERENCE
AND/OR SPE-
CIFICATION
17688
36345
5M590
3GMN8
P05-458 Titanium Alloy AMS 4911 MIL-T-9046, Type 2H505
III Composition C
P05-459 Blue Dye PMC 4513 Oil Blue B Liquid 1ML15
Dye
NOTE: Refer to
70-59-01,
Standard
Practices-01
for Prepara-
tion of Blue
Dye Oil Sys-
tem Leak
Check Solu-
tion (PS
197).
P05-462 Tape, Fluorocarbon, PMC 4467, -1: Teflease MG2 53912

Pressure Sensitive TM6115
59688
-2: Tooltec CSC 53912
TM6115-03 59688
-3 thru -27, -30 TM6115 59688
thru -37:
-28: Tooltec CA5 53912
P05-464 Mold Release Agent for PMC 1104 Perma-Mold 2W738
Silicone (Water-Based) 2580W
72430
P05-465 Ink, Metal Marking PMC 4057-5 No. 9 Green SF 88303
P05-466 Ink, Metal Marking (De- PMC 4057-11 White Metal Mark-
leted Refer to P05-049) (Refer to PMC ing Ink #977-9
4057-2)
P05-467 Wire, Welding AMS 5802 UNS #N19907 58401
LOCAL
P05-468 Wire, Welding AMS 5823 UNS #S41780 2R602
55596
58401
P05-469 Developing Powder, PMC 4356 Chemetall Oakite D1940
Fluorescent Penetrant 9D4A
K6858
02CA7
23373
Ely Chemical PD3 K2063
Magnaflux ZP4B 37676

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 152


NO REFERENCE
AND/OR SPE-
CIFICATION
Marktec D700 S9502
Met-L-Chek D72A 98733
Sherwin D90G 21405
Eishin Kagaku F- S0126
5D/1
P05-470 Marker, High Purity PMC 4563-1 High Purity Action 98148
(Blue) Marker 44 (44534)
- Medium Tip
P05-471 Marker, High Pur- PMC 4563-2 High Temperature 98148
ity/High Temperature Action Marker 44
(Blue) (44094) - Medium
Tip
P05-472 Marker - High Purity, PMC 4564 High Purity Fine 98148
Black, Trace Element line 33 (33404)
Certified
High Purity Me- 98148
dium line 44
(44404)
P05-473 Tape, Polyurethane PMC 4121-8 Scotch 8663 52152
(Black)
P05-474 Film, Polyimide PWA 36071-2 Kapton 200-HN 9A090
( 0.002 in. (0.051
mm) thick)
P05-475 Wire, welding Titanium PWA 1281 Titanium 2R602
P05-476 Compound, Coating PWA 36595 Aluminum, Inor- 53012
ganic Binder
P05-477 Marker, High Temperat- PMC 4563-3 High Temperature 98148
ure (Blue) Action Marker 33
- Fine Tip (Special
Order)
P05-478 Wire Nickel-Chromi- PWA 36947 Type: 73MXC 26057
um/A Alloy
Type: Pomet 886 55596
P05-482 Solvent Reducer PWA 36106 IP-715 Solvent 00BB6
Reducer
P05-483 Enamel - Aluminized PWA 36569 Enamel Base (IP- 00BB6
Epoxy, Room Tem- 715A)
perature Curing, Chro-
mate-Free, Low Volat-
ile Organic Compound
Content
+
Curing Solution 00BB6
(IP-715B Catalyst)
P05-486 Safety Wire (Lockwire) MS20995N32 Inconel 0.032 in. LOCAL
(0.813 mm) Dia-
meter NOTE: P05-289 is a
preferred al-

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 153


NO REFERENCE
AND/OR SPE-
CIFICATION
ternative to
P05-486.
P06- LUB-
RICAN
P06-001 Lubricant, Dry Film PMC 9934-1 dgf-123 (CFC- 16837
free) Stock
No.K5200
P06-002 Petrolatum White PMC 9609 White Fonoline or S0212
White Protopet 1S S0212
Vaseline S0233
Penreco Regent 00BA9
or Penreco Snow
P06-003 Compound, Antigalling PWA 586 (Re- Loctite C-200 05972
places PWA 586-
3)
Kaylube No. 3 15653
P06-004 Lubricant, Spray-Type PMC 1714 Everlube 620C 8F024
Low Temperature
P06-005 Compound, Antigallant PWA 587 G-N Metal As- 71984
Metal Assembly Paste sembly Paste
P06-006 Lubricant (Deleted) PMC 9125 Rust Pel 1000 (No
longer available,
use remaining
supply)
P06-007 Petroleum Jelly (De- Vaseline
leted, use P06-002)
P06-008 Compound, Parting Vydax AR 18873
P06-009 Lubricant, Molydenum PMC 9523 Molykote Powder 71984
Disulfide Powder
P06-10 Compound, Antiseize BG Mica-Tube 05045
A719 or A768
P06-011 (Deleted)
P06-012 Lubricant, Solid Film Lubribond A 85932
(Air Cure)
P06-013 Lubricant, Solid Film MIL-L-23398 3402C Bonded 71984
(Air Cure) (Latest Revision) Lube
P06-014 Lubricant, Gasket PMC 9652 Gredag R-3 04347
P06-015 Beeswax (Deleted, Use
P05-395)
P06-016 Compound, Antiseize PMC 9936 (See
and Antigalling NOTE)
NOTE: P06-016 is
no longer
manufac-
tured. For
replace-

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 154


NO REFERENCE
AND/OR SPE-
CIFICATION
ment,
refer to
70-25-
11, STD
PRAC-
01 (TASK
70-25-11-
910-801).
P06-017 Lubricant, Antiseize PWA 541 Molybdenum Di-

sulfide Powder:
Z Moly Powder 71984
-PLUS- Grade
1010 Oil:
Brayco 460 -OR- 2R128
Royco 481 -OR- 07950
Winsor L110-A 1M647
P06-019 Lubricant, Bolt PMC 9866 (Not All-Oil Gear Lube
available, use SAE 250 (No
P03-001) longer available,
use any remaining
supply)
P6-020 Lubricant Molybdenum DOD-L-25681 Chemsol 012L8
Disulfide, Silicone (Supersed-ing
MIL-L-256-81)
00BB6
Royco 81MS 07950
Stock # 0PGK2
9150005437220
Braycote 868 1UGB2
P06-021 Compound, Antigalling PWA 550-3 Hi-T 650 34227
Lubri-Bond HT 8F024
P06-022 Compound, Antigallant PWA 474 Ecoalube 642 8F024
and Treatment
P06-023 Lubricant, Thread PWA 36001 Silver Goop 02570
PMC 9940
P06-027 Lubricant Aerolubri- 73219
plate
P06-034 Silicon Spray, Extreme PMC 4721 03030 023V4
Duty
P06-035 (Deleted). Use P06- PWA 36511
053, Sealing Ring Lub-
ricant or P03-001, En-
gine Oil.
P06-036 Compound Antigallant PWA 36035 Loctite Moly Dry 05972
Film
P06-037 Compound, Anti-Seize PWA 36053-4 JET-LUBE

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 155


NO REFERENCE
AND/OR SPE-
CIFICATION
NIKAL 0A307
P06-038 Compound, Antigallant PWA 36545-3 Everlube 8F024
Esnalube 382
P06-039 Lubricant, Anti-Seize
(Deleted; use P06-055)
P06-040 Lubricant MSC-3528 76541
P06-042 Lubricant, Hydraulic As- PKM MCS-3-52B MCS5.4 0AG11
sembly
P06-043 Compound, Anti-Seize PWA 36053-1 Never-seez 5W425
Pure Nickel Spe- 75437
cial
NOTE: The envir-
onmentally
friendly al-
ternative,
P06-54, may
be used in
place of P06-
43 and it is
preferred.
P06-044 Compound, Antigallant PWA 36240 Dow Corning 71984

321 Dry Film Lub- 77445
ricant Spray
P06-053 Lubricant, Sealing Ring PWA 36500 Ultrachem As- 56385
sembly Fluid #1
ROYCO HF825 07950
P06-054 Compound, Paste, PWA 36246-1 Tiodize T8E 34568
Anti-Seize
Compound, Paste, PWA 36246-2 Molykote P-37 71984
Anti-Seize
P06-055 Compound, Anti-Seize PMC 9566 (-1, -2, C5-A Copper 05972
-3, -4) Based Anti-Seize
P06-059 Lubricant, Fluorinated PWA 36230 Krytox 283 AD 23037 (A)
Grease High Temperat-
ure Anti-Corrosion
Grease
P07- LAC-
QUERS
P07-001 Lacquer PMC 1641 Crystal Clear Ac- 54636
rylic Spray (No.
1303)
P08-001 Epoxy, Multi-Compon- PWA 604-1 Resin Base, Ecco- 04552
ent T bond 45 Harden-
er, Eccoband 15
P08-002 Liquid Epoxy Resin PWA 421-2 Epon 828 (medi- 18598
um viscosity)
54527

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 156


NO REFERENCE
AND/OR SPE-
CIFICATION
74230
P08-003 Phenolic Microballoons PWA 420 UCC BJO-0930 61637
P08-004 Glass Microballoons PWA 450-1 Type FTD-202 Ec- 04552
cospheres
P08-005 Adhesive PWA 36027 PWA 36027-1: SG 6A670
(When 1300
PWA36027-2S
is specified, use
PWA 36027-1-2S)
PWA 36027-2: SG 6A670
1300-L
P08-006 Adhesive, Acryloid HF-819 77902
P08-010 Adhesive EC-1300 04963
P08-011 Thickening Agent PWA 424-2 CAB-0-SIL-MS 3F733
P08-012 Epoxy Resin Curing PWA 422-1 Epon Curing 18598
Agent (Amine Type)
Agent "U" or 54527
Epicure 3282 74230
P08-016 Adhesive Paste, Epoxy, PWA 457-1 EA 934 NA 33564
Non-Thixo- tropic, Alu-
minum- Filled
P08-020 Thickening Agent PWA 424-1 Cab-O-Sil 3F733
HS-5 65483
P08-021 Compound, Potting, PWA 603 Eccobond SF-40 04552
Epoxy
P08-024 Compound, Retaining MIL-S-46163 05972
(Latest Revision)
P08-025 Adhesive Paste, Epoxy, PWA 457-2 EA 9394 33564
Thixotropic, Aluminum-
Filled
P08-026 Adhesive, Epoxy Film FM-300, Suppor- 07542
ted
P08-030 Epoxy Potting Com- PWA 36756 EC3524 B/A 6A670
pound (Two Compon-
ent Type)
P08-032 Adhesive, Resin, High EA9394 Type II 33564
Temperature Epoxy
P08-033 Compound, Fairing EA960F 33564
P08-036 Resin And Curing PWA 466 EPON 828/Curing 23354
Agent, Liquid Epoxy Agent U Sempak
or Epi-cure 3282 74230
P08-038 Adhesive, Urethane 7520A/B, LP-50 30676
Cartridge
Unfilled Resin

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 157


NO REFERENCE
AND/OR SPE-
CIFICATION
Thixotropic, Non-Metal-
lic Filled
P08-044 Adhesive Paste, Epoxy PWA 457-5 EA 9392 33564
(Toughened), Thixo-
tropic, Aluminum- Filled
P08-047 Fabric, Fiberglass, PWA 36437 Cycom306/7781 04622
Epoxy Resin Impreg-
nated
P08-048 Fabric, Fiberglass, PWA 36406 Cycom 950/120 1KU10
Epoxy Resin Impreg- Fiberglass
nated
P08-049 Adhesive Film, Epoxy PWA 477 Hysol EA9628 33564
Scrim Supported Supported
P08-050 Adhesive/ Sealant PWA 36751-1 Li- DAPCO 18-4F OJWE8
Flame Resistant quid Adhesive
and Liquid Curing
Agent
1XNT8
74230
PWA 36751-2 DAPCO #2030 1XNT8
Sealant Adhesive
and Liquid Curing NOTE: When PWA
Agent 36751 is
specified,
PWA 36751-
1 must apply.
PWA 36751-
1 is used as
a filler mater-
ial for seal-
ing gaps in
firewall stru-
tures. Com-
poud is ap-
plied over a
primer. PWA
36751-2 is
used as a
flame retard-
ant coating
and a cryo-
genic seal-
ant.
P08-053 Epoxy Paste Adhesive Hysol EA 956 33564

P08-054 Epoxy Paste Adhesive Hysol EA 9390 33564
P08-055 Adhesive/Promotor - PR 182 Pink 23354 92108
Air Drying, Water based

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 158


NO REFERENCE
AND/OR SPE-
CIFICATION
(Used with P08-046 for
bonding to metal sur-
faces)
P08-056 Compound, Sealing, AMS 3265 23354
Polysulfide (T) Rubber.
(Alternate to P08-046)
P09-
SEALANTS
P09-001 Sealant, Silicone With DC-90-006 DC- 71984
Catalyst 90-006-2
P09-002 Compound, Thread PWA 549-1 Loctite Grade 609 05972
Locking and Retaining* Green - Retaining
*Specify Grade PWA 549-2 Loctite Grade 640
Green - Retaining
PWA 549-3 Loctite Grade 635
Green - Retaining
Purple- Thread
Lock
Blue - Thread
Lock
PWA 549-6 Loctite Grade
271 Red - Thread
Lock
PWA 549-7 Lock Loctite
Grade 290 Green
- Thread Lock
Off-white - Thread
Lock
PWA 549-9 Loctite Grade
272 Red - Thread
Lock
PWA 549-10 (can Lock Loctite
be a substitute for Grade 620 Green
PWA 549-2) - Retaining
P09-003 Sealant, Silicone Rub- PMC 9926 DC-4 71984
ber
P09-004 Sealant, Rubber DC-732 71984
P09-005 Compound, Jointing PWA 36000 (PWA Hylomar Ad- B1050
PW6000-3 Dis- vanced Formula-
continued) tion, methylene
chloride free
S0101
1ZC62
22819

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 159


NO REFERENCE
AND/OR SPE-
CIFICATION
NOTE: When PWA

36000 is spe-
cified with
or without a
suffix, use
the product
above. The
suffixes that
indicated vis-
cosity have
been discon-
tinued.
P09-006 Sealing Compound PW4 36000-4

(Replaced by
PWA 36000; see
P09-005)
P09-007 Sealing Compound PMC 9925 (Re-
placed by PWA
36002; see P09-
008)
P09-008 Sealing Compound PMC 9931 (Can-
celled)
PWA 36002 (Su- Gasket Sealant 05972
persedes PMC No. 2
9931 and PMC
9925)
P09-009 Sealing Compound PMC 9929 Parker O-Lube 02697
P09-011 Compound Silicone PWA 404-1 Silastic J (Use 71984
Rubber, High temperat- PWA 556 Primer)
ure Resistant. (see P18-009)
0JWE8
98500
74230
RTV 630/RTV 0JWE8
668 (Use PWA
36086-1 Primer
for both; see P18-
007. Use PWA
556 Primer for
RTV 668, seeP18-
009)
01139(A)
74230
98500
Dapcocast 37 0JWE8
(Use PWA 36086-

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 160


NO REFERENCE
AND/OR SPE-
CIFICATION
2 Primer; see
P18-007)
1XNT8
PWA 404-2 V-612 A/B (Use 0JWE8
PWA 556 Primer;
see P18-009)
74230
S0183
Thermosil 4000 74230
(Use PWA 556
Primer; see P18-
009)
P09-012 Sealing Compound DC Type 3116 71984
P09-013 Sealing Coating Com- MIL-S-81733 AC-665 B-2 1DWR5
pound, Corrosion Inhib- (Latest Revision)
itive
P09-014 Sealant, Silicone Rub- PWA 36003-1 RTV-159 (Red) 01139 (B)
ber (Use when PWA
36003 is specified
without a suffix)
P09-018 Sealant RTV DC 3145 71984
P09-019 Sealant Silicone Rub- PWA 36751-1 Dapocast No. 18- 58093
ber, Flame Resistant 4F
0JWE8
74230
P09-020 Adhesive, Silicone PWA 616 RTV 106 01139 (B)
Rubber, Single Com-
ponent Type, Room
Temperature (Replaced
by PWA 36003-1)
74230
98500
P09-027 Sealant, Silicone Rub- PWA 36003- RTV-157 (Gray) 01139 (B)
ber 2 (When PWA
36003 is specified
without a suffix,
use P09-014)
P09-029 Sealant Silicone, Rub- PWA 36029-1 Silicone B1571
ber
(use when PWA Rubber Sealant 9A303
36029 is specified Catalog No. 732
without a suffix) (Paste)
P09-034 Compound, Sealing MIL-S-83430 LOCAL
Class A 1/2 PR-
1750, Class A
(Latest Revision)
P09-035 Compound, Sealing MIL-S-83430 LOCAL
Class B 1/2 PR-

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 161


NO REFERENCE
AND/OR SPE-
CIFICATION
1750, Class B
(Latest Revision)
P09-036 Compound, Sealing MIL-S-29574 33564
Type I Classes A
And C (Latest Re-
vision)
P09-037 Sealant MIL-S-38249 Pro-Seal 700 83527
(Latest Revision)
P09-038 Compound, Sealing PR-1828, Class 99891
B-2
P09-039 Compound, Sealing MIL-S-8802 Type PR-1422 99891
I (Latest Revision)
P09-040 Compound, Sealing MIL-S-4383 PR-1005 99891
Topcoat (Latest Revision)
P09-041 Compound, Sealing PR-1436-G, 99891
Classes A And B
P09-042 Compound, Sealing Loctite 518 05972
P09-051 Sealant, Silicone Rub- PWA 36028 RTV630 01139
ber
P11-
CLEANING
AGENTS
P11-001 Solution Cleaning Bendix 25-1 De- 99251
tergent (Mixed
With De-Ionized
Water)
P11-002 (Deleted)
NOTE: For wipe pro-

cedures, re-
place P11-
002 with one
of the solvents
in SPOP 208
in 70-57-00,
Standard Prac-
tices-03 (Task
70-57-00-910-
803). To clean
wiring har-
nessses, re-
place P11-002
with SPOP 6
in 70-23-14,
Standard Prac-
tices-01 (Task
70-23-14-910-
801).

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 162


NO REFERENCE
AND/OR SPE-
CIFICATION
P11-003 Kerosene PMC 9021 LOCAL
P11-004 Solvent, Petroleum PMC 9010 SAFETY-KLEEN 30530
140deg.F Premium Solvent
#6605 Or Premi-
um Gold Solvent
6638
Flash Point Solvent 142 3% 34897
Aromatics Maxim-
um
P11-005 Methyl Ethyl Ketone PMC 9076 Technical Grade LOCAL
(MEK) Wt. = 6.7 lbs/gal
(804 g/l)
P11-005A Methyl Ethyl Ketone PMC 1820 ACS Reagent LOCAL
(MEK) Grade
P11-006 (Deleted) (Use P11-014)
P11-007 Solvent, Chlorothene O-T-620 71984
NU
P11-008 Compound, Cleaning AC Type 2 or 70040
Equivalent
P11-009 Alcohol, Denatured PMC 9009 -1 Thru LOCAL
-6 Denatured Eth-
anol; Specific
Gravity 60/60F:
0.800-0.820 Flash
Point: 30deg.F
(-1deg.C), min-
imum Boiling
Range: Initial Boil-
ing Point: 165
deg.F (74deg.C),
minimum 95%
Over: 175 deg.F
(79deg.C), max-
imum Water:
5.0%,maxim-
um Vapor Pres-
sure at 68deg.F
(20deg.C): 45 mm
Hg, maximum
PMC 9009-7 A405P-4 1KGE8
NOTE: Do not de-

nature with
methanol.
P11-011 Ethyl Acetate TT-E-751 LOCAL

P11-013 Trichloro-ethylene 0-T-634, Type II: Trichloro-ethylene 96717
PMC 9004

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 163


NO REFERENCE
AND/OR SPE-
CIFICATION
P11-014 Alcohol, Isopropyl PMC 9094 Technical Grade, LOCAL
99% minimum:
(Liquid)
#1001-0911 (Sat- S0210
urated Wipers)
SW420034 0M3C8
(Pre- saturated
Wipers)*
R-503 (Aerosol) 98733
NOTE: * Must obey

the require-
ments of
the latest is-
sue of AMS
3819 (Cloths,
Cleaning
for Aircraft
Primary and
Secondary
Structural
Surfaces).
P11-014A Alcohol, Isopropyl (P11-014A is de-

leted. Refer to
P11-78)
P11-015 Cleaner, Alkaline Alu- Dirl-Lum 603 98079
minum
P11-016 Slurry Sol 795 LOCAL
P11-017 Solvent Oakite 33 02CA7
P11-021 Cleaner, SPMC 87-1 (De- *Ardrox 6343
leted. No longer
available)
Gaspath
*Solvent -Type;
**Detergent Type (re- SPMC 87-2 (De- *Ardrox 6345
commended in place of leted. No longer
solvent-type products available)
for environmental reas-
ons)
SPMC 87-3 (De- *Ardrox 252-L
leted. No longer
available)
SPMC 87-4 *B & B 3100 21361
SPMC 87-5 **B And B TC100 21361
SPMC 87-6 *Cee-Bee R-674 71361
SPMC 87-7 *Penair M5704A 56883
SPMC 87-8 (Deleted)

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 164


NO REFERENCE
AND/OR SPE-
CIFICATION
SPMC 87-9A **ECT R-MC (Part S0141
No. 4070 Pre-
Mixed)
SPMC 87-9B **ECT R-MC (Part S0141
No. 4072 Concen-
trate)
SPMC 87-10A **ARDROX 6367 D1940
K6858
02CA7
23373
SPMC 87-10B **ARDROX 6368 D1940
K6858
02CA7
23373
SPMC 87-11A **Turco 6783-3 71410
SPMC 87-11B **Turco 6783-10 71410
SPMC 87-11C **Turco 6783-50 71410
SPMC 87-12 **Turco T-5884 71410
SPMC 87-13 **ZOK 27 1NCU0
U4628
SPMC 87-14 **Turbo-K S0170
P11-027 Solvent, Stoddard Pet- PMC 9001 MIL- Flash Point, TCC LOCAL
roleum PRF-680B Type I, 100x - 140x F
(38.x - 60.x C)
- OR -
MIL-PRF-680B Flash Point, TCC
Type II, 141x - 198x F
(61.x - 92.x C)
- OR -
MIL-PRF-680B Flash Point, TCC
Type III 200x - 241x F
(93.x - 116.x C)
P11-031 Cleaner, Alkali (General PMC 1284 Blue Gold Indus- 0GA37
Cleaner) trial Cleaner
P11-032 Acetone, Phenol-free PMC 9008-1, -2, - LOCAL
5, -6, -7
PMC 9008-3,-4 R-504 (Aerosol) 98733
PMC 9008-8 SW420053 0M3C8
#1003-0911 S0210
(Presaturat- ed
Wipers) NOTE: Do not use
P11-032 for
bonding ap-
plications
where re-
agent-grade
solvent is re-

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 165


NO REFERENCE
AND/OR SPE-
CIFICATION
quired. For
those applic-
ations, P11-
065 must be
used.
P11-037 (Deleted)
P11-038 (Deleted)
NOTE: Replace P11-

038 with one
of the solvents
in SPOP 208
in 70-21-00,
SPOP-208
(Task 70-21-
00-110-040) in
the Standard
Pratices Manu-
al, PN 585005.
P11-039 Solvent, Cleaner PMC 9060 DeSoClean 45 23354

Solvent Cleaner
P11-040 Cleaner, Alkali SPMC 106 Blue Gold Spray 0GA37
Washer
P11-041 (Deleted) SPMC 107
NOTE: Replace
P11-041
with one
of the
solvents
in SPOP
209 (im-
mersion
method)
in 70-21-
00, SPOP-
209 (Task
70-21-
00-110-
041) in the
Standard
Practices
Manu-
al, PN
585005.

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 166


NO REFERENCE
AND/OR SPE-
CIFICATION
P11-042 Cleaner/ Remover, PMC 4366 Magnaflux SKC-S 37676
Fluorescent Penetrant
P11-043 Solvent, Methyl Isobutyl PMC 9079 Technical Grade LOCAL
Ketone (MIBK)
P11-044 Cleaner, Alkali (General SPMC 104 Cee-Bee A-7X7 71361
Purpose)
P11-045 Cleaner, Alkali (General SPMC 105 Turco 5948 DPM 71410
Purpose)
P11-046 (Deleted)
P11-047 Cleaner, Alkali Gel SPMC 109 Turco 5948 DPM 71410
Thick
P11-048 Cleaner, Alkali Gel SPMC 110 Aviawash D1940
Green Gel K6858
02CA7
23373
P11-049 Cleaner, Aqueous SPMC 148-1 Turco 6780 ECO- 71410
SOLV
SPMC 148-2 Ardrox 6077 D1940
Window K6858
Cleaner Plus 02CA7
23373
SPMC 148-3 MAG-CHEM Ev- 35502
asol
SPMC 148-4 MC Spray & Wipe 0GA37
P11-050 (Deleted)
P11-052 Cleaner, Heavy Duty CALLA 855 8E913
P11-053 Remover, Alkaline Gel SPMC 136 Turco 5805 71410
Carbon
Remover, Alkaline Gel SPMC 137 Cee-Bee Alko 71361
Carbon
P11-054 (Deleted)
P11-055 Solvent, Cleaner PMC 8914 PMC Envirosolv 655 05867
8914-1: Aerosol
PMC 8914-2: 1
Gallon (3.79 liter)
Container
P11-056 Solvent, Cleaner SPMC 156 MAG-CHEM Tek- 35502
sol
P11-057 Solvent, Cleaner SPMC 168 Aviation C.I.C. 023V4
Remover
P11-058 Solvent, Cleaner SPMC 175 Quantum 2000 86938
(CE-SX-94)
P11-059 Solvent, Cleaner SPMC 176 Isoblast (GB-SX- 86938
94)
P11-060 Solvent, Cleaner SPMC 179 CRC Precision 023V4
Plus Cleaner

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 167


NO REFERENCE
AND/OR SPE-
CIFICATION
P11-062 Solvent, Dielectric (Ul- PMC 8920 Positron 0WU71
tra-high Purity)
P11-063 Solvent, Hand-Wiping PMC 8917 EZE 662 89524
P11-064 Solvent, Cleaner SPMC 185 Cynergy (L-SX- 86938
94)
P11-065 Acetone PMC 1914 (Reagent Grade, LOCAL
A.C.S.)
(Liquid) 0AL61
JT Baker 9006-05 70829
(Liquid)
PC0048A-3 1HX90
SW420030 0M3C8
#1004-0911 (Pre- S0210
saturated Wipers)
TX8346 S0207
AX0116 0AL61
NOTE: It is permit-
ted to sub-
stitute Semi-
conductor
grade acet-
one for re-
agent grade.
Semicon-
ductor grade
is a higher
purity chem-
ical.
P11-066 Solvent, Hand-wiping PMC 8929 Bioact 105, Preci- 0WUA8

sion Cleaner
P11-068 Enhancer, Electrical SPMC 205 Stabilant 22 38948
Contact
P11-069 Cleaner, Alkaline Gel SPMC 112 Ardox 1900B D1940
K6858
02CA7
23373
P11-070 Cleaner, Alkaline Gel SPMC 159 McGean-Rohco 71361
Super Bee 262
P11-071 Cleaner, Aqueous SPMC 113 Mag-Chem DG 35502
Kleen
P11-072 Degreaser, Aqueous SPMC 151 Nu-Gear-SC 1EYE7
P11-073 Degreaser, Aqueous SPMC 195 Mirachem 500 63247
P11-074 Solvent, Cleaner SPMC 213-1 Skysol Wipe 35502
Solvent F6892
P11-075 Wipe, Cleaner Solvent SPMC 213-2 Skysol Wipe 35502

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 168


NO REFERENCE
AND/OR SPE-
CIFICATION
Solvent Pre- sat- F6892
urated Wipes
P11-076 Solvent, SPMC 216-1 Lotoxane U3115
Cleaner Fast 3YAK8
P11-077 Wipe, SPMC 216-2 Lotoxane U3115
Cleaner Solvent Fastwipes 3YAK8
P11-078 Alcohol, Isopropyl PMC 9016 (all ex- Reagent Grade, LOCAL
cept -7, -11,-12) or Semiconduct
grade: (Liquid)
PMC 9016-7 SW420078 0M3C8
#1002-0911 (Pre- S0210
saturated Wipers)
PMC 9016-11 TX8347 S0207
PMC 9016-12 PX1834 0AL61
NOTE: It is permit-
ted to substi-
tute semicon-
ductor grade
isopropyl al-
cohol for re-
agent grade.
Semicon-
ductor grade
is a higher
purity chem-
ical.
P11-079 Degreaser, Aqueous SPMC 170 Ardrox 6333A D1940 K6858

02CA7 23373
P11-080 Degreaser, Aqueous SPMC 181 CEE-BEE Super 71361
Bee 300LF
P11-081 Cleaner, Aqueous SPMC 207 Ardrox 6376 D1940 K6858
02CA7 23373
P11-082 Degreaser, Aqueous SPMC 173 Cee-Bee Super 71361
Bee 300LFG
P11-083 Cleaner, Aqueous SPMC 233 AquaVantage 94058
3887 GD
P15-
STORAGE
PRESER-
VATION
P15-001 Dehydrating Agent (De- MIL-D-3464 SP- LOCAL
siccant) MC 214
P15-002 Coating Peelable AZ 534-2B 0A3C8
P16-
STRUC-

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 169


NO REFERENCE
AND/OR SPE-
CIFICATION
TURE
PAINTS
P16-001 Thinner TL-29 98502
P16-002 Catalyst Catalyst X-304 98502
P16-003 Base, Gloss, Black 443-3 98502
P16-004 Paint, (red-Color No. MIL-PRF-85285, LOCAL
11136) Type I, FED-
STD595
P18-
PRIMER
P18-001 Primer, Epoxy, Polyam- 71191
ide
P18-001A Primer, Epoxy Chemic- MIL-P-23377F 71191
al And Solvent Resist- Type I, Class 1
ant (Latest Revision)
P18-003 (Deleted. Use P18-023) AMS 3110 (Su-
perseded by AMS
3117)
P18-007 Primer, Silicone PWA 36086-2 Dapco No. 1-100 58093
P18-009 Primer, Silicone Rubber PWA 556 DC-1200 71984
(Red or Clear)
98500
P18-010 Primer, Silicone Rubber PWA 36466 NuSil (R) SP270 5U206
P18-011 Primer, Urethane Com- (Deleted)
patible
P18-012 Primer, Epoxy Resin 463-12-8 98502
P18-013 Primer, Epoxy, Adhes- BR-127 07542
ive
P18-015 Primer, Epoxy (Re- Base 463-6-27; 98502
placed By P18-016) Converter X337;
Thinner TL52-66
P18-016 Primer, Epoxy (Green) Base 10P4-2 0KXA5
Catalyst EC117 H0951
P18-018 Primer, Epoxy Corro- PWA 36515 44-GN-36 (Pre- 33461
sion Inhibiting ferred) -OR- 44-
GM-54
P18-20 Primer, Epoxy PWA 36519-1 EEAE 152A/B 23354
(Green) Eco-prime
PWA 36519-2 EWAE 118A/B 23354
(Black) Eco-prime
P18-023 Primer, Zinc Molybdate AMS 3117 (Light Yellow) LOCAL
77672
TT-P-645B LOCAL
0W199
77672
P18-024 Primer, Epoxy Room PWA 36568 Primer Base (IP- 00BB6
Temperature Curing - 714A Base) Cur-

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 170


NO REFERENCE
AND/OR SPE-
CIFICATION
Chromate Free, Low ing Solution (IP-
Volatile Organic Com- 714B Catalyst)
pound Content
Subtask 70-30-00-918-058-A
D. Supplier Code Address List
(1) The addresses of the material manufacturers are included in alphanumeric order in the table that
follows.
NOTE: All SOURCE CODES, except for some of those in the S-series, refer to CAGE (Commer-
cial and Government Entity) codes. The present CAGE code numbers were formerly called
FSCM (Federal Supply Code for Manufacturers) and FSCNM (Federal Supply Code for
Non-Manufacturers) codes. The actual five-digit codes assigned to companies as FSCMs
or FSCNMs have remained the same but have been redesignated as CAGE codes. The
SOURCE CODES in the S-series (that is, S0001 thru S0233) are assigned by P & W to those
consumable material suppliers that have no CAGE code.
---------------------------------------------------------------
Supplier Code Name/Address
---------------------------------------------------------------
A0001 (Refer to LOCAL)
A0014 (Refer to 12861)
A0056 (Refer to S0029)
A0285 (Refer to 98500)
A0290 (Refer to 95015)
A0292 (Refer to 97361)
B0004 Product Sol, Inc. - Birmingham, MI
(Current Address Unavailable)
B0006 (Refer to 93255)
B0007 (Refer to 0BYN5)
B0008 Products Research & Chemical Co. -
Gloucester, NJ
B0009 Paul & Co. - Steinhau, Germany
(Refer to S0119)
B1050 Antwerp Lion Oil Works N.V.
VLAMSE KAAI 2-5
Antwerpen, Belgium
B1571 Dow Corning S.A.
Parc Ind. Zone C
Seneffe, Belgium
C4298 Pruftechnik Dieter Busch AG
Oskar-Messter-Strasse 19 to 21
Postfach/P.O. Box 1263
D-85737 Ishmaning, Germany
D1940 Chemetall GmbH
Trakehner Strasse 3
D-60487 Frankfurt am Main, Germany

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 171

EQ032 Foucault International Corp.

920 36th Court SW
Vero Beach, FL 32968 USA
F0351 (Deleted)
F1419 International Celomer
75BD Winston Churchhill
76052 Le Havre Cedex, France
F6662 BSB France SA
3 R Du Mal De Lattre De Tassigny
78150 Le Chesnay, France
H0951 Akzo Dexter Aerospace Finishes
RIJKSSTRAATWEG31
P.O. Box 3
Sassenheim, Netherlands 2170BA
K1636 AMPS Inc. of Great Britain Ltd.
Terminal House Merrion Ave.
Stanmore (London)
Middlesex HA7 4RS England
K2063 Ely Chemical Co., Ltd.
Lisle Lane
Ely CB7 4A5, United Kingdom
K2884 (Refer to D1940)
K6858 (Refer to D1940)
LOCAL Local Purchase
S0001 Refer to Service Bulletin SB 238
S0004 (Deleted. Refer to 86874)
S0005 (Deleted)
S0006 (Refer to S9502)
S0007 (Refer to 08FS3)
S0008 (Refer to 0XB37)
S0018 (Refer to 94499)
S0020 (Refer to 027L3)
S0025 (Refer to 1A319)
S0027 (Refer to 0GA37)
S0029 National Tape Corp.
5140 Storey Street
New Orleans, LA 70123-5320 USA
S0036 Texrite Products Co.
10333 Shoemaker Street
Detroit, MI 48213 USA
S0045 (Refer to 23037(D))
S0055 Mosher Co., Inc.
15 Exchange Street
Chicopee, MA 01014 USA
Or
P.O. Box 177
Chicopee, MA 01014-0177 USA
S0057 (Refer to 05972)
S0066 (Refer to B1571)
S0075 (Refer to 1TGF9)
S0076 (Refer to 0JWE8)
S0077 (Refer to 35502)
S0078 (Refer to 23373)
S0083 (Refer to 1M647)

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 172

S0092 (Refer to 72008)

S0099 TTI
(Was: Tesa Tape, Inc.)
5825 Carnegie Boulevard
Charlotte, NC 28209 USA
S0101 Power in Motion
16A Montesano Road
Fairfield, NJ 07004 USA
S0109 (Refer to 4G117)
S0113 (Refer to 0V0Z6)
S0117 Rhodia VSI
(Was: Rhone-Poulenc Silicone VSI)
405 Jordan Road
Troy, NY 12180 USA
S0118 G.K.D. Kufferath & Co.
P.O. Box 101155
Metallweberstrasse 46
5160 Duren, Germany
S0119 Paul GmbH & Co.
P.O. Box 1228
Industriegebiet West
36396 Steinau an der Strasse,
Germany
S0126 Eishin Kagaku Co., Inc.
1-2-13, Higashi-Shinbashi
Minato-Ku
Tokyo, Japan-105
S0141 ECT, Inc.
Bridgeport Business Park
401 East 4th St., Building 20
Bridgeport, PA 19405 USA
S0144 Carco, Inc.
P. O. Box 13859
10333 Shoemaker Street
Detroit, MI 48213 USA
S0150 (Refer to 70362)
S0156 (Refer to 1ZC62)
S0163 Polyflow, Inc.
100 Pratt's Junction Road
Sterling, MA 01564 USA
S0170 Turbo-K, Ltd.
31 Meadow Close
London Colney
AL2 1RH, England
S0171 (Refer to 1CXA3)
S0172 G. Bopp & Compagny AG
Bachmannweg 20
CH-8046 Zurich, Switzerland
S0175 Hankuk Fiber Glass Co., Ltd.
Miryang KyungNam
South Korea
S0176 Tyco Adhesives,
A Tyco International Ltd. Co.
1400 Providence Highway

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 173

Norwood, MA 02062-5044 USA

S0178 Chemetall Plc
Denbigh Road
Bletchley
Milton Keynes,
MK1 1PB,
United Kingdom
S0190 Gerard Daniel Worldwide - Europe
Mountmahon Industrial Estate
Abbeyfeale
Limerick, Ireland
S0202 Shurtape Technologies LLC
1506 Highland Avenue NE
Hickory, NC 28601 USA
S0207 ITW Texiwipe
300B Route 17 South
Mahwah, NJ 07430 USA
S0210 Telesto Industrie, LLC
3718 Highway 90
Liberty, TX 77575
S0212 Sonneborn, LLC
575 Corporate Drive
Suite 415
Mahwah, NJ 07430 USA
S0214 C-E Minerals
901 East 8th Avenue
King of Prussia, PA 19406 USA
S0216 Momentive Performance Materials, Inc.
Corporate Headquarters
22 Corporate Woods Boulevard
Albany, NY 12211 USA
S0226 JacksonLea
(A Unit of Jason, INC.)
1715 E. Conover Boulevard
Conover, NC 28613 USA
S0233 Unilever United States, Inc.
800 Sylan Avenue
Englewood Cliffs, NJ 07832 USA
S9502 Marktec Corp.
3-10, Sanno 2-Chome
OHTA-KU
Tokyo, Japan
U0419 Glenair International Limited
Park Works, Park Road
Mansfield Notts NG19 8EF England
U0425 Pyle-National Ltd.
Sherbrook Road
Daybrook
Nottingham NG5 6AT England
U0638 (Refer to K2063)
U3115 Arrow Chemicals, Ltd.
Div. of Reabrook, Ltd.
Rawdon Road
Moira, Swadlincote,

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 174

Derbyshire, UK DE12 6DA

U4628 Airworthy, Ltd.
Elsted Station
Elsted, Midhurst
West Sussex, GU29 0JT
United Kingdom
00BB6 Indestructible Paint Inc.
66 Erna Avenue
Midford, CT 06460-3115 USA
0AG11 Aviation Fluids Service, Inc
950 Kingsland Avenue
P.O. Box 2489
St. Louis, MO 63130 USA
0A290 (Deleted)
0A291 (Refer to 97361)
0AH54 (Deleted)
0AL61 EMD Chemicals, Inc.
480 Democrat Road
Gibbstown, NJ 08027 USA
0A3C8 AZTEC Chemical Inc.
10770 Lower Azuza Rd.
El Monte, CA 91731 USA
0A9Y2 Cantech Industries Inc.
2222 Eddie Williams Road
Johnson City, TN 37601 USA
0A307 Jet Lube Inc.
Sub. of Capitol Southwest Corp.
4849 Homestead Rd. Houston, TX 77028
USA
0A341 Strahl And Pitsch Inc.
230 Great E. Neck Rd.
P.O. Box 1098
West Babylon, NY 11704 USA
0BYN5 (Refer to 71410)
0CZA6 Hercules Aerospace Co.
5000 S. 8400 W.
P.O. Box 98
Magna, VT 84044-0098 USA
0ER09 American Marking Systems Inc.
2741 Paxton Street
Harrisburg, PA USA 17111-1030
0EWP0 Garvey
871 Redna Terrace
Cincinnati, OH 45215 USA
0GA37 Modern Chemical Inc.
7023 Centennial Rd.
P.O. Box 368
Jacksonville, AR 72078 USA
0JWE8 Adchem, Inc.
369 Progress Drive
Suite 101
Manchester, CT 06040-2296 USA
0JWS4 Aprol Petroleum Co.
2210 Hackberry Lane

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 175

P.O. Box 3087

Conroe, TX 77305-3387 USA
0JYZ0 SCI Corporation
812 East Broadway
Streator, IL 61364 USA
0KHE3 3M/Aerospace Materials Department
3211 East Chestnut Expressway
Springfield, MO 65802-2592 USA
0KX05 Bayside Industrial Supply, Inc.
4663 Halls Mill Road
P.O. Box 91566
Mobile, AL 36691 USA
0N0L1 (Refer to 23373)
0NYS9 (Refer to 23354)
0PGK2 S D B Consultants LTD
401 Whitney Avenue, Suite 120
Gretna, LA 70056-2500 USA
0RTX7 RM Engineering Products Inc. -
North Charleston, SC
0S4B8 (Deleted)
0VB34 Taconic Plastics, Ltd.
Taconic Process Materials Div.
3070 Skyway Drive
Building 502
Santa Maria, CA 45241 USA
0V0Z6 Videojet Technologies, Inc.
(Was: Marconi Data Systems, Inc.)
1500 Mittel Boulevard
Wood Dale, IL 60191-1073 USA
OWU71 Ecolink, Inc.
(Was:Div. of Sentry Chemical Co.,
Inc.)
1481 Rock Mountain Boulevard
Stone Mountain, GA 30083-1505 USA
OW199 The Sherwin-Williams Company
2390 Arbor Boulevard
Dayton, OH 45439 USA
0XB37 Van Waters & Rogers, Inc.
3002 F Street
P.O. Box 7900
Omaha, NE 68107-0900 USA
OYMU2 Daubert Chemical Co., Inc.
4700 S. Central Avenue
Chicago, IL 60638 USA
0ZDB5 Airgas Inc.
4692 Valentine Road
Ventura, CA 93003 USA
00BA9 Penreco,
Div. of Pennzoil - Quaker State Co.
138 Petrolia Street
Karns City, PA 16041-9799 USA
00BB6 Indestructible Paint, Inc.
1 Independence Drive

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 176

Monroe, CT 06468 USA

00046 (Deleted. Refer to 0ER09)
00741 BOC Gases
(Was: Airco Industrial Gases,
Div. of The BOC Group)
575 Mountain Avenue
Murray Hill, NJ 07974-2006 USA
00768 Western Filament, Inc.
630 Hollingsworth Street
Grand Junction, CO 81505 USA
00779 AMPS Inc.
2800 Fulling Mill
P.O. Box 3608
Harrisburg, PA 17105 USA
01139 Momentive Performance Materials, Inc.
(Bought out General Electric Co.,
Rubber & Fluid Products Dept.)
260 Hudson River Rd.
Waterford, NY 12188 USA
01139(A) (Sold. Refer to 01139)
01139(B) (Sold. Refer to 01139)
012L8 Chemsol Inc.
8423 Boettner Road
Bridgewater, MI 48115 USA
02CA7 Chemetall Oakite
(Was: Oakite Products Inc.)
50 Valley Road
Berkeley Heights, NJ 07922 USA
02SG7 Octel America, Inc.
200 Executive Drive
Newark, DE 19702 USA
02ZK3 (Refer to 1NCU0)
023V4 CRC Industries, Inc.
885 Louis Drive
Warminster, PA 18974 USA
02570 Swagelok Co.
29500 Solon Rd.
Solon, OH 44139-3492 USA
02697 Parker-Hannifin Corp.,
O-Ring Div.
2360 Palumbo Drive
P.O. Box 11751
Lexington, KY 40512-1751 USA
027L3 Emerson & Cuming
Composite Materials, Inc.
(Was: Emerson & Cuming, Inc.
Div. of W. R. Grace & Co.
Grace Syntactics)
59 Walpole Street
Canton, MA 02021 USA
03251 Macalaster Bicknell Co. Of
Connecticut, Inc.
181 Henry Street
New Haven, CT 06510 USA

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 177

03530 American Gas & Chemical Co. Ltd.

220 Pegasus Ave.
Northvale, NJ 07647-1904 USA
04347 Henkel Corporation
211 Franklin Street
Olean, New York 14760 USA
04457 Mark-Tex Corp.
160 West Forest Ave.
Englewood, NJ 07639 USA
04552 Emerson & Cuming Specialty Polymers
(Was: Grace W.R. and Co.
Emerson and Cuming
Dewey and Almy Chemical Div.)
869 Washington Street
Canton, MA 02021-2513 USA
04621 Hexcel Corp.
2350 Airport Freeway - Suite 550
Bedford, TX 76022-6027 USA
04622 CYTEC Engineered Materials, Inc.
(Was: BASF Corp.)
1440 N. Kraemer Blvd.
Anaheim, CA 92806 USA
047D8 Zyvax, Inc.
1388 NW 2nd Avenue
Suite 5
P. O. Box 825
Boca Raton, FL 33429-0825 USA
04963 3M Company,
Tape And Specialties Div.
3M Center, Building 220-7E-01
St. Paul, MN 55144-1000 USA
05045 The BG Service Co., Inc.
1400 Alabama Avenue - Suite 15
P.O. Box 2259
West Palm Beach, FL 33401 USA
05160 Michigan Dynamics Inc. -
Garden City, MI
05867 Fine Organics Corp.
205 Main St.
P.O. Box 687
Lodi, NJ 07644-0687 USA
05972 Henkel Loctite Corp.
(Was: Loctite Corp.;
Permatex Industrial Div. Of
Loctite North America Group;
and, Loctite VSI. Inc.)
1001 Trout Brook Crossing
Rocky Hill, CT 06067-3582 USA
06324 Glenair Inc.
1211 Air Way
Glendale, CA 91201 USA
06565 Norton Co. (for domestic orders)
Coated Abrasive Div.

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 178

Tenth Avenue & 25th Street

Watervliet, NY 12189 USA
or
P.O. Box 808
Troy, NY 12181 USA
07096 Burke Industries
(Was: Burke Rubber Co.)
Purosil Div.
13767 Freeway Drive
Santa Fe Springs, CA 90670 USA
07098 Praxair - Industrial Gases
(Was: Union Carbide Corp., Linde
Div.)
175 E. Park Drive
P.O. Box 44
Tonawanda, NY 14151-0044 USA
07099 Flexfab Molded Products
(Was: Moxness Molded Products)
(Was: Moxness Products, Inc.)
2030 Young Street
East Troy, WI 53120 USA
07314 Fiberite Corp. - Winona, MN
(Obsolete)
07512 Saint-Gobain Performance Plastics
150 Dey Road
Wayne, NJ 07470 USA
07542 CYTEC Engineering Materials
(Was: CYTEC Fiberite, Inc.; and,
American Cyanimide Co.
Industrial Chemical and
Plastics Div.
Bloomingdale Dept.)
1300 Revolution Street
Havre De Grace, MD 21078-3800 USA
07696 Kodac Canada, Ltd.
3500 Eglinton Avenue W
Toronto M6M 1V3, Canada
07950 Anderol, Inc.
(Was: Royal Lubricants Co., Inc.)
215 Merry Lane
P.O. Box 518
E. Hanover, NJ 07936-0518 USA
08FS3 Vulcan Chemical Technologies
(Was: Vulcan Chemicals,
Div. of Vulcan Materials Co.)
1200 Urban Center Drive
Birmingham, AL 35242 USA
09421 Empire Plastics, Inc.
521 Fairmont Avenue
Endicott, NY 13760-5944 USA
09785 AGA Gas, Inc.
3300 Lakeside Avenue
Cleveland, OH 44114-3751 USA
1A053 AAA Aircraft Supply Co.

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 179

36 Suffield Street
P.O. Box 411
Windsor Locks, CT 06096-1320 USA
1A319 Lamart Corp.
16 Richmond Street
Clifton, NJ 07011-2829 USA
1CXA3 Sefar America Inc.
111 Calumet Street
Depew, New York 14043-3734 USA
1DWR5 Advanced Chemistry & Technology, Inc.
7341 Anaconda Avenue
Garden Grove, CA 92841-2921 USA
1E1X8 Saint-Gobain Ceramics & Plastics Inc.
(DBA Saint-Gobain Ceramic Materials)
1 New Bond Street
P. O. Box 15137
Worcester, MA 01615-0137 USA
1EYE7 Nuvite Chemical Compounds
213 Freeman Street
Brooklyn, NY 11222-1404 USA
1GD26 Aimtek Inc.
201 Washington Street
Auburn, MA 01501-3224
1HX90 Brand-Nu Laboratories Inc.
377 Research Parkway
Meriden, CT 06450-7155
1KGE8 Fisher Scientific Company
Global Exports
3970 Johns Creek Court, Suite 500
Suwanee, GA 30024-1297 USA
1ML15 Octel Starreon, LLC
8375 S. Willow Street - 5th Floor
Littleton, CO 80124 USA
1M647 Fuchs Lubricants Co.
281 Silver Sands Road
P.O. Box 328
East Haven, CT 06512-4140 USA
1NCU0 Zokman Products, Inc.
1220 E. Gump Road
Fort Wayne, IN 46845-9794 USA
1PWD8 Exxon Mobil Corp.
3225 Gallows Road - Room 4W917
Fairfax, VA 22037 USA
1UGB2 Air BP Lubricants
Division of BP Products
North America Inc.
Parsippany, NJ 07054-4406 USA
1TGF9 Ohio Industrial Lubricants, Inc.
250 Mahoning Avenue
Cleveland, OH 44113 USA
IVJW7 Intertape Polymer Management Corp.
3647 Cortez Road West
Bradenton, FL 34210-3169 USA
1V074 Sulflo, Inc.

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 180

1158 Erie Avenue

North Tonawanda, NY 14120-3507 USA
1V824 Northern Fiberglass Sales, Inc.
102 Tide Mill Road
P.O. Box 2010
Hampton, NH 03842 USA
1XNT8 D Aircraft Products
1191 N. Hawk Circle
Anaheim, CA 92807 USA
1ZC62 Valco Cincinnati, Inc.
(Was: W. Canning, Inc.)
411 Circle Freeway Drive
10009 RM Engineered Products, Inc. -
North Charleston, SC
11139 Deutsch Company
Engineered Connecting Devices
700 S. Hathaway
Municipal Airport
Banning, CA 92220 USA
11770 (Refer to 8F024)
11851 Daniels Manufacturing Corp.
526 Thorpe Road
Orlando, FL 32824-8133 USA
12474 Bel-Ray Co., Inc.
1201 Bowan Avenue
Wall, NJ 07719 USA
12861 Intertape Polymer Group, Inc.
(Was: Armak Co.,Tape Div.)
317 Kendall Avenue
Marysville, MI 48040-1911 USA
13556 Cinch Connector
1500 Morse Ave.
Elk Grove Village, IL 60007 USA
13868 Kano Laboratories, Inc.
1000 Thompson Lane
Nashville, TN 37211-4101 USA
14283 Matrix Science Inc.
P.O. Box 3309
Torrance, CA 90503-3807 USA
15653 Fairchild Fasteners -
Fullerton Operations
(Was: Kaynar Manufacturing Co.)
800 S. State College Blvd.
Fullerton, CA 92831-3004 USA
16193 (Obsolete)
16837 Miracle Power Products Corp.
1101 Belt Line Street
16902 Simpson Electric Co.
Simpson Instruments Div.
853 Dundee Ave.
Elgin, IL 60120-3090 USA

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 181

16956 Avery Dennison (For Orders)

(Was: Dennison Mfg. Co.,
Identification Systems Div.)
50 Pointe Drive
Brea, CA 92821-3699 USA
17125 (Deleted)
17209 (Deleted)
17534 Alconox, Inc.
(Was: Standard Scientific Supply Co.)
30 Glenn Street
Suite 309
White Plains, NY 10603 USA
17699 Weiler Brush Co.
1 Wildwood Drive
RD 1
P.O. Box 149
Cresco, PA 18326 USA
18034 (Refer to: 02570)
18598 Miller-Stephenson Chemical Co. Inc.
55 Backus Avenue
Danbury, CT 06813 USA
18873 E.I. duPont de Nemours and Co., Inc.
1007 Market Street
P.O. Box 1635
Wilmington, DE 19899 USA
19135 Mobil Oil Co.
Interstate 10
P.O. Box 3311
Beaumont, TX 77704 USA
19354 Daniel Gerard & Co., Ltd.
5 Plain Avenue
New Rochelle, NY 10801-2204 USA
19955 Maryland Rubber Corp. -
Baltimore, MD
(Obsolete)
2A851 John R. Lyman Co.
60 Depot Street
Chicopee, MA 01013-1251 USA
2B975 Hexcel Corp.
1913 N. King Street
Seguin, TX 78155-2115 USA
2E531 Dow Corning Corp.
2914 Patterson Street
Greensboro, NC 27407 USA
2G152 (Deleted)
2H505 Timet Co., Div. Of Titanium Metals Corp. Of
America
(Cancelled without replacement) (Current Address
Unavailable)
2M749 SKF Industries, Inc.
Bearing Group
1100 1st Avenue
King of Prussia, PA 19406 USA
2R128 Castrol Industrial Americas

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 182

(Was: Castrol Industrial North

America, Div. of Endurance Technology)
1001 West 31st Street
Downers Grove, IL 60515-5509 USA
20696 Maryland Brush Co.
3221 Frederick Avenue
Baltimore, MD 21229-3807 USA
21361 B & B Tritech, Inc.
(Was: B & B Chemical Co., Inc.)
875 West 20th Street
Hialeah, FL 33010-2310 USA
21405 Sherwin, Inc.
5530 Borwick Avenue
South Gate, CA 90280-7402 USA
22527 Fisher Scientific Co.
2000 Park Lane
Pittsburgh, PA 15275 USA
22819 Aviall Services, Inc.
2750 Regent Boulevard
Dallas, TX 75261-9048 USA
22873 (Refer to 23354)
23037(A) E.I. duPont de Nemours Co., Inc.
Chemical And Pigments Dept.
1007 Market Street
23037(D) E.I. duPont de Nemours Co., Inc.
Fabric & Finishes Dept.
1007 Market St.
23354 PRC-DeSoto International, Inc.
A PPG Industries Company
823 East Gate Drive
Mount Laurel, NJ 08054 USA
23373 Chemetall Oakite
16961 Knott Avenue
La Mirada, CA 90638-6015 USA
24269 Schaefer Machine Co., Inc.
200 Commercial Drive
Deep River, CT 06417 USA
26057 TAFA, Inc.
146 Pembroke road
Concord, NH 03301-5706 USA
26066 Minnesota Mining & Mfg. Co.,
Industrial Tape Div.
(Obsolete. Refer to 04963)
27674 (Refer to 86938)
27732 Ensign Products Co., Inc.
3528 East 76th Street
28112 Minnesota Mining and Mfg. Co.,
Performance Materials Div.
(Was: Performance Chemicals & Fluid;
and, Industrial Chemical Products
Div.)

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 183

3M Center
Building 223-06-S-04
28124 3M Co., Abrasive Systems Div.
3M Center
Building 0223-06-N-01
Saint Paul, MN 55144-1000 USA
28139 (Refer to S0233)
28506 (Refer to 00741)
29700 (Refer to 1PWD8)
3A487 (Refer To 97361)
3DYZ1 Crompton Corp.
(Was: Witco/A Crompton Business)
1 American Lane
Greenwich, CT 06831 USA
3EG53 Chevron Texaco, Corp.
(Was: Texaco, Inc.)
6001 Bollinger Canyon Road
San Ramon, CA 94583 USA
3EU06 Intertape Polymer Group Inc.
DBA American Tape
317 Kendall Avenue
Marysvill, MI 48040-1911 USA
3F733 Cabot Corp.,
Cab-O-Sil Div.
700 East U.S. Highway 36
Tuscola, IL 61953 USA
3FJ16 Echo Engineering & Production Supplies
Inc.
(DBA Echo Supply)
5406 W 78th Street
Indianapolis, IN 46268-4149 USA
3U728 (Refer to 1PWD8)
3YAK8 Atlanco, Inc.
No. 2 Bomar Street
Inman, SC 29349 USA
30119 Ideal Industries Inc.
Becker Place
Sycamore, IL 60178-2917 USA
30530 Safety-Kleen Corp.
1301 Gervais Street - Suite 300
Columbia, SC 29201 USA
30676 Lord Corp.
Chemical Products Div.
2000 W. Grandview Boulevard
Erie, PA 16514-0038 USA
32988 (Deleted. Refer to S0163)
33461 Deft, Inc.
17451 Von Karmen Avenue
Irvine, CA 92614 USA
33564 Henkel Loctite Corp.
(Was: Dexter Corp.
Dexter Adhesive & Coating Systems)
P.O. Box 312

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 184

2850 Willow Pass Road

Bay Point, CA 94565-0031 USA
33629 The Kindt-Collins Co.
12651 Elmwood Avenue
33684 Stanley Home Products, Inc.
Industrial Div.
116 Pleasant Street
East Hampton, MA 01027-1118 USA
33890 Vitta Corp.
7 Trowbridge Drive
Bethel, CT 06801 USA
33970 Custom Brush Co.
444 Suffolk Drive
Cherry Hill, NJ 08002-2007 USA
34227 Sandstrom Products Co.
224 South Main Street
Port Byron, IL 61275 USA
34568 Tiodize Co., Inc.
5858 Engineer Drive
Huntington Beach, CA 92649 USA
34897 Ashland Chemical Co.,
A Div. of Ashland Oil, Inc.
P.O. Box 2219
Columbus, OH 43216-2219 USA
35502 Magnus Chemicals, Ltd.
(Was: Mag-Chem, Inc.)
1271 Ampere
Boucherville, Quebec, Canada J4B 5Z5
or
Socomor Finishing Technologies
Zone Industrielle du Prat
R.P. 3707
56037 Vannes, Cedex, France
36023 (Canceled. Refer to 19354)
36346 Praxair - Industrial Gases
(Was: Union Carbide Corp.,
Linde Div.)
Old Ridgebury Road
Danbury, CT 06817 USA
37676 Magnaflux Corp.
Div. Of Illinois Tool Works, Inc.
3624 W. Lake Avenue
Glenview, IL 60025 USA
37995 Burmah-Castrol Canada Ltd.
3660 Lakeshore Boulevard W.
Toronto, Ontario, Canada M8W 1P2
38597 Lockheed Martin Corp.
(Was: Martin Marietta Corp.
Aero And Naval Systems)
2323 Eastern Blvd. E-5
Baltimore, MD 21220-4207 USA
38948 D.W. Electrochemicals, Ltd.
97 Newkirk Road North, Unit 3

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 185

Richmond Hill,
Ontario L4C 3G4 Canada
39428 McMaster-Carr Supply Co.
600 County Line Road
Elmhurst, IL 60126-2034 USA
4G117 BGF Industries, Inc.
401 Amherst Avenue
P.O. Box 592
Altavista, VA 24517 USA
4L264 Fabric Development, Inc.
1217 Mill Street
Quakertown, PA 18951-1127 USA
4N020 CCP Industries, Inc.
(Was: Cleveland Cotton Products Co.)
670 Alpha Drive
Highland Heights, OH 44143 USA
4PNW1 Rubber Stamps Unlimited, Inc.
334 South Harvey
Plymouth, MI 48170 USA
44197 (Refer to 1E1X8)
44389 (Refer to 02CA7)
44926 Olympic Glove Co., Inc.
75 Main Avenue
Elmwood Park, NJ 07407 USA
45255 Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corp.
Fiberglas Tower - T/11
One Owens Corning Parkway
Toledo, OH 43629-0001 USA
45681 Parker Hannifin Corp.
6035 Parkland Boulevard
Mayfield Heights, OH 44124 USA
45773 (Refer to 33970)
47695 PPG Industries, Inc.
Chemical Group
One PPG Place
Pittsburgh, PA 15272-0001 USA
49367 Pyle-National Co.
1334 N. Kostner Avenue
Chicago, IL 60651-1420 USA
5D028 Dow Corning Corp.
3901 South Saginaw Road
Midland, MI 48640 USA
5S938 Ashland, Inc.
5200 Paul Blazer Memorial Parkway
Dublin, OH 43017 USA
5W425 Bostik, Inc.
(Was: Emhart Corp., Bostik Div.)
211 Boston Street
Middleton, MA 01949 USA
5Y661 Shurtape Technologies, Inc.
(Was: Shuford Mills, Inc. Tape Div.)
1620 Highland Avenue
P. O. Box 1530
Hickory, NC 28603-1530 USA

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 186

50744 Kirkhill-TA Company

(DBA SFS Division)
300 E Cypress Street
Bea, CA 92821-4007 USA
50907 (Replaced by 99167)
52152 Minnesota Mining And Mfg. Co.
Industrial Tape And Specialties Div.
3M Center
53012 Coatings for Industry, Inc.
319 Township Line Road
Souderton, PA 18964-1905
53100 Lockheed Martin Space Systems Co.
Michoud Operations
(Was: Lockheed Martin Corp.; and,
Martin Marietta Corp.)
13800 Old Gentilly Road - MS 2300
P.O. Box 29304
New Orleans, LA 70129-2218 USA
53912 Airtech International, Inc.
5700 Skylab Road
Huntington Beach, CA 92647-2055 USA
54527 Shell Oil Company
1 Shell Plaza
P.O. Box 2463
Houston, TX 77001 USA
54636 The Sherwin-Williams Co.,
Krylon Products Group
101 Prospect Avenue
Cleveland, OH 44115 USA
54916 Radiac Abrasives Inc.
1015 South College Avenue
Salem, IL 62881-2428 USA
55596 Polymet Corp.
10073 Commerce Park drive
Cincinnati, OH 45246-1333 USA
56385 Ultrachem
900 Centerpoint Boulevard
Newcastle, DE 19720 USA
56501 Thomas and Betts Corp.
920 Route 202
Raritan, NJ 08869-1420
56883 Penetone Corp.
74 Hudson Avenue
Tenafly, NJ 07670 USA
57635 (Refer to 1PWD8)
58093 (Refer to 1XNT8)
58595 Pilot Corp. of America
60 Commerce Drive
Trumbull, CT 06611 USA
58913 Sermatech International, Inc.
155 S. Limerick Road
Limerick, PA 19468-1699 USA
59460 Pyramid Plastics, Inc.

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 187

Tolber Div.
220 West 5th Street
Hope, AR 71801-5212 USA
59595 (Refer to 3EG53)
6A670 3M, ITSD Aerospace
(Was: Adhesives, Coatings & Sealers
Div.)
3211 E. Chestnut Expressway
P.O. Box 300 M
Springfield, MO 65802-2548 USA
60218 Graphite Products Corp.
5756 Sharon-Warren Road
P.O. Box 207
Brookfield, OH 44403-9507 USA
60890 Dewal Industries, Inc.
15 Ray Trainor Drive
P.O. Box 372
Saunderstown, RI 02874 USA
61102 (Refer to 86460)
61637 Danbury Union Carbide Corp.
39 Old Ridgebury Road
Danbury, CT 06817-0001 USA
62369 Flexcon Co., Inc.
1 Flexcon Industrial Park
Spencer, MA 01562 USA
62758 (Refer to 23354)
63247 Mirachem Corp.
4645 W. McDowell Road - Unit 103
Phoenix, AZ 85035 USA
63585 Wall Colmonoy Corp.
30261 Stephenson Highway.
Madison Heights, MI 48071 USA
64220 Ruger Chemical Co., Inc.
83 Cordier Street
Irvington, NJ 07111-4035 USA
64972 WESGO Metals
A Division of Morgan Advanced
Ceramics/
The Morgan Crucible Co. Plc.
2425 Whipple Road
Hayward, CA 94544 USA
65483 Allied Resin Corp.
Weymouth Industrial Park
E. Weymouth, MA 02189-1699 USA
66442 Richmond Aircraft Products
13503 Pumice Street
Norwalk, CA 90650 USA
66724 LPS Laboratories, Inc.
4647 Hugh Howell Road
Tucker, GA 30085-5052 USA
70040 General Motors Corp.,
AC Rochester Div.
(Was: AC Spark Plug ,
Div. of General Motors Corp.)

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 188

4800 S. Saginaw Street

Flint, MI 48501-1360 USA
70079 Acheson Colloids Co.,
Div. of Acheson Industries, Inc.
1600 Washington Avenue
P.O. Box 611747
Port Huron, MI 48061-1747 USA
70362 Dixon Ticonderoga Co.
(World Headquarters)
195 International Parkway
Heathrow, FL 32746 USA
70752 (Deleted)
70958 Bergen Cable Technologies, Inc.
343 Kaplan Drive
Fairfield, NJ 07004 USA
71191 Kop-Coat, Inc.
5431 District Boulevard
Los Angeles, CA 90040 USA
71361 McGean (Was:
McGean, Cee-Bee Aviation Products;
and, McGean-Rohco, Inc./
Cee-Bee Chemical Div.)
2910 Harvard Avenue
71410 Henkel Surface Technologies
32100 Stephenson Highway.
Madison Heights, MI 48071 USA
71643 Saint-Gobain Performance Plastics,
Inc.
(Was: CHR Industries, Inc.
An Armco Co.)
407 East Street
New Haven, CT 06511 USA
71984 Dow Corning Corp.
2200 West Salzburg Road
Midland, MI 48640-8531 USA
72008 DuBois Chemicals, Inc.
(Was: Chemed Corp.,
DuBois Chemicals Div.)
255 E. 5th Tower
73165 (Refer to 05972)
73168 Kidde - Fenwal
(Was: Fenwal, Inc.
Div. of Kidde, Inc.)
400 Main Street
Ashland, MA 01721-2150 USA
73219 Fiske Brothers Refining Co.
129 Lockwood Street
Newark, NJ 07105-4720 USA
73277 Houghton International, Inc.
(Was: E. F. Houghton & Co.)
P.O. Box 930
Madison & VanBuren Avenues

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 189

Valley Forge, PA 19482 USA

74116 New England Electrical Wire Corp.
365 Main Street
Lisbon, NH 03585
74230 FMI Paint & Chemicals
(Was: FMI Chemical Corp.)
158 Hartford Road
Manchester, CT 06040 USA
74291 Solo-Horton Brushes, Inc.
122 Summer Street
Torrington, CT 06780 USA
75273 Witco Chemical Corp.
Kendall/Amalie Motor Oil
(Was: Kendall Refining Co.,
Div. of WITCO Chemical Co.)
77 N. Kendall Avenue
P.O. Box 2000
Bradford, PA 16701-1726 USA
75364 (Deleted. Sells only to distributors.
Refer to local art supply store for
source.)
75437 EOE, Inc.
585 Fourth Street
P.O. Box 177
Troy, NY 12181 USA
75554 (Deleted. Use S0226)
75668 Sherwin-Williams Co.
2390 Arbor Boulevard
Dayton, OH 45439 USA
75957 LUDECA Inc.
1527 NW 89th Street
Miami, FL 33172 USA
76071 MacDermid, Inc.
245 Freight Street
Waterbury, CT 06702-1802 USA
76381 3M Company
3M Center - Building. 225-3S-20
76541 Monsanto Co.
800 N. Lindbergh Boulevard
St. Louis, MO 63167 USA
77163 (Refer To 1V074)
77359 (Refer to 75668)
77445 United Technologies Corp.
Pratt & Whitney
Large Comercial Engines Spare Parts
Sales
400 Main Street
East Hartford, CT 06108-0969 USA
77490 Quaker Chemical Corp.
Elm & Lee Streets
Conshohocken, PA 19428 USA
77672 Randolph Products Co. Inc.
33 Haynes Circle

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 190

Chiccopee, MA 01020 USA

77902 The Rohm and Hass Co.
100 Independence Mall West
Philadelphia, PA 19106-2399 USA
78369 (Refer to 3DYZ1)
8E913 Zip-Chem Products
408 Pickering Drive
Pinkerington OH 43147-1367 USA
8F024 Everlube Products,
(Was E/M)
Div. of Morgan Advance Ceramics
100 Cooper Circle
Peachtree City, GA 30269-3025 USA
8S927 (Refer to OWU71)
80164 Keithly Instruments Inc.
28775 Aurora Rd.
Cleveland, OH 44139
80769 Polyken Technologies,
A Div. of The Kendall Co.
(Was: The Kendall Co.,
Polyken Div.)
15 Hampshire Street
Mansfield, MA 02048 USA
80798 (Refer to 3F733)
80861 International Paper
One Penn Plaza - Suite 2814
New York, NY 10119 USA
82110 Gudebrod, Inc.
274 Shoemaker Road
Pottstown, PA 19464 USA
82726 (Deleted)
83309 Electrical Specialty Co. -
South San Francisco, CA
83311 Simmonds Precision Engine Systems
BF Goodrich Aerospace
Norwich-Oxford Rd.
P.O. Box 310
Norwich, NY 13815
83334 Tuck Industries, Inc. -
New Rochelle, NY
83527 (Canceled. Replaced by 23354)
84063 (Refer to 71410)
84163 Borden, Inc.
Chemical Div.
180 East Broad Street
Columbus, OH 43215-3705 USA
85419 Binney and Smith, Inc.
1100 Church Lane
P.O. Box 431
Easton, PA 18042-9010 USA
85570 (Refer to 23354)
85665 (Refer to 76071)

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 191

85932 Electrofilm, Inc.

25395 Rye Canyon Road
Valencia, CA 91355 USA
86293 The Craftint Mfg. Co.
P.O. Box 1568
Augusta, GA 30903 USA
86297 Cratex Manufacturing Co., Inc.
328 Encinitas Blvd. - Suite 200
Encinitas, CA 92024 USA
86460 Elf Atochem North America, Inc.
2000 Market Street
Philadelphia, PA 19103-3222 USA
86874 Sanford Corp.
2711 Washington Boulevard
Bellwood, IL 60104 USA
86938 Selig Industries
1420 Seaboard Industrial Boulvard
Atlanta, GA 30318 USA
87187 (Refer to 84163)
88303 Phillips Process Co., Inc.
20 Magnolia Street
Rochester, NY 14608-2931 USA
88597 Volger's Ink Manufacturers
(Out of Business)
89524 Ondeo Nalco Co.
1 Ondeo Nalco Center
Naperville, IL 60563-1198 USA
9A090 DuPont Company
Electronics Department
US Route 23, South DuPont Road
P.0. Box 89
Circleville, OH 43113 USA
9A303 Dow Corning Corp.
760 Hodgenville Road
Elizabethtown, KY 42701-9016 USA
9T904 Ashland Oil, Inc./Valvoline Div.
Specialty Coatings & Lubricants Group
(Refer to 5S938)
9X057 Technical Laminations & Coatings
(was: Custom Tapes, Inc.)
7125 Gunnison Street
Harwood Heights, IL 60656-3830 USA
91342 AKZO Nobel Aerospace Coatings, Inc.
(Was: Dexter Specialty Coatings)
1 E. Water Street
Waukegan, IL 60085-5652 USA
2108 PRC-Desoto International Inc.
5454 San Fernando Road
Glendale, CA 91203
92194 Alpha Wire Corp.
711 Lidgerwood Avenue
P.O. Box 711
Elizabeth, NJ 07207-0711 USA
92469 (Deleted. Refer to S0233)

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 192

93255 Micro Essential Laboratory

4224 Avenue H
Brooklyn, NY 11210-3518 USA
94058 Brulin & Company, Inc.
P.O. Box 270
2920 Dr. Andrew J. Brown Avenue
Indianapolis, IN 46206 USA
94129 Brookfield Wire Co.
Route 9 - P. O. Box 248
Brookfield, MA 01506 USA
94480 (Deleted. Refer to 1KEG8)
94499 Dow Corning Corp.
42 Old Flanders Road
Woodbury, CT 06798-2109 USA
94548 Chevron Chemical Co.,
Agriculture Chemical Div.
575 Market Street
San Francisco, CA 94119 USA
94853 The Hubbard Hall Chemical Co.
563 South Leonard Street
P.O. Box 790
Waterbury, CT 06708 USA
95015 Marvel Oil Co., Inc.
331-337 N. Main Street
Port Chester, NY 10573-3305 USA
95643 (Deleted)
96717 Dow Chemical Co.
2030 Willard H. Dow Center
Midland, MI 48674-0001 USA
97361 Unisource & Alco Standard Co.
(Was: Chatfield Paper Co.)
21 Dodge Avenue
North Haven, CT 06473 USA
OR
(Was: Rourke-Eno Paper Co.)
100 Helmsford Way
Windsor, CT 06095-0740 USA
97460 (Refer to 23354)
97854 (Deleted)
98079 CVC Products, Inc.
525 Lee Road
Rochester, NY 14606-4236 USA
98148 ITW Dykem
805 East Old 56 Highway
Olathe, KS 66061 USA
98500 AGC, Inc.
106 Evansville Avenue
Meriden, CT 06450-5135 USA
98502 Akzo Coatings, Inc.
Aerospace Finishes Div.
434 W. Meats Street
Orange, CA 92665 USA
98733 Met-L-Chek Co.
1639 Euclid Street

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 193

Santa Monica, CA 90404-3723 USA

98795 Dexter Corp.
Dexter Crown Metro Aerospace Div.
31500 Hayman St.
Hayward, CA 94544-7120 USA
99167 Hamilton Sunstrand Corp.
(Was: Sundstrand Aviation
Division of Sundstrand Corp.
Aircraft Equipment Division)
4747 Harrison Avenue
Rockford, IL 61125-7002 USA
99251 Bendix Corp.
Instrument and Life Support Div.
2734 Hickory Grove Rd.
P.O. Box 4508
Davenport, IA 52808
99384 Huntsman Advanced Materials Americas,
Inc.
(Was: Vantico, Inc.)
5121 San Fernando Road West
Los Angeles, CA 90039-1071 USA
99742 Permacel Nitto Denko Co.
(Was: Permacel, Div. Of Nitto Denko
America; and, Permacel, Div. of
Johnson and Johnson)
U.S. Highway 1
P.O. Box 671
New Brunswick, NJ 08903 USA
99891 Products Research and Chemical Corp.
5430 San Fernando Road
Glendale, CA 91203 USA
TASK 70-30-00-918-803-A
Consumable Materials Index for the Nacelle (UTC Aerospace Systems)

Self explanatory
(Ref. 70-30-00-918-802-A). Consumable Materials Index for the Engine (Pratt & Whitney)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 70-30-00-869-054-A
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
Subtask 70-30-00-910-052-A
A. General

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 194

(1) This page block gives details of all the consumable materials that are required during maintenance of
the nacelle. For the engine maintenance refer to (Ref. AMM TASK 70-30-00-918-802) .
(2) This Consumables index has been created to give a complete list of the approved consumables used
in the overhaul and repair of the UTAS Nacelle Systems.
The materials are only approved for use when instructed by UTAS Aerostructures Repair, Overhaul or
maintenance documentation.
The products listed have been tested for compatibility and function. Some suppliers may offer
alternatives to the products listed in this manual. These must not be used without authority from
UTAS Aerostructures.
If any of the products in this manual are no longer available from the listed suppliers or if supplier
information is incorrect, please contact your local UTAS Airline Support Manager.
(3) It is the responsibility of the operator to obtain and observe the manufacturer's material safety data
sheets for consumable materials information such as: hazardous ingredients, physical/chemical
characteristics, fire, explosion, reactivity, health hazard data, precautions for safe handling, use and
control measures and also to take local regulations into consideration.
(4) The index is divided into three sections:
(a) An alphanumeric index which lists the consumable materials in alphabetical order.
(b) A materials index which lists the consumable materials by section.
(c) A list of suppliers names and addresses which are in order alphanumerically by supplier code.
Subtask 70-30-00-918-059-A
B. Alphanumeric Index

Abrasive Cloth, Aluminum Oxide PU1-0025
Abrasive Pad PU1-0006
Abrasive Paper, Aluminum Oxide PU1-0061
Abrasive Paper, Aluminum Oxide, 150-Grit PU1-0015
Abrasive Paper, Silicon Carbide PU1-0062
Abrasive Paper, Silicon Carbide, 150-Grit PU1-0055
Abrasive Paper, 220-Grit PU1-0003
Abrasive Roll PU1-0059
Acetone PU2-0002
Activator PU4-0011
Additive PU2-0018
Adhesion Promoter PU3-0010
Adhesive PU3-0006
Adhesive PU3-0006A
Adhesive, Epoxy Paste PU3-0016
Adhesive, Epoxy Paste PU3-0021

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 195


Adhesive, Fluorosilicone PU3-0024
Alcohol, Ethyl PU2-0009
Alcohol, Isopropyl PU2-0001
Alcohol, Methyl PU2-0016
Aluminum Honeycomb PU1-0044
Aluminum Laminated Shim Stock PU1-0068
Aluminum Sheet PU1-0037
Anodic Coating PU4-0031
Anti-Seize Compound PU5-0002
Anti-Seize Compound PU5-0005A
Anti-Seize Compound PU5-0005B
Anti-Seize Compound, Zinc Dust Petrolatum PU5-0007
Bag, Heat Sealable PU1-0023
Barrier Material PU1-0018
Base PU4-0002
Basecoat PU4-0029
Base Primer PU4-0002B
Base Primer PU4-0002C
Base Primer PU4-0002D
Base Primer PU4-0002E
Base Primer PU4-0010
Base Primer PU4-0024
Bonderite M-CR 1132 Aero PU2-0003
Bonderite M-CR 1200S Aero PU2-0005
Box, Corrugated Paper PU1-0022
Brush PU1-0017
Brush PU1-0050
Brush PU1-0054
Cable, Safety PU1-0002
Cable, Safety PU1-0027
Cap, Protective PU1-0071
Cap, Shipping PU1-0069
Carborundum Stone PU1-0058
Catalyst PU3-0012
Catalyst PU3-0015
Catalyst PU4-0025
Chemical Conversion Coat PU4-0033
Cleaner PU2-0020
Cleaner, Alkaline Low Foam PU2-0014
Cleaning Solvent PU2-0012
Clear Prime Coat PU4-0034
Cloth PU1-0001
Compound, Corrosion Preventative PU3-0019

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 196


Converter PU4-0004
Converter PU4-0004A
Converter PU4-0007
Corrosion Inhibiting Compound PU3-0022
Corrosion Preventative PU5-0006
Crocus Cloth PU1-0024
Crocus Cloth PU1-0060
Curing Solution PU4-0009
Curing Solution PU4-0014
Dessicant PU1-0021
Detergent Degreaser PU2-0024
Detergent, Spray Wash PU2-0023
Emery Cloth PU1-0065
Envelope, Foam PU1-0063
Expanded Copper Foil, AB73 PU1-0033
Epoxy Laminating System PU4-0018
Fiberglass Fabric, Non-porous PTFE coated PU1-0029
Fiberglass Fabric, Non-porous TFE coated PU1-0030
Film Adhesive Material PU1-0032
Gloves PU1-0014
Gloves PU1-0016
Grease PU5-0001
Hammer, Fiber PU1-0004
Heavy Duty Cleaner PU2-0015
HexPly M20 Prepreg Fabric, Plain Weave PU1-0031
Hydraulic Fluid PU6-0004
Inconel Welding Wire PU1-0035
Inconel 625 Sheet PU1-0034
Lockwire PU1-0011
Lockwire PU1-0038
Lockwire PU1-0053
Lockwire PU1-0074
Lubricant PU6-0002
Lubricant PU6-0003
Lubricant PU6-0006
Lubrication Oil PU6-0005
Lubrication Oil PU6-0005A
Lubricant, Solid Film PU5-0008
Methyl Ethyl Ketone PU2-0017
Modelling Clay PU1-0009
Moisture Proof Paper PU1-0020
Nitrogen Gas PU1-0064
Oil PU6-0001
Packing Material, Pelespan Foam PU1-0067
Paint, Clear Coat PU4-0036
Paint, High Temperature PU4-0021

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 197


Paint, High Temperature PU4-0022
Paint, Orange Fluorescent PU4-0037
Paint, White PU4-0038
Pick, Teflon PU1-0070
Plastic Electrical Dust Cap PU1-0041
Plug, Protective PU1-0072
Premier Rush Inhibitor PU3-0026
Primer PU3-0007
Primer PU4-0003
Primer PU4-0006
Primer PU4-0019
Primer, Epoxy PU4-0035
Primer, High Temperature PU4-0023
Primer, Zinc-Chromate PU4-0020
Putty PU1-0039
Release Agent PU5-0004
Release Agent PU5-0004A
Release Agent PU5-0004B
Remover, Alkaline Rust and Scale PU2-0013
Remover, Paint PU2-0026
Retaining Compound PU3-0023
Scour Pad PU1-0075
Sealant PU3-0002
Sealant PU3-0002A
Sealant PU3-0002B
Sealant PU3-0003
Sealant PU3-0003A
Sealant PU3-0004
Sealant PU3-0004A
Sealant PU3-0005
Sealant PU3-0005A
Sealant PU3-0005B
Sealant PU3-0008
Sealant PU3-0009
Sealant PU3-0013
Sealant PU3-0013A
Sealant PU3-0014
Sealant PU3-0017
Sealant PU3-0017A
Sealant PU3-0018
Sealant PU3-0018A
Sealant PU3-0027
Sealant, Tamper Proof PU3-0025
Sealing Compound PU3-0001
Sealing Compound PU3-0001A
Sealing Compound PU3-0001B
Solvent PU2-0008
Solvent PU2-0010
Solvent PU2-0011

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 198


Solvent, Cleaning PU2-0021
Solvent, Stripper PU2-0025
Solvent, Stripper PU2-0025A
Solvent Wipe PU2-0022
Swab, Cotton PU1-0026
Tag PU1-0019
Tape PU1-0007
Tape PU1-0008
Tape PU1-0010
Tape PU1-0042
Tape PU1-0043
Tape PU1-0043A
Tape PU1-0046
Tape PU1-0048
Tape PU1-0049
Tape PU1-0052
Tape PU1-0052A
Tape PU1-0073
Tape, Silicon PU3-0020
Tape, Thermosetting PU1-0012
Tape, Tying PU1-0028
Tedlar Tape PU1-0066
Thinner PU4-0005
Thinner PU4-0008
Thinner PU4-0012
Thinner/Reducer PU4-0015
Tie-Dex Band PU1-0040
Topcoat PU4-0030
Topcoat Activator PU4-0027
Topcoat Base PU4-0026
Topcoat, Clear Polyurethane PU4-0016
Topcoat, Clear Polyurethane PU4-0016A
Topcoat Thinner PU4-0028
Torque Seal PU4-0013
Torque Seal PU4-0017
Varnish PU4-0001
Water PU1-0051
Subtask 70-30-00-918-063-A
C. List of Consumable Products
SUPPLY SUPPLY NAME DESCRIPTION CAGE COMMENTS

NUMBER SUPPLY SPEC CODE
PU1-0001 Cloth Cotton, Lint-Free Local
PU1-0002 Cable, Safety AS3509-0312K Local
PU1-0003 Abrasive Paper, 220- Local
Grit
PU1-0004 Hammer, Fiber Local

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 199


PU1-0005 Abrasive Paper, 280- Local Oxide Paper
Grit
PU1-0006 Abrasive Pad Scotch-Brite Ultra-fine Pads 28124
PU1-0007 Tape "Adhesive Tape (Masking) Local
Zinc Oxide at 142"
PU1-0008 Tape "Adhesive Tape General Local
Purpose Scotch 202 (A-A-
883 Type I)"
PU1-0009 Modelling Clay Local
PU1-0010 Tape Adhesive Tape (Duct) Local
PU1-0011 Lockwire 20 gauge MS20995C32 Local Cres wire, 0.032 in. nom-
inal dia.; MS20995 re-
placed by NASM20995
PU1-0012 Tape, Thermosetting Scotch 361 28124 RMS 313
PU1-0013 Abrasive paper, 320- Local
grit
PU1-0014 Gloves Gloves, Lint-Free Local
PU1-0015 Abrasive Paper, Alu- 150-grit Local
minum Oxide, 150-grit
PU1-0016 Gloves Gloves, Rubber Local
PU1-0017 Brush Brush, Stainless Steel Wire Local
PU1-0018 Barrier Material MIL-PRF-121, Type II, Grade 81349 For MIL-STD-2073, called
A, Class 2 out by EEP1003
PU1-0019 Tag A-A59622 81349
PU1-0020 Moisture Proof Paper MIL-B-121, Grade A Local
PU1-0021 Dessicant MIL-D-3464, Class 1 Local
PU1-0022 Box, Corrugated Pa- ASTM D5118 Local
per
PU1-0023 Bag, Heat Sealable Polyethylene MIL-B-117 Local
PU1-0024 Crocus Cloth 600-grit or finer Local
PU1-0025 Abrasive Cloth, Alu- 600-grit or finer Local
minum Oxide
PU1-0026 Swab, Cotton Local
PU1-0027 Cable, Safety Heat-Resistant Steel, Local
AS3510-0218K
PU1-0028 Tape, Tying 402-3 0WFC7
PU1-0029 Fiberglass Fabric, Release Ease 234 TFNP 53912
Non-porous PTFE
coated
PU1-0030 Fiberglass Fabric, 200 TFNP 66229
Non-porous TFE
coated
PU1-0031 HexPly M20 Prepreg M20/40%/G904 52331 RMS 167, Type 1, Style 1,
Fabric, Plain Weave Class 1
PU1-0032 Film Adhesive Materi- FM300-2M, 0.060 psf 1KU10 RMS 168, Type 1, Grade
al 1
PU1-0033 Expanded Copper 2CU4-100FA 5E5G5
Foil, AB73
PU1-0034 Inconel 625 Sheet AMS 5599 Local
PU1-0035 Inconel Welding Wire AMS 5837 Local

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 200


PU1-0036 Abrasive Paper, 400- Local
grit
PU1-0037 Aluminum Sheet AMS 4096, 2219-0 Local
PU1-0038 Lockwire 24 gauge MS20995C20 Local Cres wire, 0.020 in. nom-
Safety Wire inal dia.; MS20995 re-
placed by NASM20995
PU1-0039 Putty 16130 2R260 Metrology Casting Materi-
al
PU1-0040 Tie-Dex Band A10086 70847
PU1-0041 Plastic Electrical Dust AS85049/138 Local
Cap
PU1-0042 Tape High Speed Tape Local
PU1-0043 Tape Pressure Sensitive Tape 53912 RIMS 1004, Class A, Type
Flashbreaker 5R 1
PU1-0043A Tape Pressure Sensitive Tape 0V7G8 RIMS 1004, Class A, Type
Flashtape 5R 1
PU1-0044 Aluminum Honey- HexWeb CR-PAA - 3/8 - 52331 RMS 026, Class 1, Type
comb 5052 - 3.7P 1, Grade 2, Form 1B,
Group 1
PU1-0046 Tape Masking Tape, Polyester, 76381
Green (for securing solder),
Scotch 8402
PU1-0048 Tape Teflon Tape, P-423 Local
PU1-0049 Tape Teflon Fiberglass Lacing 00768
Tape, 190L0F21
PU1-0050 Brush Brush, Nylon Local
PU1-0051 Water Distilled, Deionized, Demin- Local
eralized, or Reverse Osmos-
is Water
PU1-0052 Tape High Temperature Tape, 07099 RMS 315, Type 1
Flextite TGL-Series
PU1-0052A Tape High Temperature Tape, RL 75345 RMS 315, Type 1
6000-SA Series
PU1-0053 Lockwire MS20995C41 Safety Wire Local Cres wire, 0.041 in. nom-
(Lockwire) inal diameter; MS20995
replaced by NASM20995
PU1-0054 Brush Brush, Sealant Local
PU1-0055 Abrasive Paper, Silic- 150-grit Local
on Carbide, 150-grit
PU1-0058 Carborundum Stone Local
PU1-0059 Abrasive Roll NRL008 AH688
PU1-0060 Crocus Cloth Local

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 201


PU1-0061 Abrasive Paper, Alu- Local
minum Oxide
PU1-0062 Abrasive Paper, Silic- Local
on Carbide
PU1-0063 Envelope, Foam Local
PU1-0064 Nitrogen Gas Local
PU1-0065 Emery Cloth Local
PU1-0066 Tedlar Tape Polyvinyl Fluoride (PVF), Local
Heat Shrinkable
PU1-0067 Packing Material, Pe- Local
lespan Foam
PU1-0068 Aluminum Laminated AMS-DTL-22499/1 Local Part Number M22499/1-X
Shim Stock
PU1-0069 Cap, Shipping RCL-5 99017
PU1-0070 Pick, Teflon Local
PU1-0071 Cap, Protective NAS847 Local Was MIL-C-5501
PU1-0072 Plug, Protective NAS847 Local Was MIL-C-5501
PU1-0073 Tape Flashbreaker 1 53912
PU1-0074 Lockwire 24 gauge Local Nickel Alloy, 0.020 in.
MS20995N20 Safety Wire nominal dia.; MS20995 re-
placed by NASM20995
PU1-0075 Scour Pad Scotch Brite Non-Scratch 28124
PU2-0001 Alcohol, Isopropyl Local
PU2-0002 Acetone ASTM D 329 RPS 13.11 Local
(UTAS Spec)
PU2-0003 Bonderite M-CR 1132 "Alodine 1132 U0406 "Alodine" trade name is
Aero MIL-DTL-81706 being withdrawn by the
RPS 13.52 (UTAS Spec)" manufacturer.
RPS 13.52, Type III (UTAS manufacturer.
Spec)"
PU2-0005 Bonderite M-CR "Alodine 1200S U0406 "Alodine" trade name is
1200S Aero MIL-DTL-81706 being withdrawn by the
RPS 13.52, Type II (UTAS manufacturer.
Spec)"
PU2-0006 Bonderite M-CR 1201 "Alodine 1201" U0406 "Alodine" trade name is
RPS 13.52, Type II (UTAS manufacturer.
Spec)"
RPS 13.52 (UTAS Spec)" manufacturer.
PU2-0008 Solvent Turco 6646 71410 RIMS 1017 (UTAS Spec)
RPS 17.60 (UTAS Spec)
PU2-0009 Alcohol, Ethyl Ethanol MIL-STD-1201 Local
PU2-0010 Solvent Stoddard Solvent MIL-PRF- Local
680, Type I
PU2-0011 Solvent Rifle Bore Cleaner MIL-PRF- Local
372

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 202


PU2-0012 Cleaning Solvent Diestone DLS Local
PU2-0013 Remover, Alkaline Ardrox 185 L (COMAT 0L040
Rust and Scale 01]368)
PU2-0014 Cleaner, Alkaline Low Ardrox 6333 (COMAT 0L040
Foam 01]422)
PU2-0015 Heavy Duty Cleaner Turco 5948-R 71410 Alkaline, water-based,
blue
PU2-0016 Alcohol, Methyl AMS3004 Local
PU2-0017 Methyl Ethyl Ketone TT-M-261 Local
PU2-0018 Additive Gardobond H7280 D1940
PU2-0019 Bonderite M-CR 1132 Alodine 1132 1N6B3 "Alodine" trade name is
Aero being withdrawn by the
manufacturer.
PU2-0020 Cleaner Citrisurf 2310 47KU6
PU2-0021 Solvent, Cleaning Cleaning Solvent MIL-PRF- Local Was P-D-680, Type III
680, Type III
PU2-0022 Solvent Wipe MP1793 94058
PU2-0023 Detergent, Spray 1696B 94058
Wash
PU2-0024 Detergent Degreaser 815MX 94058
PU2-0025 Solvent, Stripper MIL-PRF-83936 Local
PU2-0025A Solvent, Stripper Safety Stripper 88 Plus MIL- 94058
PRF-83936
PU2-0026 Remover, Paint PR-5044 83574 For peroxide-based paint
and coating stripper
PU3-0001 Sealing Compound "PR-1440 83574
RPS 14.20 (UTAS Spec)"
PU3-0001A Sealing Compound "AC 236, B1/2 OR B-2 78381
PU3-0001B Sealing Compound "CS3204, B1/2 or B-2 14439
PU3-0002 Sealant "Silicon Sealing Compound 58093 AMS 3374
Dapco 2100
RPS 14.20 Type 24 (UTAS
Spec)"
PU3-0002A Sealant Firewall Sealants 58093
DAPCO 2200
AMS 3374 Type 4
RPS 14.20 Type 24 Class B
(UTAS Spec)
PU3-0002B Sealant Firewall Sealants 58093
Fastblock 301
AMS 3374 Type 6
RPS 14.20 Type 24 Class C
(UTAS Spec)
PU3-0003 Sealant "Silicone Rubber Compound 01139 DBT Catalyst supplied
RTV 88 with RTV 88
RPS 17.63 Type 2 Class D
(UTAS Spec)"

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 203


PU3-0003A Sealant Silicone Rubber Compound 01139 Requried to use with U4-
RTV 60 0006
RPS 17.63 Type 1 Class B
(UTAS Spec)
PU3-0004 Sealant PR-1775 B 83574 Polysulfide Rubber Seal-
AMS 3265 B-2 ing Compound with Non-
RPS 14.20 Type 22 (UTAS chromated Corrosion In-
Spec) hibitorsAC]73
PU3-0004A Sealant PR-1775 B2 76381 Polysulfide Rubber Seal-
AMS 3265 B-2 ing Compound with Non-
RPS 14.20 Type 22 (UTAS chromated Corrosion In-
Spec) hibitors
PU3-0005 Sealant PR]2001, Class B (paste) 5HCF1 Sealing Compound, Poly-
AMS 3277, Class B thioether, Integral Fuel
RPS 14.20 Type 19 Tanks and General Pur-
pose, Fast Curing
PU3-0005A Sealant PR-1826 5HCF1
AMS 3277
RPS 14.20, Type 19
PU3-0005B Sealant PR-1828 83574
AMS 3277
RPS 14.20 Type 19
PU3-0006 Adhesive EA 934NA 33564
RPS 17.60, Type 1a (UTAS
Spec)
PU3-0006A Adhesive, Epoxy EA 9394 33564
Paste RPS 17.60, Type 1b (UTAS
Spec)
PU3-0007 Primer SS4004P 01139 To prime surfaces for U3-
RPS 17.63 Type 2 Class D 0003
PU3-0008 Sealant Fuel Tank Sealant 83574 A two-part polysulfide
PR-1422 B-1/2 or B-2, Class polymer compound which
B cures at room temperature
AMS-S-8802 Type 1
Spec)
PU3-0009 Sealant Fluorosilicone 5D028
Q4-2817
PU3-0010 Adhesion Promoter PR-187 5HCF1 Use with U3-0005 and U3-
0005B over cured poly-
sulfide sealants
PU3-0011 Adhesion Promoter PR-188 5HCF1 Use with U3-0005A
PU3-0012 Catalyst RTV 9910 01139 Use with U3-0003
RPS 14.20, Type 11 and
RPS 17.63,
Type 2, Class D (UTAS
Spec)
PU3-0013 Sealant 93-006-1 RF 5D028
RPS 14.20, Type 13, Class
A
PU3-0013A Sealant 93-006-1 5D028

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 204


RPS 14.20, Type 13, Class
A
PU3-0014 Sealant PR-1995 Class B 5HCF1
PU3-0015 Catalyst DBT 01139 Used with U3-0003
RPS 17.63, Type 2, Class D
(UTAS SPEC)
PU3-0016 Adhesive, Epoxy EA 9321 33564
Paste
PU3-0017 Sealant Dow Corning 732 5D028
RPS 17.63, Type 2, Class B
RPS 14.20, Type 21
PU3-0017A Sealant RTV 108 01139
RPS 17.63, Type 2, Class B
RPS 14.20, Type 21
PU3-0018 Sealant Dow Corning 730 5D028
RPS 17.63, Type 2, Class C
PU3-0018A Sealant FRV 1106 01139
RPS 17.63, Type 2, Class C
PU3-0019 Compound, Corrosion MIL-PRF-16173 Local
Preventative
PU3-0020 Deleted Replaced by PU1-0052
PU3-0021 Adhesive, Epoxy EA 9394/C-2 33564 Henkel (Hysol)
Paste
PU3-0022 Corrosion Inhibiting Cor-Ban 27L (spec BMS 3- 1KQX9 Zip-Chem (Mitann Inc.)
Compound 38)
PU3-0023 Retaining Compound Loctite No. 680 1N6B3
PU3-0024 Adhesive, Fluorosilic- Local Also known as Fluorosilic-
one one Sealant
PU3-0025 Sealant, Tamper EC-1252 76381
Proof
PU3-0026 Premier Rush Inhibitor LPS 3 66724
PU3-0027 Sealant RTV 106 01139
RPS 14.20, Type 21
PU4-0001 Varnish "Blue Local
PQ10050-055-00"
PU4-0002 Base "Epoxy 0KXA5 Used with U4-0004 and
10-P4-2 U4-0005
PU4-0002B Base Primer Epoxy Primer 91342 Used with U4-0004 and
10P4-2 Thinner U4-0005 or U4-
RPS 13.97 Type I, Grade A, 0008
Class G (UTAS Spec)
PU4-0002C Base Primer Epoxy Primer 91342 Use Converter U4-0004A
10P4-2NF and Thinner U4-0005 or
RPS 13.97 Type I, Grade A, U4-0008
Class G (UTAS Spec)
PU4-0002D Base Primer Epoxy Primer 5HCF1 Use Curing Solution U4-
515K011 0009
RPS 13.97 Type I, Grade A,
Class G (UTAS Spec)

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 205


PU4-0002E Base Primer Epoxy Primer 33461 Use Converter U4-0007
02GN058 / 02GN-58
Class G (UTAS Spec)
PU4-0003 Primer "DC-1204 Local
PU4-0004 Converter EC-117 0KXA5 Used with U4-0002 and
RPS 13.97 (UTAS Spec) U4-0005
PU4-0004A Converter EC-117S 91342 Used with U4-0002A and
RPS 13.97 Type I, Grade A, U4-0002B
Class G (UTAS Spec)
PU4-0005 Thinner TR-19 0KXA5 Used with U4-0002 and
RPS 13.97 (UTAS Spec) U4-0004
PU4-0006 Primer SS4004P 01139 To prime surfaces for U3-
0003 and U3-0003A
PU4-0007 Converter 02GN058 CAT 33461
Class G
(UTAS Spec)
PU4-0008 Thinner TR-20 91342
Class G
(UTAS Spec)
PU4-0009 Curing Solution 910-012 5HCF1 Used with U4-0002D
Class G
(UTAS Spec)
PU4-0010 Base Primer 825-009 5HCF1 Use Activator U4-0011
RPS 13.84 (UTAS and Thinner U4-0012
Spec)
PU4-0011 Activator 910-175 5HCF1 Used with U4]0010
PU4-0012 Thinner 020-044 5HCF1 Used with U4]0010
PU4-0013 Torque Seal F-900 01195
PU4-0014 Curing Solution X-310A 91342
PU4-0015 Thinner/Reducer TL-59 91342
PU4-0016 Topcoat, Clear Poly- 683-3-2 91342 Alt 683-3-20
urethane
PU4-0016A Topcoat, Clear Poly- 683-3-20 91342 Alt 683-3-2
urethane
PU4-0017 Torque Seal F-925 01195 RPS 14.25 (UTAS Spec)
PU4-0018 Epoxy Laminating Epocast 52 A/B 02684 AMS 2980
System
PU4-0019 Primer Loctite 7649, Grade N 1N6B3
PU4-0020 Primer, TT-P-1757 (Fed Spec) Local
Zinc-]Chromate
PU4-0021 Paint, High Temperat- VHT FlameProof SP109 50960 Color Red
ure

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 206


PU4-0022 Paint, High Temperat- VHT FlameProof SP115 50960 Clear Coat
ure
PU4-0023 Primer, High Temper- VHT FlameProof SP118 50960 Color White
ature
PU4-0024 Base Primer 45GY005, A RPS 13.97 5HCF1 Used with PU4-0025
Type 1, Grade C, Class NC
PU4-0025 Catalyst 45GY005, B RPS 13.97 5HCF1 Used with PU4-0024
Type 1, Grade C, Class NC
PU4-0026 Topcoat Base CA8000 5HCF1 Polyurethane Topcoats
RPS 13.97 Type II, Grade B (Base specified by Engin-
eering)
PU4-0027 Topcoat Activator CA8000B 5HCF1 Polyurethane Topcoats
RPS 13.97 Type II, Grade B
PU4-0028 Topcoat Thinner CA8000C 5HCF1 Polyurethane Topcoats
RPS 13.97 Type II, Grade B
PU4-0029 Basecoat Spraylat SC 1074B-1 47695
PU4-0030 Topcoat Spraylat SC 1090 47695
PU4-0031 Anodic Coating MIL-A-8625, Type II, Class 2 47695 Was AMS-A-8625, Type
II, Class 2
PU4-0032 Adhesion Promoter P5200 71984
PU4-0033 Chemical Conversion MIL-DTL-5541 81349
Coat
PU4-0034 Clear Prime Coat PR-1200 RTV 5D028 Used with PU3-0012
PU4-0035 Primer, Epoxy 533K004 83574
PU4-0036 Paint, Clear Coat CA8201/F 83574
PU4-0037 Paint, Orange Fluor- CA8201/F14046 83574
escent
PU4-0038 Paint, White CA8201/F17925 83574
PU5-0001 Grease Aeroshell Grease 33 H1P71
PU5-0002 Anti-Seize Compound "Never-Seez Regular 5W425
MIL-PRF-907 Rev E
RPS 13.82 Type 2A (UTAS
Spec)"
PU5-0003 Anti-Seize Compound "Never-Seez Pure Nickel 5W425
Special
Spec)"
PU5-0004 Release Agent Freekote 700-NC 33564 Release agent for RPS
14.20 (UTAS Spec)
PU5-0004A Release Agent MS122AD 18598 Release agent for RPS
14.20 (UTAS Spec)
PU5-0004B Release Agent MS143XD 18598 Release agent for RPS
14.20 (UTAS Spec)
PU5-0005 Anti-Seize Compound Braycote 868 2R128 RPS 13.82, Type 1 and
DOD-L-25681 RPS 14.25 (UTAS Spec)
PU5-0005A Anti-Seize Compound Royco 81 MS 07950 RPS 13.82, Type 1 and
PU5-0005B Anti-Seize Compound PT 605 06341 RPS 13.82, Type 1 and

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 207


PU5-0006 Corrosion Preventat- Alugraf Protex 0RKS7
ive
PU5-0007 Anti-Seize Compound, CID A-A-59313 07431
Zinc Dust Petrolatum
PU5-0008 Lubricant, Solid Film ESNALUBE 382 U0QT4
PU5-0009 Lubricant, Solid Film Perma-Silk RMAC U0QT4
PU5-0010 Lubricant, Solid Film MIL-L23398B / TYPE II 8F024
PU5-0011 Lubricant, Solid Film AS5272 81348
PU6-0001 Oil MIL-0-6081 Grad 1010 Local RPS 14.25 (UTAS Spec)
PU6-0002 Deleted Replaced by PU5-0005
PU6-0003 Lubricant Skydrol MCS 352 1CHP6 RPS 14.25 (UTAS Spec)
PU6-0004 Hydraulic Fluid Skydrol 500B-4 1CHP6
PU6-005 Lubrication Oil MIL-PRF-23699 Local RPS 14.25 (UTAS Spec)
PU6-005A Lubrication Oil MIL-PRF-7808 Local RPS 14.25 (UTAS Spec)
PU6-006 Lubricant Ecoalube 642 8F024
70-40 - (PW11) - IDENTIFICATION
70-40-00 - (PW11) - IDENTIFICATION
70-40-00 PB 201 CONF 21 - IDENTIFICATION - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
TASK 70-40-00-910-801-A
Marking of Parts
CAN OCCUR.

Self explanatory
(Material No. P05-018) Silver Pencil
(Material No. P05-022) Dye, layout and identification (Purple)
(Material No. P05-026) Black Metal Marking Ink
(Material No. P05-040) varnish phenolic
(Material No. P05-049) White Metal Marking Ink
(Material No. P05-232) Metal Marking Crayon (Soft)
(Material No. P05-366) Dye, layout and identification
(Material No. P05-408) White Marker (Felt Tip)
(Material No. P05-409) Black Marker (Metal Tip)
(Material No. P05-410) Yellow Marker (Felt Tip)

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 208

(Material No. P05-413) Black Marking Ink
(Material No. P05-414) Marker, Extra Fine Point (Black)
(Material No. P05-416) White Chalk (Low Dust)
(Material No. P05-417) Marking Pen (White or Yellow Paint)
(Material No. P05-418) Dye, layout and identification (Blue)
(Material No. P05-419) Dye, layout and identification (Red)
(Material No. P05-423) Felt Tip Marker
(Material No. P05-441) White Metal Marking Ink
(Material No. P05-465) Green Metal Marking Ink
(Material No. P05-470) Marker, High Purity (Blue)
(Material No. P05-471) Marker, High Temperature (Blue)
(Material No. P05-472) PMC 4564 marker
(Material No. P05-477) Marker, High Temperature (Blue)
(Material No. P07-001) lacquer
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 70-40-00-869-050-A
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
Subtask 70-40-00-910-050-A
A. General
CAUTION: THE MARK MUST NOT CHANGE THE CONDITION OR THE OPERATION OF THE
PART. ONLY THE APPLICABLE PRATT & WHITNEY PROCEDURE IS TO BE USED TO
MAKE MARKS.
(1) Always obey the specific procedures and limits in the specific AMM maintenance tasks.
(2) Marks made on engine parts and assemblies must be easily read and must not be easily removed.
(a) Characters must be easily and accurately read usually without any aid to the eye.
(b) Where there are unusual area or surface limitations, a maximum of 3.5X magnification is
permitted to get the necessary readability.
(c) The location of a mark must be as specified in the Service Bulletin or AMM maintenance task.
NOTE: Be sure to apply the mark only on a surface that will not move relative to a surface that
touches it after you assemble the parts.
(3) Except where specified differently, reidentification of parts, reapplication and/or relocation of marks
on a part must be done adjacent to, or in a location almost the same as that of the initial marking.
Where reidentification or corrective marking is specified, removal of all or part of the old marking can
be necessary. In these cases, use an approved marking method to draw a wavy line, loop, flat oval,
or X's through the character(s) or symbol(s) to be removed.

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 209

(4) All the characters in a mark, unless specified differently, must be 0.060 in. (1.5240 mm) to 0.160 in.
(4.0640 mm) high. In special cases, when the mark is a function of the size or configuration of the
part, characters not less than 0.016 in. (0.4064 mm) nor more than 0.500 in. (12.7000 mm) in height
are permitted.
(5) If the surface specified for a mark will get a surface treatment coating (for example, paint), you must
apply the mark before you apply the coating. Use an approved permanent marking method that will
show through the final surface treatment.
(a) If none of the specified marking methods will show through the coating, then it is permitted to use
the applicable step to make the mark after you apply the coating:
1 On the external surfaces, apply the mark with ink and a stamp, and then apply a full layer of
lacquer (Material No. P07-001) on the mark.
2 On internal surfaces, apply the mark by the applicable step:
a If permitted by the repair instructions, apply the mark by the vibration peen method.
b Apply the mark with ink and a stamp, and then apply a full layer of varnish
phenolic (Material No. P05-040) on the mark.
(6) In electric arc scribing (for example, hand arc scribing), the characters are made by the action of an
electric arc between a surface and an electrode (scriber). Electric arc scribing is not a satisfactory
marking method to use for jet engine parts and must not be used.
(7) In acid etching, the characters are made by the action of an acid on the surface of the part. Acid
etching is not recommended because it can possibly cause corrosion.
(8) Soapstone must not be used to make a mark on engine parts.
(9) Wherever the vibration peen method is approved, identify the offset holes in the mating parts with a
vibration peened "X" mark adjacent to the offset hole as long as the condition or operation of the part
is not changed.
Subtask 70-40-00-910-051-A
B. Permanent Marking Methods
(1) General
(a) Permanent methods of marking are those in which marking is legible during the normal service
life of the part.
(b) Permanent markings must not extend onto any radius, chamfer, sharp edge, bead, or fillet
adjacent to the specified marking surface.
(2) Applied marking methods
(a) Metal stamping
1 Characters are produced by forcible displacement of material.
a Hammer - characters are made one at a time or in groups by a force applied
mechanically or manually.
b Press - characters are produced individually or in groups by a force applied as you
steadily increase the controlled pressure.
c Roll - characters are made as the part or the tool or both the part and the tool turn when
they touch each other under a controlled force.
2 Stamps used for marking must make fillets and radii at all intersecting surfaces of the
characters.
3 Parts marked by this method must have the marking area sufficiently back-supported to
prevent dangerous stresses.

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 210

4 This method is not permitted if the hardness of the part at the time of marking is higher than
Rockwell C45 or equivalent.
5 If the metal is raised more than 0.001 in. (0.0254 mm) by this method of marking, it is
necessary to carefully remove it.
NOTE: It is necessary to remove all raised metal around the characters on the surfaces of
bearings that touch.
(b) Vibration peen method

1 Characters are made by vibrations from a radius-tipped, conical tool.
a Manual - tool is manually guided and has one tip.
b Mechanical - tool is mechanically guided and has one or more tips that can make one or
more full characters at the same time.
2 This method is not usually permitted if the hardness of the part at the time of marking is
higher than Rockwell C45 or equivalent. It can be used on parts harder than Rockwell C45
when specifically permitted.
NOTE: The vibration peen method can be an alternative to use on those parts that had drag
impression or roll marking.
(c) Engraving
1 Characters are made by a manually or mechanically guided cutter or grinder that turns.
(d) Brand
1 Characters are made by burning or displacing non-metallic material with a hot tool.
(e) Drag impression
1 Characters are made when material is moved by force by a radius-tipped conical tool, which
is drawn (dragged) across the surface of the part. This tool is mechanically guided and turns
freely.
(f) Blast
1 Characters are made when an abrasive material hits the characters in the stencil area.
(3) Marking depth
(a) The depth of the marks must be in these maximum limits, unless specified differently:
Marking method Depth limit

Metal Stamp, Hammer 0.010 in. (0.254 mm)
Metal stamp, press and 0.006 in. (0.152 mm)
roll
Vibration peen, manual 0.006 in. (0.152 mm)
and mechanical
Engrave, manual and 0.003 in. (0.076 mm)
mechanical
Brand 0.010 in. (0.254 mm)
Drag impression 0.003 in. (0.076 mm)
Blast 0.0005 in. (0.013 mm)
Subtask 70-40-00-910-052-A

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 211

C. Temporary Marking Methods

(1) General
CAUTION: USE ONLY THE APPROVED MATERIALS SPECIFIED IN THE PMC'S FOR MARK-
ING.
CAUTION: DO NOT USE LEAD AND/OR METALLIC PENCILS OR ANY TEMPORARY MARK-
ING METHOD THAT CAN CAUSE DANGEROUS REMAINING CARBON, ZINC, COP-
PER, LEAD OR SIMILAR MATERIAL TO OCCUR ON A PART. THIS REMAINING
MATERIAL CAN CAUSE A REDUCTION IN FATIGUE STRENGTH AS A RESULT
OF CARBURIZATION OR INTERGRANULAR ATTACK WHEN HEAT OF HIGH IN-
TENSITY IS APPLIED TO THE PART. IF A MARKING MATERIAL THAT IS NOT AP-
PROVED IS USED, THE MARK MUST BE FULLY REMOVED BY THE SPOP 208
SOLVENT WIPE PROCEDURE.
(a) Temporary methods of marking are those in which the marks will correctly identify a part during
the usual handling, inspection, and storage of items before final assembly and use.
(b) When you use a marking pencil, do not apply marks to the surfaces of carbon seal plates or to
mating surfaces of finished machined parts. Marking material remaining on these parts could
cause incorrect results during dimensional inspection and assembly.
(c) These marking materials must be removed:
1 Chalk
a After inspection is completed, remove chalk from parts. Use Degrease Engine Parts by
Solvent Wipe (SPOP 208) (Ref. AMM TASK 70-27-00-910-804) .
2 Dye, layout and identification
a Remove layout and identification dye from parts before you assemble the
parts in the engine. Use Degrease Engine Parts by Solvent Wipe (SPOP 208)
(Ref. AMM TASK 70-27-00-910-804) .
(2) Marking methods
(a) Ink marking
1 Characters are made by ink application that does not change the surface as mechanical
methods do.
NOTE: Usually, ink stamping, when used as a temporary marking method, can be applied
to a surface which, after assembly, does not move in relation to a surface that it
touches (that is, a contact surface).
(3) Marking materials

(a) This material is used to highlight stamped or vibration peened part numbers during inspection
and is approved to use on all gas turbine engine alloys if you remove the material after the
inspection is completed:
1 Chalk
a White Chalk (Low Dust) (Material No. P05-416).
(b) These materials are approved to use on steel, stainless steel, cobalt-base alloys, aluminum,
magnesium, titanium, titanium alloys, and on nickel-base alloys other than nickel superalloys (for
example, PWA 1422 or PWA 1480) unless specified differently below:
1 Crayons

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 212

a Metal Marking Crayon (Soft) (Material No. P05-232).

2 Dyes, layout and identification
a Dye, layout and identification (Purple) (Material No. P05-022)
b Dye, layout and identification (Material No. P05-366)
c Dye, layout and identification (Blue) (Material No. P05-418)
d Dye, layout and identification (Red) (Material No. P05-419)
3 Inks (applied by a brush or stamp)
a Black Metal Marking Ink (Material No. P05-026)
NOTE: Black Black Metal Marking Ink (Material No. P05-026) is approved to use on alu-
minide coated or PWA 286 coated or ceramic coated parts and on nickel super-
alloys (for example, PWA 1422 and PWA 1480).
b White Metal Marking Ink (Material No. P05-049)
NOTE: White White Metal Marking Ink (Material No. P05-049) is approved to use on
aluminide coated or PWA 286 coated parts and on nickel superalloys (for ex-
ample, PWA 1422 and PWA 1480).
c Black Metal Marking Ink (Material No. P05-026)
NOTE: Black Black Metal Marking Ink (Material No. P05-026) is also approved to use
on PWA 73, overlay, aluminide and ceramic coated parts.
* Black Marking Ink (Material No. P05-413)

* White Metal Marking Ink (Material No. P05-441)
NOTE: White White Metal Marking Ink (Material No. P05-441) is approved to use on
aluminide coated or PWA 286 coated parts.
* Green Metal Marking Ink (Material No. P05-465)
NOTE: Green Green Metal Marking Ink (Material No. P05-465) is also approved to use
on nickel superalloys (for example, PWA 1422 and PWA 1480).
4 Markers
CAUTION: FELT TIP MARKER (MATERIAL NO. P05-423) IS DIFFICULT TO REMOVE

FROM ALUMINUM ALLOYS. THUS, DO NOT USE THIS MARKER FOR TEM-
PORARY INSPECTION OR IN-PROCESS MARKING ON ANODIZED OR FIN-
ISHED SURFACES OF ALUMINUM ALLOY PARTS OF THE GAS TURBINE
ENGINE.
a Felt Tip Marker (Material No. P05-423)
NOTE: Felt Tip Marker (Material No. P05-423) is also approved for other applications
(see notes below). This does not always include all markers available for a given
suffix.

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 213

NOTE: The Marks-A-Lot markers for PMC 4050-1 (black/chisel point) and PMC 4050-4
(black/fine point) are also approved to use on nickel superalloys and on ceramic
coatings.
NOTE: The Sharpie markers for PMC 4050-4 (black/fine point) and all markers for PMC
4050-17 (black/bold fine point), PMC 4050-7 (red/fine point), PMC 4050-12 (red/
extra fine point), PMC 4050-15 (red/ultra fine point), and PMC 4050-18 (red/bold
fine point) are also approved to use on ceramic and overlay and aluminide coat-
ings.
NOTE: All PMC 4050-6 (blue/fine point) and all PMC 4050-16 (blue/ultra fine point)
markers are approved to use on aluminide coatings.
NOTE: Felt Tip Marker (Material No. P05-423) is not approved to use on Alloy C titani-
um alloy.
b Marker, Extra Fine Point (Black) (Material No. P05-414)

c White Marker (Felt Tip) (Material No. P05-408)
d Black Marker (Metal Tip) (Material No. P05-409)
e Yellow Marker (Felt Tip) (Material No. P05-410)
f Marker, High Purity (Blue) (Material No. P05-470)
g Marker, High Temperature (Blue) (Material No. P05-471)
h PMC 4564 marker (Material No. P05-472)
i Marker, High Temperature (Blue) (Material No. P05-477).
5 Pencils
a Silver Pencil (Material No. P05-018).
6 Pens
a Marking Pen (White or Yellow Paint) (Material No. P05-417).
70-50 - (PW11) - MISCELLANEOUS
70-50-00 - (PW11) - MISCELLANEOUS
70-50-00 PB 201 CONF 21 - MISCELLANEOUS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
TASK 70-50-00-910-801-A
Guidelines for Reuse of Damaged Engines and Engine Parts

Self explanatory

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 214


(Ref. 70-27-00-910-806-A). SPOP 425 - Requirements after Contact with Fire Extinguishing
Agents, Hydraulic Fluid, Fuel or Oil
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 70-50-00-869-050-A
A. Not applicable.
4. Procedure
Subtask 70-50-00-910-050-A
A. General
(1) The subsequent guidelines are provided to assist owners, operators, and maintenance facilities in the
disposition of engines and engine parts involved in abnormal operational circumstances.
(a) Abnormal operational circumstances are defined as accidents or other events which fall outside
of the operating envelope for the engine, aircraft and/or the engine/aircraft combination as initially
certified and where inspection, refurbishment, and repair data are not addressed by Transport
Canada Civil Aviation (TCCA) approved publications (such as Engine Manuals and Service
Bulletins).
(b) The data contained in these TCCA approved publications normally address engine and engine
parts which experience wear, deterioration, or damage through exposure to the usual day-to-day
operating environment.
(2) The guidelines apply to the engine-associated abnormal operational circumstances that follow:
NOTE: The guidelines refer to the abnormal operational circumstances of an engine or aircraft. It is
important that the damage be identified as engine-caused or related to abnormal operation of
the aircraft so correct application of the inspection guidelines can be made.
NOTE: The inspection guidelines are written for evaluation of suspected damage of an engine-in-
duced abnormal operational circumstance (such as a major rotor failure). These guidelines
take into account the loads generated by the engine.
NOTE: These inspection guidelines, however, may not sufficiently cover engines or parts that have
been subjected to excessive external loads brought on by an abnormal operation of the air-
craft (such as an aircraft landing accident where the engines are impacted). Evidence of ex-
cessive external loading generated by an aircraft abnormal operation will be found where
external loads have been applied to major structural case/mounts or rotating elements that
either result in the permanent distortion to the major load-carrying elements and/or the separ-
ation of a running engine from its attachments.
(a) Abnormal Operational Circumstances - Engines and Engine Parts Unacceptable for Continued
Aircraft Use
(b) Abnormal Operational Circumstances - Engines and Engine Parts Potentially Acceptable for
Continued Aircraft Use
(3) For abnormal operational circumstances not addressed by these guidelines, Pratt & Whitney
considers engines and engine parts unacceptable for continued aircraft use unless reviewed and
approved on a case-by-case basis.

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 215

(4) The guidelines are based upon Pratt & Whitney's general experience in this area and therefore are
to be used as general guidelines. In any particular incident, however, more complete information or
inspection results may require alternate action. The engine or engine part owner should not rely upon
the information in these guidelines without a thorough understanding of the damage to the engine
or engine parts and its effect on engine operation. "It should be understood that the following are
only guidelines and that any and all responsibility for returning any engine or engine part to service
remains with the engine or part owner".
(5) The definitions that follow are for technical terms from the ATA World Airlines Technical Operations
Glossary (WATOG) used in these guidelines:
(a) Accident: An occurrence associated with the operation of an aircraft which takes place between
the time any person boards the aircraft with the intention of flight, until such time as all such
persons have disembarked, in which:
1 Any person suffers death or serious injury as a result of being in or upon the aircraft or by
direct contact with the aircraft or anything attached thereto; or
2 The aircraft receives substantial damage or
3 Any damage is caused to the property of a third party.
(b) Damage, accidental: Physical deterioration of an item caused by contact or impact with an object
or influence which is not a part of the aircraft, or by incorrect manufacturing or maintenance
practices.
(6) The definitions that follow are for non-WATOG technical terms used in these guidelines:
(a) Engine: Engines made by Pratt & Whitney Division of United Technologies Corporation
(b) Engine Parts: Parts sold by Pratt & Whitney and delivered as original equipment in an engine
installed on an airplane or installed in a spare engine or sold by Pratt & Whitney as new spare
parts for an engine.
NOTE: Engine parts include vendor-supplied accessories and components which are approved
by Pratt & Whitney.
(c) Abnormal Operational Circumstances: Accidents or other events which occur outside the
operational envelope for the engine or the airplane or the engine and airplane combination as
it was initially certified, and where inspection, refurbishment, and repair data are not in TCCA
approved publications (such as Engine Manuals, Service Bulletins, etc.).
Subtask 70-50-00-910-051-A
B. Abnormal Operational Circumstances - Engines and Engine Parts Unacceptable for Continued Aircraft
Use
(1) Pratt & Whitney considers engines and engine parts involved in the subsequent types of
circumstances unacceptable for continued aircraft use:
NOTE: It is recognized that an aircraft could be damaged beyond economical repair without any res-
ulting engine involvement. In such cases, the engine and engine parts can be considered "not
involved" in an abnormal operational circumstance.
(a) Engines and engine parts installed in an aircraft totally destroyed by fire
(b) Engines and engine parts totally engulfed in fire to the extent that outer cases have been heat
discolored and/or distorted or the engine is otherwise damaged by heat over a significant area of
the engine, either external or internal
(c) Engine and engine parts installed in an aircraft totally destroyed by impact damage

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 216

(d) Evidence of excessive external loads generated by abnormal aircraft operation

(e) Engine or engine parts subjected to partial or full immersion in salt water.
Subtask 70-50-00-910-052-A
C. Abnormal Operational Circumstances - Engines and Engine Parts Potentially Acceptable for Continued
Aircraft Use
(1) Accidents
(a) Pratt & Whitney considers engines and engine parts involved in the types of accidents that follow
potentially acceptable for continued aircraft use:
1 Type 1: Engines and engine parts involved in an accident in which the nacelles and engines
remain undamaged
2 Type 2: Engines or engine parts involved in a fire wherein a portion of the aircraft was
destroyed but the engines were not subjected to fire damage
3 Type 3: Engines which will not rotate freely but do not exhibit evidence of being subjected to
excessive external loads
4 Type 4: Engines subjected to partial or full immersion in fresh water for a brief period of time.
(b) Acceptance criteria for engines or engine parts:
1 Engines and engine parts involved in Type 1 and Type 2 accidents can be considered "not
involved" in an abnormal operational circumstance.
2 Engines and engine parts involved in Type 3 and Type 4 accidents should be 100 percent
disassembled and examined. Refer to the following paragraph, Accident Engine, General
Inspection Guidelines for general guidelines to be used in conjunction with TCCA approved
publications.
NOTE: Owners who are unable to do the necessary tests or in doubt whether to accept or
reject a part should contact Pratt & Whitney for assistance.
Subtask 70-50-00-910-053-A
D. Serious Operational Events
(1) Pratt & Whitney considers engines and engine parts involved in the subsequent types of serious
operational events as potentially acceptable for continued aircraft use if the criteria defined are
observed:
(a) Single fan blade fractures more that XX inches from the blade root bottom
NOTE: A single fan blade fracture that occurs more that XX inches from the blade root bottom
can cause varying degrees of engine damage. Refer to the specific AMM maintenance
and inspection tasks for bird or object ingestion inspections and damage limits. In gener-
al, the inspection guidelines that follow can be applied to events where a single blade has
fractured more that XX inches from the blade root bottom.
1 Check for evidence of core ingestion.

2 Examine the fan blade airfoils for surface damage, bends, curls and damage.
3 Examine the fan blade fairings for damage.
4 Check the inlet cone front and rear segment for damage.
5 Examine the fan rubstrip for damage beyond limits.
6 Check the fan exit guide vanes for damage.

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 217

7 Examine the engine externals for broken or cracked brackets and case flanges.
8 Do a borescope inspection of the compressor gaspath for excessive blade tip rub and blade-
to-vane clash.
(b) Single blade fracture less than the allowable limits from the blade root bottom or multiple fan
blade fractures
NOTE: A single fan blade fracture less than the allowable limits from the blade root bottom or
multiple fractures generate a significant amount of rotor vibration. More extensive inspec-
tions with disassembly of the N1 rotor modules is necessary as a minimum. Further tear-
down is necessary as inspection findings dictate.
1 Scrap N1 rotor mainshaft bearings and N2 rotor mainshaft roller bearings.

2 Examine the N1 rotor shaft (front compressor turbine driveshaft) for rub with the N2 rotor
shaft.
3 Examine cases, bearing supports, and fan ducts for distortion and cracks particularly at
engine mount locations.
4 Examine the main oil filter and chip detectors.
5 Examine the gearbox mounts.
6 Examine all external components, tubing and wiring for cracks and chafing.
7 Do a visual and borescope inspection of modules not disassembled for object damage,
excessive blade tip rub or blade-to-vane clash.
(c) Serious engine damage within modules or build groups from major rotating parts fractures
1 There is considerable variability in resultant damage from compressor and turbine blade
fractures. As a minimum, the affected module requires teardown inspection. A thorough
visual and borescope inspection of the modules not disassembled should be done. The
modules should be disassembled if gaspath damage is noted or metal spatter is observed
on hot section parts. If the blade fracture is determined to have resulted from object damage,
then forward modules should be disassembled to access upstream damage and determine
the source of damaging object.
2 Disk or spacer (rotating airseal) fractures usually result in significant damage. Moreover, the
engine experiences high vibration as a result. In such events, a total engine teardown should
be done. Special attention should be directed at shafts and cases for cracks and distortion.
(d) Serious engine damage within modules or build groups from major stationary parts fractures
1 The most significant stationary part fractures are usually associated with compressor stators.
In past experience, HPC stator fractures have caused significant resultant damage. In most
instances, serious overtemperature of hot section parts has occurred. A total teardown and
inspection of the affected module is necessary. Examine disks for cracks, particularly in the
blade slot/rim areas. Examine blades for cracks and damage. If metal spatter or evidence
of overtemperature are observed on downstream module parts, disassemble and examine
downstream modules. Examine all mainshaft bearings.
(e) Mainshaft bearing and gearbox distress
1 An engine which experiences a mainshaft bearing fracture must be disassembled sufficiently
to examine the affected compartment area (this includes journal surfaces, compartment
seals and scavenge pump). The gearbox, which includes the angle gearbox, should
also be disassembled and examined since it is an integral part of the oil system where
bearing debris can collect. If the affected compartment is drained through the gearbox drive
(towershaft) system, disassemble and examine the drive system components.

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 218

2 For an engine which experiences shaft or bearing fracture in the gearbox drive (towershaft)
system, disassemble and examine the gearbox drive system and the gearbox (this includes
the angle gearbox).
3 A teardown and inspection of the gearbox and parts therein is all that is necessary if the
distress is fully contained within the gearbox. However, if there is evidence of bearing, gear
or spline distress, do a progressive inspection through the gearbox drive (towershaft) system
until assured of no further distress.
(f) Engines which experience sudden stoppage
1 An engine experiences sudden stoppage usually as a result of significant ingestion or
distress. In every instance of sudden stoppage, a total engine teardown and 100 percent
engine part inspection should be done. During teardown, special attention should be paid to
that which follows:
2 Examine all cases and bearing supports for distortion.
3 Examine the rotor shafts and hubs for twists and splines for wear and distortion.
4 Examine the mainshaft bearings and replace as necessary. Sudden stoppage interrupts
oil flow which may cause heat soak to damage bearings. Scrap bearings that show heat
discoloration.
(g) Engines involved in an operational fire (burnthrough, bearing compartment, etc.)
1 An engine involved in an operational fire should be fully torn down with subsequent
inspection of all engine parts. Refer to the subsequent paragraph, Accident Engine, General
Inspection Guidelines, for disposition of engine parts with particular attention to those that
show heat discoloration.
2 If extinguishing agents have been applied to the engine, gaspath cleaning is to be done by
the applicable of an AMM maintenance task, as quickly as practical, to prevent corrosion.
Refer to Cleaning Requirements after Contact with Fire Extinguishing Agents, Hydraulic
Fluid, Fuel, or Oil (SPOP 425) (Ref. AMM TASK 70-27-00-910-806) .
Subtask 70-50-00-910-054-A
E. Impacted and Dropped Engines
NOTE: Refer to the previous paragraph, Abnormal Operational Circumstances - Engines and Engine
Parts Unacceptable for Continued Aircraft Use, for engines impacted and/or separated from air-
craft mounts during a landing accident or incident.
(1) The damage or circumstances which can result in an "Impacted" engine include impact with the
ground, a collision with a service vehicle, etc. An engine dragged on the ground or against another
object is considered as an impacted engine. "Dropped" engines refer to engines which are dropped
entirely or on either end. Inspection requirements for impacted and dropped engines are similar and
progressive in scope, that is, proceeding with further teardown is dependent on the degree of damage
found at each level of inspection.
(a) For engine mounted on aircraft where pylon or nacelle damage has occurred, inspect engine
mount flanges, cases, external components and plumbing, and gearbox housing and mounts. If
the impact was such that debris may have entered the engine inlet, inspect engine for ingestion,
and check bleed system filters and valves for debris.
1 If no damage is noted, no further action is necessary.
2 If damage is noted to external components and plumbing, replace damaged items.
3 If damage is noted to mount flanges, gearbox or gearbox mounts or cases, remove the
engine and examine the front and rear N1 rotor mainshaft bearings for damage or brinelling.

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 219

Borescope the engine and check the rotors for freedom of movement and listen for unusual
rubbing sounds.
4 If damage is noted on N1 mainshaft bearings, remove and examine all mainshaft bearings.
5 Monitor chip detectors and oil filter on a more frequent basis during the initial return of the
engine to service.
(b) For dropped engines, do as follows:
1 Remove the front and rear N1 rotor mainshaft bearings and examine for damage or
brinelling. If bearing damage is noted, remove and examine all mainshaft bearings.
2 Do a visual and borescope inspection. Check for freedom of N1 and N2 rotor movement and
listen for unusual rubbing sounds.
3 Monitor chip detectors and oil filter on a more frequent basis during initial return of the
engine to service.
Subtask 70-50-00-910-055-A
F. Tailpipe Fires
(1) In general, tailpipe fires of short duration and extinguished by "motoring" probably have little harmful
effect on the exhaust area engine parts.
(a) Examine the exhaust area for signs of scorching. Any parts that show scorching (this includes the
fan duct acoustic liners, if so equipped) should be replaced.
(2) Engines which experience a more persistent tailpipe fire, or when starting overtemperature limits are
exceeded during a tailpipe fire, present a greater potential for thermal stress.
(a) Remove the engine and disassemble sufficiently to determine if hot section engine parts have
experienced excessive temperature or if the turbine disks have been exposed to fire. The same
part disposition applies as discussed in the subsequent paragraph Accident Engine, General
Inspection Guidelines.
Subtask 70-50-00-910-056-A
G. Accident Engine, General Inspection Guidelines
NOTE: Inspection is to be used in conjunction with existing TCCA approved data for engine parts (that is,
data in publications such as Engine Manuals, Standard Practices Manuals and Component Main-
tenance Manuals).
(1) For the disassembly, cleaning, visual inspection and general inspection of the engine gaspath,
remove the engine and use the shop Engine Manuals, Standard Practices Manuals, Component
Maintenance Manuals.
70-70 - (PW11) - WIRING
70-70-00 - (PW11) - WIRING
70-70-00 PB 201 CONF 21 - WIRING - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
TASK 70-70-00-910-801-A
SPOP 430 - Application of Electrical Contact Enhancer for Wiring Harnesses

Self explanatory

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 220


(Material No. P11-068) SPMC 205 electrical contact enhancer
(Material No. P11-078) Alcohol, Isopropyl
(Ref. 70-70-00-910-802-A). Installation of the Wiring Harnesses
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 70-70-00-860-051-A
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
Subtask 70-70-00-910-051-A
A. Procedure
NOTE: Always obey the specific procedures and limits in the specific maintenance manual maintenance
tasks.
NOTE: The electrical contact enhancer on the connector contacts in the connector interfaces decreases
the intermittent signals that you think are not correct, and/or nuisance messages.
NOTE: The electrical contact enhancer is not an alternative to contact replacement. It is necessary to re-
place worn or damaged connectors as soon as the harness is at a location where it is possible to
replace the connectors.
(1) Clean and dry the connectors, if the connectors are not clean or dry. Refer to Cleaning of the
Electrical Wiring Harnesses and Contact Points (SPOP 6) (Ref. AMM TASK 70-70-00-910-803) .
(2) Apply one drop of SPMC 205 electrical contact enhancer (Material No. P11-068) to the brush that
the manufacturer supplies with the electrical contact enhancer, and then use the brush to apply a
thin layer of the electrical contact enhancer to the electrical contact pins on the male connector of the
mating pair of electrical connectors.
NOTE: Do not apply SPMC 205 electrical contact enhancer (Material No. P11-068) to the igniter high
tension lead contacts, EGT harness connections, or EGT junction box connections. The tem-
perature of these connections could increase to higher than 425 deg.F (218.33 deg.C) de-
composition temperature of SPMC 205 electrical contact enhancer (Material No. P11-068).
(a) If the ambient temperature is too cold for the electrical contact enhancer to flow sufficiently, add
Reagent Grade Alcohol, Isopropyl (Material No. P11-078) to the SPMC 205 electrical contact
enhancer (Material No. P11-068) in a proportion of 4/1 maximum (that is, four parts or less
Alcohol, Isopropyl (Material No. P11-078) to one part electrical contact enhancer) to make the
electrical contact enhancer more liquid.
(b) If you added alcohol to the electrical contact enhancer, let the applied electrical contact enhancer
on the connector dry for one hour minimum before you connect the connectors.

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 221

(3) Connect the mating connectors (Ref. AMM TASK 70-70-00-910-802) .
TASK 70-70-00-910-802-A
Installation of the Wiring Harnesses

Self explanatory

No specific 1 PLIERS - JAWED, SOFT
No specific 1 WRENCH - STRAP
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 70-70-00-860-052-A
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
Subtask 70-70-00-910-052-A
A. Procedure
NOTE: Always obey the specific procedures and limits in the specific maintenance manual maintenance
tasks.
(1) Removal of the protection covers
CAUTION: REMOVE THE PROTECTION COVERS FROM THE OPENINGS AS NECESSARY TO

PREVENT ENGINE DAMAGE.
(a) Make sure that you remove all the necessary COVER - PROTECTION to prevent damage to the
engine.
(2) Examine each harness electrical connector and the mating component receptacle as follows:
(a) Look for broken, bent or corroded pins.
(b) Look for arcing between the pins or sockets.
(c) Examine the threads.
(d) Examine the backshells and backshell clamps for damage and tightness.
(3) Clean the electrical harness connectors and the contacts (Ref. AMM TASK 70-70-00-910-803) .
(4) Examine the harness wires for cracks, wear or breaks.
(5) Install the wiring harness assembly as follows:

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 222

CAUTION: DO NOT BEND OR TWIST THE HARNESS TOO MUCH. IF YOU DO, DAMAGE TO
THE HARNESS CAN OCCUR.
CAUTION: DO NOT TIGHTEN THE CLAMPS UNTIL YOU CONNECT ALL ELECTRICAL CON-
NECTORS AND THE HARNESS IS IN THE CORRECT POSITION. IF YOU DO NOT
DO THIS, DAMAGE TO THE HARNESS CAN OCCUR.
CAUTION: DO NOT LET THE WEIGHT OF THE HARNESS HANG ON THE ELECTRICAL CON-
NECTOR. IF YOU DO, YOU CAN CAUSE STRESS OR DAMAGE TO THE CONNECT-
OR OR HARNESS.
(a) Put the harness in position on the engine as follows:

1 Start at the top, continue to work down and around the engine, and put the harness in
position on any hinge clamps, block clamps or brackets as applicable.
2 Do not twist the harness.
3 Do not close or tighten any clamps at this time.
(6) Connect the self-locking (MIL-C-26500 or MIL-C-38999) harness electrical connectors to the mating
components as follows:
CAUTION: USE THE CORRECT ASSEMBLY PROCEDURE AND TOOLS WHEN YOU INSTALL
THE HARNESS CONNECTOR. IF YOU DO NOT, THE CONNECTOR CAN BECOME
LOOSE OR DAMAGED. A LOOSE CONNECTOR CAN CAUSE THE ENGINE TO OP-
ERATE INCORRECTLY, WITH THE RISK OF LIGHTNING AND AN INFLIGHT SHUT-
DOWN.
(a) Examine, align and engage the connector.

(b) Push lightly inward on the connector while tightening the coupling ring.
(c) Use PLIERS - JAWED, SOFT or a WRENCH - STRAP and tighten the connector against the
receptacle.
(d) While you tighten, push the connector in and from side to side.
(e) Make sure that you can feel the ratchet feature.
(f) Tighten the connector until the pliers or strap wrench slip on the connector ring.
(g) Make sure that you cannot tighten the connector more.
NOTE: When you use these tools correctly, the contacts are sufficiently engaged and the con-
nector is tight. If you use too much force, these tools will turn on the connector coupling
nut. (This is to protect the connector from too much torque.)
(7) Connect other types of harness electrical connectors to the mating components as follows:
CAUTION: USE THE CORRECT ASSEMBLY PROCEDURE AND TOOLS WHEN YOU INSTALL
THE HARNESS CONNECTOR. IF YOU DO NOT, THE CONNECTOR CAN BECOME
LOOSE OR DAMAGED. A LOOSE CONNECTOR CAN CAUSE THE ENGINE TO OP-
ERATE INCORRECTLY, WITH THE RISK OF LIGHTNING AND AN INFLIGHT SHUT-
DOWN.
(a) Examine, align and engage the connector.

(b) Push lightly inward on the connector while tightening the coupling ring.

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 223

(c) Use PLIERS - JAWED, SOFT or a WRENCH - STRAP and tighten the connector against the
receptacle.
(d) While you tighten, push the connector in and from side to side.
(e) Tighten the connector until the pliers or strap wrench slip on the connector ring.
(f) Make sure that you cannot tighten the connector more.
NOTE: When you use these tools correctly, the contacts are sufficiently engaged and the con-
nector is tight. If you use too much force, these tools will turn on the connector coupling
nut. (This is to protect the connector from too much torque.)
(g) If necessary, torque the connector as specified in the specific maintenance manual maintenance
task.
(h) If necessary, safety the connector coupling ring.
(8) Attach the harness to the engine as follows:
(a) Adjust the harness in the hinged clamps, loop clamps and block clamps to remove any stress
(too loose or too tight) and make sure that there is a sufficient clearance with the adjacent
hardware.
(b) Distribute the slack in the harness equally.
(c) Make a large radius where the harness changes direction.
(d) Attach the harness to the engine with the applicable hinged clamps, loop clamps, and block
clamps as applicable.
(e) Torque the clamp bolts.
(9) Examine the assembly for foreign objects, damage and correct assembly.
TASK 70-70-00-910-803-A
SPOP 6 - Cleaning of the Contact Points and Wiring Harnesses

Self explanatory

No specific 1 GAS COMPRESSED SOURCE 0 TO 1.75 BAR (0 TO 25 PSI)
(Material No. P11-055) PMC 8914 cleaner solvent
(Material No. P11-056) SPMC 156 cleaner solvent

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 224

(Material No. P11-062) PMC 8920 dielectric solvent (ultra-high purity)
(Material No. P11-078) Alcohol, Isopropyl
(Ref. 70-70-00-910-801-A). SPOP 430 - Application of Electrical Contact Enhancer for Wiring Har-
nesses
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 70-70-00-860-050-A
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
Subtask 70-70-00-910-050-A
A. Procedure
(1) Spray one of the materials that follow on the harnesses and on the connector contacts:
(a) Alcohol, Isopropyl (Material No. P11-078), or
(b) PMC 8914 cleaner solvent (Material No. P11-055), or
(c) SPMC 156 cleaner solvent (Material No. P11-056), or
(d) SPMC 168 cleaner solvent (Material No. P11-057), or
(e) SPMC 175 cleaner solvent (Material No. P11-058), or
(f) SPMC 176 cleaner solvent (Material No. P11-059), or
(g) SPMC 179 cleaner solvent (Material No. P11-060), or
(h) PMC 8920 dielectric solvent (ultra-high purity) (Material No. P11-062), or
(i) SPMC 185 cleaner solvent (Material No. P11-064).
(2) Wipe clean the area with a lint-free cotton cloth (Material No. P05-005).
(3) Let the connector dry or blow it dry with GAS COMPRESSED SOURCE 0 TO 1.75 BAR (0 TO 25
PSI) at 30 psi (2.07 bar).
(4) You can use an electrical contact enhancer. Refer to Enhancement of Electrical Connector Contacts
(SPOP 430) (Ref. AMM TASK 70-70-00-910-801) .
End of document

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 225

A320 AMM - ATA 70 (PW11) - Standard Practices - Engine (P 226)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

A320 AMM - ATA 70 (PW11) - Standard Practices - Engine (P 226)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

A320 AMM - ATA 70 (PW11) - Standard Practices - Engine (P 226)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

CONTENTS

ATA – 70 – (PW11) – STANDARD PRACTICES – ENGINE

ATA No. Sub - Chapter Page

70-10 (PW11) – SAFETY PRECAUTIONS........................................................ 2

70-24 (PW11) – REMOVAL / INSTALLATION................................................. 4

70-25 (PW11) – NON-DESTRUCTIVE TESTING .............................................. 81

70-26 (PW11) – INSPECTION / CHECK.......................................................... 84

70-27 (PW11) – CLEANING .......................................................................... 91

70-28 (PW11) – REPAIR .............................................................................. 110

70-30 (PW11) – LIST OF CONSUMABLE MATERIALS ..................................... 120

70-40 (PW11) – IDENTIFICATION ................................................................. 208

70-50 (PW11) – MISCELLANEOUS................................................................ 214

70-70 (PW11) – WIRING.............................................................................. 220

Use Hyperlink to Navigate

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-353, 356-400

70 - (PW11) - STANDARD PRACTICES - ENGINE

70-00-00 - (PW11) - STANDARD PRACTICES - ENGINE - GENERAL

70-00-00 PB 201 CONF 21 - STANDARD PRACTICES

1. Reason for the Job

Print Date: February 15, 2018 Page 1 of 225

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P-1

70-10 - (PW11) - SAFETY PRACTICES

70-10-00 - (PW11) - SAFETY PRACTICES

70-10-00 PB 201 CONF 21 - SAFETY PRACTICES - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

1. Reason for the Job

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

Print Date: February 15, 2018 Page 2 of 225

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P-2

A. General Instructions for Removal of Parts

Print Date: February 15, 2018 Page 3 of 225

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P-3

70-24 - (PW11) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

70-24-00 - (PW11) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

70-24-00 PB 201 CONF 21 - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

Print Date: February 15, 2018 Page 4 of 225

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P-4

1. Reason for the Job

2 Job Set-up Information

· PMC 9534 gage lubricant oil (Material No. P03-007)

Print Date: February 15, 2018 Page 5 of 225

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P-5

1. Reason for the Job

2 Job Set-up Information

Print Date: February 15, 2018 Page 6 of 225

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P-6

Figure 70(PW11)-24-00-991-01200-21-A / SHEET 1/1 - Rivet Removal

Print Date: February 15, 2018 Page 7 of 225

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P-7

1. Reason for the Job

Print Date: February 15, 2018 Page 8 of 225

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P-8

2 Job Set-up Information

Print Date: February 15, 2018 Page 9 of 225

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P-9

NOTE: RETAIN AND REMOVE TANG

Figure 70(PW11)-24-00-991-01300-21-A / SHEET 1/1 - Helical Coil Threaded Insert

Print Date: February 15, 2018 Page 10 of 225

A320 AMM / Rev 48 P - 10

Figure 70(PW11)-24-00-991-01400-21-A / SHEET 1/

Print Date: February 15, 2018 Page 11 of 225